JP2016032663A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of satisfactorily putting out a game medium.SOLUTION: A Pachinko game machine includes a main control board 301 and a payout control board 322. A RAM 313 on the main control board 301 includes a counter area 361 for winning balls, and information on the winning balls corresponding to the counter area 361 for winning balls for respective ball entry parts is stored based on entry of a game ball into the plurality of ball entry parts. The information on winning balls determines priority, and a winning ball command based on the information on winning balls having high priority is outputted from the main control board 301 preferentially over a putout control board 322. An area 374 for storing the number of winning balls is provided in a RAM 333 on the putout control board 322, and the identified number of winning balls is stored in the area 374 for storing the number of winning balls.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 23

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  2. Description of the Related Art As a pachinko gaming machine that is a kind of gaming machine, one having a main control device (main control means) and a payout control device (payout control means) is known. The main control unit determines whether or not the game ball has entered the entrance part provided in the game area, and if the game ball enters the entrance part related to the payout of the game ball, A prize ball command (payout command information) is output from the main control device to the payout control device. In the payout control device, the payout device is driven and controlled based on the prize ball command input from the main control device, and the payout of the game ball is executed.

  For example, in the pachinko gaming machine shown in Patent Document 1, the main control device outputs a prize ball command to the payout control device every time a game ball enters a ball entering part related to payout of the game ball. The payout control device includes volatile storage means such as a RAM, and each time a prize ball command is input from the main control device, the number of prize balls corresponding to the prize ball command is added to the volatile storage means. Then, the payout device is driven and controlled until the number of prize balls stored in the volatile storage means becomes “0”. Note that volatile storage means such as RAM is also provided in the main control device, and various information used in executing various controls relating to the game is temporarily stored in the volatile storage means.

JP 2007-167431 A

  However, when a prize ball command is output, the prize ball command may be rewritten due to factors such as noise.

  Note that the above problem is also a problem that applies to a gaming machine that controls prize balls with a single control device. Further, the present invention is not limited to pachinko gaming machines and is a problem that similarly occurs in other gaming machines in which gaming media are paid out in accordance with gaming results.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of favorably paying out gaming media.

The present invention
Main control means for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content has become payout game content;
Based on the input of the payout command information, payout control means for controlling the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is paid out;
In a gaming machine equipped with
The withdrawal command information is set corresponding to each of the multiple types of withdrawals.
The payout control means includes
Information determining means for determining whether or not the input payout command information is normal;
A payout drive control means for driving and controlling the payout means to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information when the information determining means determines that the input payout command information is normal. When,
With
The main control means includes means capable of limiting the output of the payout command information after power is turned on, so that the game content becomes a specific game content regardless of the control status of the payout control means. It is a configuration that can limit the output of the withdrawal command information,
The information determining means determines that the input payout command information is normal when the number of game media payouts corresponding to the input payout command information is equal to or less than a predetermined number. To do.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of favorably paying out game media.

It is a front view which shows the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view which shows the structure of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view which shows the structure of a front door frame. It is a front view which shows the structure of a main body frame. It is a front view which shows the structure of a game board. It is a rear view which shows the structure of a main body frame. It is a perspective view which shows the back surface structure of a game board. It is a rear view which shows the state which removed the main controller unit from the game board. It is a perspective view which shows the structure of a main controller unit. It is a front view which shows the structure of a back pack unit. It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the structure of a back pack unit. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the channel | path structure formed inside the dispensing device. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing which shows the display content of a symbol display apparatus. It is explanatory drawing which shows the outline | summary of the various counters used for game control. It is a flowchart which shows the NMI interruption process by CPU of a main control board. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a start winning process. It is a flowchart which shows a main process. It is a flowchart which shows a normal process. It is a block diagram which shows the electrical structure regarding payout of a game ball. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the structure of a 1st input port. (A) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the counter area for prize balls, (b) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a command storage area. (A) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the winning ball number storage area, (b) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the rented ball number storage area, (c) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the payout number counter area, (D) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a prize ball table storage area. It is a flowchart which shows the reading process by CPU of a main control board. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the processing content of a reading process. It is a flowchart which shows an information determination process. It is a flowchart which shows an input state monitoring process. It is a flowchart which shows a front door frame open | release signal monitoring process. It is a flowchart which shows a prize ball permission signal monitoring process. It is a flowchart which shows the output process for payment. It is a flowchart which shows a prize ball command output process. It is a flowchart which shows the main process by CPU of a payout control board. It is a flowchart which shows the interruption process at the time of an input. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows the process for full tanks. It is a flowchart which shows a ball useless process. It is a flowchart which shows a prize ball setting process. It is a flowchart which shows a ball rental setting process. It is a flowchart which shows payout number setting processing. It is a flowchart which shows payout control processing. It is a flowchart which shows a payout state setting process. It is a flowchart which shows a winning ball permission signal setting process. It is a time chart for demonstrating the mode of the output of the prize ball command with respect to a prize ball permission signal. It is a time chart for demonstrating the mode of the output of the prize ball permission signal with respect to a predetermined | prescribed restriction | limiting condition. It is a time chart for demonstrating handling of prize ball information when a lower tray is in a full state and power is turned on. It is a time chart for demonstrating handling of prize ball information when a tank is in a state without a ball and power is turned on. It is a time chart for demonstrating handling of prize ball information when a power supply is turned on with the front door frame open. It is a flowchart which shows the main process by CPU of the main control board in 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows an information determination process. It is a flowchart which shows a prize ball permission signal monitoring process. It is a flowchart which shows the reading process by CPU of the main control board in 3rd Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the processing content of a reading process. It is a flowchart which shows the reading process by CPU of the main control board in 4th Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the processing content of a reading process. It is a flowchart which shows the mask process at the time of addition by CPU of the payout control board in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the mask process at the time of the payment setting by CPU of the payout control board in 6th Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows the outline | summary of the various counters used for game control in 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start winning process in 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows an electrically-driven accessory release process. It is a flowchart which shows an electric accessory opening / closing process. (A) It is the schematic which shows the state by which the electric accessory is controlled by the closed state. (B) It is the schematic which shows the state by which the electric accessory is controlled by the open state. It is a flowchart which shows the reading process in 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows a prize ball information storage number confirmation process. It is a flowchart which shows the prize ball permission signal setting process in 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows another example of a prize ball setting process.

  First, the invention that can be extracted from the present embodiment will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary.

Means 1. In a gaming machine provided with a payout means (payout device 224) for paying out game media based on the occurrence of any of the payout game contents set in plural types,
A payout game content storage means (award ball counter area 361) for storing information on the number of game media corresponding to the payout game content or information corresponding thereto as game information for each type of payout game content;
Payout drive control means (payout control board 322) for drivingly controlling the payout means so as to pay out game media based on game information stored in the payout game content storage means;
With
Priorities to be paid out are set in advance in the game information by type stored in the payout game content storage means,
The game machine according to claim 1, wherein the payout control by the payout drive control means is performed from the game information stored in the payout game content storage means corresponding to the game information having a high priority.

  According to the means 1, when payout game content is generated, game information is stored in the payout game content storage means for each type of payout game content. A priority order is predetermined for the game information, and a game medium is paid out from the game information having a high priority among the stored game information.

  For example, when a payout game content occurs, in the case of a gaming machine that stores information on the number of game media corresponding to the payout game content in the payout game content storage means, an abnormality occurs in the game machine and the game medium If the payout game content is generated a plurality of times even though the payout is not performed, it is possible that the storage capacity of the payout game content storage means will be exceeded. Further, even if no abnormality occurs in the gaming machine and the payout of game media is performed normally, if a large amount of payout game content occurs, the storage capacity of the payout game content storage means will be exceeded. It is possible. In this case, it is conceivable that the game medium is not paid out based on the payout game content generated after exceeding the storage capacity, and a disadvantage is generated for the player.

  On the other hand, in this means, the payout game content storage means stores game information for each type of payout game content. As a result, a storage area is provided for each game information, and compared to the case where information on the number of game media corresponding to the payout game content is accumulated and stored in the payout game content storage means, the payout game content storage is performed. It is possible to suppress exceeding the storage capacity of the means.

  Also, the game media is paid out from the stored game information corresponding to the game information having a high priority. For example, in the case of a gaming machine in which payout game contents that are likely to occur are set, game information based on the payout game contents increases in number, and the storage capacity for storing the game information is exceeded. It is possible. In this case, if the priority of the game information based on the payout game content that is likely to occur is increased, the game information based on the payout game content is prevented from being stored in large quantities, and the payout game content is likely to be generated. It is possible to suppress exceeding the storage capacity of the storage area for storing the game information based thereon.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine having a pattern display means for executing variable display of a pattern, and a game medium is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game medium. It may be a stop picture.

  In addition, “store as game information for each type of payout game content” includes not only storing one game information when one payout game content occurs, but also generating one payout game content. In this case, what is stored in a plurality of pieces of game information is included. In addition, in a gaming machine in which a plurality of types of payout game contents in which the same number of game media are paid out are set, a game machine that individually stores game information corresponding to the plurality of types of payout game content is included.

Mean 2. In means 1, the first payout game content with the largest number of payouts of game media is set as the payout game content,
The payout game content storage means stores first game information when the first payout game content occurs,
Priority storage means for storing priority information that gives the highest priority to the first game information (in step S1201, step S1203, step S1205, step S1207 in the prize ball command output processing by the CPU 311 of the main control board 302) A gaming machine comprising a ROM 312) for storing processing.

  According to the means 2, the priority of the first game information corresponding to the payout game content in which the number of payouts of game media is set the highest is the highest. Thereby, the payout of game media corresponding to the first game information with the highest payout of game media is preferentially performed. If the stored first game information becomes an enormous amount and becomes the limit amount of the storage capacity of the payout game content storage means, the first payout game content generated in the state where the storage amount reaches the limit amount It may be invalid. Since the first game information corresponds to the first payout game content with the largest number of game media payouts, the disadvantage that occurs to the player when it becomes invalid becomes large. On the other hand, according to this means, since the payout of the game medium corresponding to the first game information is preferentially performed, it is possible to prevent the stored first game information from becoming an enormous amount. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the contents of the first payout game from becoming invalid, and it is possible to perform payout of game media satisfactorily.

  In addition, noise may be generated in the gaming machine, and it is considered that the game information stored in the payout game content storage means is erased due to the noise. According to this means, since the game medium corresponding to the first game information with the largest number of game medium payouts is preferentially played, the game information stored in the payout game content storage means is affected by noise or the like. Even if it is erased, it is possible to minimize the disadvantage caused to the player.

Means 3. In means 2, in addition to the first payout game content, the second payout game content and the third payout game content are set as the payout game content,
The third payout game content is a game media payout less than the first payout game content,
The second payout game content is less likely to be paid out than the third payout game content, and is more likely to occur than the third payout game content in a predetermined game state,
The payout game content storage means stores second game information when the second payout game content occurs, and stores third game information when the third payout game content occurs,
The priority storage means stores priority information that gives the highest priority to the first game information and further gives priority to the second game information over the third game information. A gaming machine.

  According to the means 3, even if the second payout game content is less than the third payout game content, the second payout game content is the third payout game content in a predetermined game state. More likely to occur. That is, in a predetermined gaming state, the second game information is easier to store than the third game information.

  If the priority of the third game information is higher than that of the second game information, the game content stored in the payout game content storage means during the payout of the game media based on the third game information. 2 There is a risk that the game information will be enormous. Further, when the stored second game information becomes a huge amount and becomes the limit amount of the storage capacity of the payout game content storage means, the payout game content generated in the state where the storage capacity becomes the limit amount It may be invalid.

  On the other hand, since the priority of the second game information is higher than that of the third game information in this means, the payout of game media based on the second game information is preferentially performed, and the payout game content storage means It is possible to prevent the second game information stored in the game from becoming enormous, and to prevent the payout game content from becoming invalid.

Means 4. In means 1, as the payout game content, the first payout game content with the largest payout of game media, the game media payout less than the first payout game content, and the first payout in a predetermined gaming state The second payout game content that is more likely to occur than the game content is set,
The payout game content storage means stores first game information when the first payout game content occurs, and stores second game information when the second payout game content occurs,
A gaming machine comprising priority order storage means for storing priority order information that gives priority to the second game information over the first game information.

  According to the means 4, the second payout game content is more likely to occur in a predetermined game state than the first payout game content with the largest amount of game media payout. That is, in a predetermined gaming state, the second game information is easier to store than the first game information.

  If the first game information has a higher priority than the second game information, the second game content stored in the payout game content storage means while the game medium is being paid out based on the first game information. There is a risk that the game information will be enormous. Further, when the stored second game information becomes enormous and the storage capacity of the payout game content storage means becomes the limit amount, the payout game content generated in the state where the storage capacity has reached the limit amount It may be invalid.

  On the other hand, in this means, since the second game information has a higher priority than the first game information, the game medium is paid out preferentially based on the second game information. It can suppress that the 2nd game information memorize | stored in the memory | storage means will become enormous.

Means 5. In means 3 or 4, a game ball is used as a game medium,
As the gaming state, a frequency improving state (frequency increasing state) and a special gaming state (big hit state) different from the normal gaming state are set,
A first special pitching means (variable winning device 83) capable of switching between an open state in which game balls are easy to enter and a closed state in which it is difficult to enter or cannot enter;
First switching control means (large winning opening opening / closing process) for executing switching control for switching the first special pitching means to the open state in the special gaming state;
The game ball can be switched between an open state in which it is easy to enter and a closed state in which it is difficult to enter or cannot enter, and at least the normal game state and the frequency increasing state are switched between the open state and the closed state. Special ball entry means (lower working port 84b, electric accessory 89),
Second switching control means for performing switching control for switching the second special ball-throwing means to the open state so that a game ball can easily enter the normal game state in the frequency-enhanced state (electric-powered object release process) When,
With
The first payout game content is that a game ball enters the first special ball entry means,
2. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the content of the second payout game is that a game ball enters the second special entry means.

  According to the means 5, the game ball can easily enter the first special entry means in the special game state, and the game ball can easily enter the second special entry means in the frequency improved state. That is, the first game information is easily stored in the special game state, and the second game information is easily stored in the frequency improvement state.

  When applied to the means 3, the first game information has the highest priority. Thereby, the payout of the game ball based on the first game information is preferentially performed. For example, in the case of a gaming machine in which the first payout game content is most likely to occur in the special game state, the game ball is paid out preferentially based on the first game information that is most easily stored in the special game state. You can also. In addition, the payout of the game ball based on the second game information that is easy to be stored in the frequency improvement state is performed after the first game information. As described above, it is possible to favorably pay out game balls by giving priority to paying out game balls based on game information that is easily stored in each game state.

  When applied to the means 4, the payout of the game ball based on the second game information that is easy to be stored in the frequency improvement state is preferentially performed over the first game information. In the case of a gaming machine in which the frequency improvement state continues for a longer period than the special gaming state, the second game information may be stored more frequently than the first game information. It is desirable to give priority to paying out game balls based on this. On the other hand, since the game balls are paid out preferentially based on the second game information that is easily stored in the frequency-improved state and is also stored in the normal game state, the game balls can be paid out well. It becomes possible.

  As described above, even in a gaming machine in which a plurality of gaming states are set, it is possible to favorably pay out gaming balls.

Means 6. In any one of means 1 to 5, a payout command information output means for preferentially outputting payout command information based on the game information having a high priority among the game information stored in the payout game content storage means (Main control board 301),
Based on the output of the payout command information, payout number information storage means (payout side RAM 333) for storing payout number information as information on the number of payouts of game media corresponding to the payout command information or information corresponding thereto,
With
The gaming machine is characterized in that the payout drive control means drives and controls the payout means to pay out game media based on the payout number information stored in the payout number information storage means.

  According to the means 6, the payout command information based on the game information having a high priority among the game information stored in the payout game content storage means is preferentially output. Then, when the payout command information is output, the payout number information based on the payout command information is stored in the payout number information storage means, and the game medium is paid out based on the payout number information.

  With the above configuration, when a payout game content is obtained, it is stored once in the payout game content storage means, so that a part of the payout game content payout and unpaid information is paid out number information. It is possible to store in the storage means and store the rest in the payout game content storage means. That is, a plurality of storage areas for storing information based on the fact that the payout game contents have been provided are provided. Therefore, if an amusement machine malfunctions and the game media is not paid out, the payout game content is generated when a payout game content is generated multiple times or a large amount of payout game content is generated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game medium from being paid out based on the payout game content even though the storage capacity of the storage area for storing information based on the fact is exceeded and the payout game content is reached.

Mean 7 In means 6, main control means (main control board 301) having the payout game content storage means and the payout command information output means,
A payout control means (payout control board 322) having the payout number information storage means and the payout drive control means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means 7, the payout game content storage means and the payout command information output means are provided in the main control means, and the payout number information storage means and the payout drive control means are provided in the payout control means. As a result, the function for paying out game media is divided into a plurality of control means, and the load on each control means is reduced as compared with a configuration in which one control means has all the functions.

  Further, in a configuration in which one control means has all the above functions, when an electrical noise or the like is generated for the control means, both the payout game content storage means and the payout number information storage means are affected. There is a concern that On the other hand, since the payout game content storage means is provided in the main control means and the payout number information storage means is provided in the payout control means, the risk for the noise and the like is dispersed. If the main control means and the payout control means are provided apart from each other, the risk diversification effect can be enhanced.

  In the above configuration, the payout command information corresponding to a part of the information stored in the payout game content storage means is output from the main control means to the payout control means, and the payout control means receives the payout received. Based on the command information, the payout number information corresponding to the payout command information is stored in the payout number information storage means. As a result, in the configuration in which the payout game content storage means is provided in the main control means and the payout number information storage means is provided in the payout control means as described above, the game medium is paid out smoothly.

Means 8. In the means 6 or 7, the payout command information output means whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output non-permission state in accordance with the payout number information stored in the payout number information storage means. Provided with permission specifying information output means for outputting permission specifying information so that it can be specified in (a function of executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331),
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (a function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. And a game machine that outputs the payout command information when it is specified by the output permission state specifying means that the output permission state is specified.

  According to the means 8, the permission specifying information output means outputs the permission specifying information, and based on the permission specifying information, the payout command information output means specifies whether or not the payout command information output is permitted. it can. This permission specifying information is output in accordance with the payout number information stored in the payout number information storage means. Then, when it is specified that the output is permitted, the payout command information is output. With this configuration, it is possible to pay out the game media based on the output of the payout command information, while paying out the payout game contents and storing part of the payout information in the payout number information storage means. Can be stored in the payout game content storage means.

  Further, since the payout game content storage means stores game information for each type of payout game content, the risk of information being rewritten due to noise or the like can be dispersed. For this reason, it is desirable to store more information in the payout game content storage means than in the payout number information storage means. On the other hand, according to this means, the payout command information is not output unless the output is permitted. Therefore, more information can be stored in the payout game content storage means than in the payout number information storage means.

  Further, the “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned ON and OFF, or may be information that is output as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. That is, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is arbitrary as long as it can be specified by the permission specifying information whether the output is permitted or not.

Means 9. When the game medium is paid out based on the payout number information in the means 8, the number of game media paid out is reflected in the payout number information stored in the payout number information storage means. So as to update the payout amount information so as to update the payout amount information (function to execute the process of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
In the situation where the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the permission specifying information output means can specify that the output is not permitted, the payout means pays out the game medium. When the number of game media corresponding to the payout number information updated by the payout time update means and stored in the payout number information storage means reaches a permission reference number, the output permission state is indicated. Output state setting means for setting the output state of the permission specifying information so as to be specified by the control means (function for executing the processing of steps S2306 and S2307 in the payout side CPU 331) is provided. Gaming machine.

  According to the means 9, when the number of game media corresponding to the payout number information stored in the payout number information storage means reaches the permission reference number, the output permission state is established. Thereby, the payout number information is smoothly replenished to the payout number information storage means, and the game medium is smoothly paid out accordingly.

  Further, according to this means, in a situation where the number of game media corresponding to the payout number information stored in the payout number information storage means exceeds the permission reference number, the output is not permitted, and no payout command information is output. . As a result, it is possible to store a part of the payout game content that has been paid out and not paid out in the payout number information storage means and store the rest in the payout game content storage means.

  Means 10. The game machine according to claim 9, wherein the permission reference number is equal to or less than the number of game media to be paid out for one payout game content.

  According to the means 10, the number of game media corresponding to the number-of-payout information stored in the number-of-payout information storage means when the permission reference number is less than or equal to the number of game media to be paid out with respect to one payout game content. The output can be permitted at a timing before all of the above disappears. Thereby, for example, in the situation where the payout means is being paid out by the payout means, when the game content newly becomes the payout game content, it is stored in the payout number information storage means regarding the current payout. The payout command information is output from the main control means at a timing before the number of game media corresponding to the payout number information is exhausted, and the new game medium number information is added to the payout number information in the payout number information storage means. Is possible.

  Further, since the payout game content storage means stores game information for each type of payout game content, the risk of information being rewritten due to noise or the like can be dispersed. For this reason, it is desirable to store more information in the payout game content storage means than in the payout number information storage means. On the other hand, according to this means, since the payout command information is not output unless the number of game media to be paid out for one payout game content is less than or equal to the number of game media, the payout number information storage means stores it as payout number information. It is possible to reduce the number of game media played as much as possible. Therefore, when the number-of-payout information has been erased due to the influence of noise or the like, the number of game media to be dispensed that are erased can be reduced as much as possible.

Means 11. Any one of means 6 to means 10 includes power supply means for power interruption (power supply section for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source. ,
The payout game content storage means receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state,
The gaming machine characterized in that the payout number information storage means does not receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state.

  According to the means 11, the power at interruption is supplied to the payout game content storage means, whereas the power at interruption is not supplied to the payout number information storage means. Thereby, compared with the structure in which the power at the time of power interruption is supplied to both the payout game content storage means and the number-of-payout information storage means, the cost can be reduced with respect to the memory retention function at power interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout number information storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout number information storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power outage state. In this case, if all of the unpaid information is erased as the game medium is paid out for the payout game contents until the electric power is cut off, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, when the game content becomes the payout game content, the game information related to the payout game content is stored in the payout game content storage means, and the payout amount information referred to when actually executing the payout is It is stored in the payout number information storage means. As described above, it is possible to store a part of the payout game content with respect to the payout game contents, and to store a part of the information in the payout game content storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which the power at the time of power interruption is not supplied to the payout number information storage unit as described above, information on the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached, and all unpaid information is erased. It becomes possible to prevent this.

  Means 12. In any one of means 6 to 11, the payout command information output means outputs information on the number of game media corresponding to one game information in one payout command information. .

  According to the means 12, since the information on the number of game media corresponding to one game information is output by one payout command information, the payout stored in the payout number information storage means before entering the output permission state. The maximum value of the information stored in the payout number information storage means is obtained by adding the maximum number of payouts of game media generated in one game round to the number information. As a result, when the number of game media stored as the number-of-payout information in the number-of-payout information storage means becomes large and the information stored in the number-of-payout information storage means is rewritten, the effect Can be prevented from becoming enormous.

  Further, since the payout game content storage means stores game information for each type of payout game content, the risk of information being rewritten due to noise or the like can be dispersed. For this reason, it is desirable to store more information in the payout game content storage means than in the payout number information storage means. On the other hand, according to this means, information on the number of game media corresponding to one game information is output by one payout command information. Therefore, more information can be stored in the payout game content storage means than in the payout number information storage means.

  However, in order to output information on the number of game media corresponding to one game information in one payout command information, one payout command information is output and a game medium is paid out based on the payout command information. It is also conceivable that payout game contents occur several times in the meantime. For this reason, it is conceivable that the amount of game information stored in the payout game content storage means becomes enormous and exceeds the storage capacity of the payout game content storage means. On the other hand, if the means 3 or 4 is applied, the payout command information based on the second game information that is likely to be generated is output. Thereby, it can suppress that the quantity of the 2nd game information memorize | stored in the payout game content storage means becomes enormous.

  When applied to the means 10, the maximum number of game media payouts stored in the payout number information storage means is two times the maximum number of game media to be paid out when one payout game content is reached. That is, even if the payout number information stored in the payout number information storage means is erased, the damage is reduced to not more than twice the maximum number of game media to be paid out when the payout game content becomes one. It becomes possible.

  Further, when applied to the means 11, since the payout number information storage means is not supplied with power at the time of power interruption, it is desirable not to store the payout number information corresponding to the large number of game media in the payout number information storage means. On the other hand, according to this means, the maximum number of game medium payouts generated in one game round is added to the payout number information stored in the payout number information storage means before entering the output permission state. Since the maximum value of the information stored in the payout amount information storage means is the number of unpaid game media that will be erased when a power interruption occurs, it is possible to minimize the number of game media.

Means 13. In any one of means 6 to 12, the payout drive control means comprises:
An inhibition status specifying means (a function for executing the processing of step S2201 in the payout side CPU 331) for specifying that the status is an inhibition status that inhibits the payout of game media by the payout means;
A drive control limiting means (a function for executing the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for limiting the drive control of the payout means when the inhibition status is specified by the inhibition status specifying means;
With
The game machine characterized in that the payout command information output means does not output the payout command information when in the obstructed state.

  According to the means 13, the payout of the game medium by the payout means may be restricted according to the obstruction status that inhibits the payout of the game medium. With this means, the payout command information is not output in an obstructed situation. Thereby, it is possible to prevent new payout command information from being output in an obstructed situation. If the payout command information is output in the obstruction state, the number of game media payouts stored in the payout number information storage means will increase despite the fact that no game media has been paid out. In this case, if the information stored in the payout number information storage means is erased due to the influence of noise or the like, the payout number information corresponding to the newly output payout command information is erased without being paid out. End up. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  In addition, as the “inhibition status”, in the configuration further including the outer storage portion that stores the game medium to be paid out from the payout means, the inhibition status may be that the outer storage portion becomes full. In addition, in the configuration further comprising an inner storage portion that stores game media inside the gaming machine, and the payout means pays out the game media stored in the inner storage portion, the game stored in the inner storage portion It is good also as an obstruction situation that a medium runs out.

Means 14. In any one of means 1 to 13, an information amount specifying means for specifying that the game information amount stored in the payout game content storage means has reached a reference information amount;
Teaching means (speaker unit 26) for performing predetermined teaching;
When the information amount specifying means specifies that the game information amount has reached the reference information amount, the teaching control means (the prize by the main CPU 311) that controls the teaching means so as to perform a predetermined specific teaching. Step S3306 in the sphere information storage number confirmation process;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means 14, the specific teaching is performed when the game information amount stored in the payout game content storage means reaches the reference information amount. If a new payout game content is generated even though the game information has been stored up to the storage capacity limit, there is a disadvantage that the game medium corresponding to the payout game content is not paid out. Can occur. On the other hand, according to this means, specific teaching is performed when the game information amount reaches the reference information amount. By performing the specific teaching, for example, it is possible to prompt the player to deal with the disadvantage so as not to occur. Therefore, it can suppress that the said disadvantage arises in a player.

  In addition, for example, when an abnormality occurs in the payout control means and a game can be played but the game medium is not paid out, the payout game content storage means is not output without the payout command information being output. It is conceivable that new game information is stored. In this case, the amount of game information stored in the payout game content storage means may be enormous. On the other hand, according to the present means, since the specific teaching is performed even in this case, it is possible to prevent the game information amount stored in the payout game content storage means from exceeding the storage capacity. It becomes.

  Further, when the means 13 is applied and the game can be continued even in the inhibited state, the game information is stored in the paid-out game content storage means even though the game medium is not paid out in the inhibited state. It is possible. On the other hand, when this means is applied, since the specific teaching is performed when the game information stored in the game content storage means reaches the reference information amount, the game information stored in the payout game content storage means It is possible to increase the effect of suppressing the amount from exceeding the storage capacity.

  Even if the specific teaching is started, the game may still be played at the timing when the teaching is started, and it is considered that the payout game content is generated even after reaching the reference information amount. If the specific teaching is started when the storage capacity reaches the limit amount, the payout game content is generated despite the storage capacity limit amount. It is conceivable that the game medium is not paid out based on the fact. Therefore, it is desirable to specify that the game information amount has reached the reference information amount before reaching the limit of the storage capacity of the payout game content storage means.

Means 15. In any one of the means 1 to means 13, the payout game content storage means has a plurality of storage areas (respective ball counter areas 361a to 361d) for storing the game information according to types of payout game contents. And
Information amount specifying means for specifying that the game information amount stored in at least one storage region of the storage regions has reached the reference information amount (steps S3302 to S3022 in the award ball information storage number confirmation process by the main CPU 311) S3305)
Teaching means (speaker unit 26) for performing predetermined teaching;
When the information amount specifying means specifies that the game information amount has reached the reference information amount, the teaching control means (the prize by the main CPU 311) that controls the teaching means so as to perform a predetermined specific teaching. Step S3306 in the sphere information storage number confirmation process;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means 15, specific teaching is performed when the game information amount stored in at least one of the plurality of storage regions reaches the reference information amount. Even if game information is stored up to the storage capacity limit of one storage area, if a payout game content corresponding to the one storage area occurs, a game medium corresponding to the payout game content is paid out. It is conceivable that disadvantages such as not being performed will occur to the player. On the other hand, according to this means, the specific teaching is performed when the game information amount stored in one storage area reaches the reference information amount. By performing the specific teaching, for example, it is possible to prompt the player to deal with the disadvantage so as not to occur. Therefore, it can suppress that the said disadvantage arises in a player.

  Also, for example, when an abnormality occurs in the payout control means and a game can be played, but no game medium is paid out, a new game is not stored in the storage area without the payout command information being output. It is conceivable that information is stored. In this case, the amount of game information stored in each storage area may be enormous. On the other hand, according to this means, even in this case, since the specific teaching is performed, it is possible to suppress the amount of game information stored in the storage area from exceeding the storage capacity.

  Further, when the means 13 is applied and the game can be continued even in the inhibited state, it is considered that the game information is stored in the storage area even though the game medium is not paid out in the inhibited state. It is done. On the other hand, when this means is applied, since the specific teaching is performed when the game information stored in any storage area reaches the reference information amount, the game information amount stored in the storage area is reduced. It is possible to increase the effect of suppressing exceeding the storage capacity.

  Even if the specific teaching is started, the game may still be played at the timing when the teaching is started, and it is considered that the payout game content is generated even after reaching the reference information amount. If the specific teaching is started when the storage capacity reaches the limit amount, the payout game content is generated despite the storage capacity limit amount. It is conceivable that the game medium is not paid out based on the fact. Therefore, it is desirable to specify that the game information amount has reached the reference information amount before reaching the limit of the storage capacity of the storage area.

Means 16. In means 14 or 15, release specifying means for specifying that the game information amount stored in the payout game content storage means is not more than the release information amount smaller than the reference information amount (prize ball information storage by the main CPU 311) Number check processing in steps S3307 to S3310),
When the release specifying means specifies that the game information amount is less than or equal to the release information amount, a teaching end control means (a prize ball by the main CPU 311) that controls the end of the teaching means to end the specific teaching. Step S3311) in the information storage number confirmation process;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means 16, when the teaching that the stored game information amount has reached the reference information amount is started, the release information in which the game information amount stored in the payout game content storage means is smaller than the reference information amount. The teaching will continue until the quantity is below. That is, a game information amount for starting teaching that the reference information amount has been reached and a game information amount for releasing the teaching are individually provided. If the gaming machine starts the teaching when it reaches the reference information amount and ends the teaching when the amount falls below the reference information amount, even if the teaching ends when the teaching amount ends below the reference information amount, When game content occurs, the teaching is started again. In this case, the start of the teaching and the end of the teaching are repeatedly performed, and it is considered that an extra processing load is applied to the gaming machine. On the other hand, according to the present means, when the reference information amount is reached and the teaching is started, the teaching is not completed until the game information amount becomes equal to or less than the release information amount. It is possible to prevent the end of teaching from occurring continuously.

  Means 17. In any one of means 1 to 16, the payout game content storage means stores, as game information, the number of generated payout game contents by type.

  According to the means 17, the number of generated payout game contents is stored as game information. When a payout game content occurs, a plurality of game media may be paid out. If the number of game media to be paid out is stored as game information, and if a large amount of payout game content is generated, the game information is stored as the number of game media. Can become enormous. On the other hand, according to this means, since the number of times of payout game content is stored as game information, a larger amount of payout game content is generated than when the number of game media to be paid out is stored as game information. Even so, the storage capacity required to store the game information corresponding to the payout game content can be reduced.

  The basic configuration of various gaming machines to which the above means can be applied is shown below.

  Pachinko machine: operation means (game ball launching handle 41) operated by a player, game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on the operation of the operation means, and the fired A ball path (inner and outer rail portions 101 and 102) for guiding a game ball to a predetermined game area, and each game component arranged in the game area, and a predetermined passage portion (various sensors) among these game components A gaming machine that gives a privilege to a player when a game ball passes through 152-155).

  Revolving type gaming machine such as a slot machine: equipped with a picture display device for variably displaying a plurality of pictures, variably starting display of the plurality of pictures due to the operation of the start operation means, and due to the operation of the stop operation means In addition, the game machine is configured such that the variable display of the plurality of patterns is stopped when a predetermined time elapses and a privilege is given to the player according to the pattern after the stop.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as a “pachinko machine”), which is a type of gaming machine, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10, FIGS. 2 and 3 are perspective views showing the main configuration of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 4 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. In FIG. 2, the configuration in the game area of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted for convenience.

  The pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main part 12 that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 11. The outer frame 11 is configured by connecting wooden plates to four sides and has a rectangular frame shape. The pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall by attaching and fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility.

  As shown in FIG. 1, a ball lending device (for example, CR unit) Y is provided on the side of the outer frame 11. A card insertion slot H is provided on the front side of the ball lending device Y so that a number of game balls corresponding to the amount stored in the card can be lent by inserting the card into the card insertion slot H. It has become. In addition, what is inserted into the ball lending device Y when receiving the lending of the game ball is not limited to the card, and may be cash or a coin in which cash information is stored.

  The gaming machine main part 12 includes a main body frame 13, a front door frame 14 disposed in front of the main body frame 13, and a back pack unit 15 disposed behind the main body frame 13. The main body frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the outer frame 11. Specifically, the main body frame 13 can be rotated forward with the left side as the rotation base end side and the right side as the rotation front end side in front view.

  As shown in FIG. 2, a front door frame 14 is rotatably supported on the main body frame 13, and can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view. It is said that. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the backpack unit 15 is rotatably supported on the main body frame 13, and when viewed from the front, the left side is the rotation base end side and the right side is the rotation front end side. It is possible to move.

  Next, the front door frame 14 will be described. In the following description, FIGS. 1 to 3 are referred to, and FIG. 5 is referred to for the configuration of the back surface of the front door frame 14. FIG. 5 is a rear view of the front door frame 14.

  The front door frame 14 is provided so as to cover the entire front side of the main body frame 13. A window portion 21 is formed on the front door frame 14 so that almost the entire gaming area described later can be viewed from the front. The window portion 21 has a substantially oval shape and is fitted with a transparent glass 22. Around the window portion 21, light emitting means such as various lamps are provided. For example, an annular illumination part 23 incorporating a light emitting means such as an LED is provided along the periphery of the window part 21. In the annular illumination part 23, lighting or blinking is performed in accordance with a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach. In addition, an error display lamp unit 24 that is turned on at the time of a predetermined error is provided at the center of the annular illumination unit 23 and at the uppermost part of the pachinko machine 10, and a prize that is turned on while the prize ball is being paid out on the left and right sides. A ball lamp portion 25 is provided. In addition, a speaker unit 26 is provided at a position close to the left and right prize ball lamp units 25 to output a sound effect corresponding to the gaming state.

  Below the window portion 21 in the front door frame 14, an upper bulging portion 31 and a lower bulging portion 32 that bulge to the near side are provided side by side. An upper pan 33 that opens upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 31, and a lower pan 34 that also opens upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 32. The upper plate 33 has a function of temporarily storing game balls paid out from a payout device described later and guiding them to the game ball launching mechanism described later while aligning them in a line. In addition, the lower tray 34 has a function of storing game balls that become surplus in the upper tray 33.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, the window portion 21, the upper plate 33, and the lower plate 34 are integrated with the front door frame 14. In the conventional pachinko machine, at least the window part and the lower plate are provided as separate units, and the window part can be rotated independently with respect to the lower plate. There was a boundary between the units. In this case, an illegal act performed by inserting a fraudulent jig or the like from the boundary is assumed. In addition, a fraud suppression structure can be provided at the boundary between the units in order to suppress such fraud, but this leads to a complicated configuration. Further, it is not preferable in design that a boundary is generated in the front portion of the pachinko machine. On the other hand, since the window portion 21, the upper plate 33, and the lower plate 34 are integrated with the front door frame 14 as described above, a boundary is generated between the window portion 21 and the lower plate 34. And the above inconvenience is suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 1, a ball lending operation device 36 is disposed in the upper bulging portion 31. The ball lending operation device 36 is provided with a ball lending button 37, a return button 38, and a frequency display unit 39. With a card or the like inserted into the ball lending device Y, the ball lending operation device 36 can perform a ball lending operation, a card return operation, and confirmation of the card frequency. That is, the ball lending button 37 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is paid out as long as there is a remaining amount on the card or the like. The return button 38 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the ball lending apparatus Y. The frequency display unit 39 displays remaining amount information such as a card.

  A game ball launching handle 41 is provided on the right side of the lower bulging portion 32 so as to protrude toward the front side. By operating the game ball launch handle 41, a game ball is launched from a game ball launch mechanism described later.

  As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, a passage forming unit 50 is attached to the back surface of the front door frame 14. The passage forming unit 50 is formed of a synthetic resin, and includes a front door side upper dish passage 51 that communicates with the upper dish 33 and a front door side lower dish passage 52 that communicates with the lower dish 34. In the passage forming unit 50, a receiving portion 53 that protrudes rearward and opens upward is formed at an upper corner portion thereof, and the receiving portion 53 is divided into left and right portions by a partition wall 54, whereby the front door side upper plate is formed. A passage 51 and an entrance portion of the front door side lower dish passage 52 are formed. The upstream side of the front door side upper dish passage 51 and the front door side lower dish path 52 are connected to a game ball distributing section described later, and the game balls that have entered the front door side upper dish path 51 are guided to the upper plate 33, The game balls that have entered the door-side lower dish passage 52 are guided to the lower dish 34.

  As shown in FIG. 5, the passage forming unit 50 is provided with a full tank detection sensor 59 so as to detect a game ball passing through the front door side lower dish passage 52. The full tank detection sensor 59 is configured by a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and a change in the magnetic field when the game ball passes through the detection range is detected and output as an electric signal. The full tank detection sensor 59 is not limited to a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and may be any as long as it can detect a game ball. For example, a photo sensor or a limit sensor may be used. .

  The full tank detection sensor 59 outputs an electrical signal to a payout control device 242 described later. Specifically, a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and an HI level signal is output when a game ball is detected. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration may be adopted in which a HI level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is detected. It is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state which is detecting.

  The payout control device 242 specifies whether or not the lower plate 214 is full based on the detection result of the full tank detection sensor 59. Specifically, when the detection state of the game ball in the full tank detection sensor 59 is continued until a predetermined period elapses, the lower tray 214 is specified as being full. When the payout control device 242 specifies that the lower tray 214 is full, the payout of the game ball by the payout device 224 is stopped. As a result, when the lower tray 214 is in a full state and game balls are connected to the position of the full tank detection sensor 59 in the front door side lower tray passage 52, payout of further game balls is stopped. The stop of the payout is canceled based on the fact that the full state of the lower plate 214 is canceled and the game ball is no longer detected by the full tank detection sensor 59. Further, when the dispensing control device 242 specifies that the lower tray 214 is full, a notification process corresponding to that is executed.

  Protrusion shafts 61 and 62 are provided on the upper and lower ends of the rotation base end side (the right side in FIG. 5) on the back surface of the front door frame 14. These projecting shafts 61 and 62 constitute an assembly mechanism for the main body frame 13. Further, as shown in FIG. 2, a plurality of hook metal fittings 63 extending rearward are arranged in the vertical direction on the rotating front end side (left side in FIG. 5) on the back surface of the front door frame 14. These hooks 63 constitute a locking mechanism for the main body frame 13.

  Next, the main body frame 13 will be described in detail. FIG. 6 is a front view of the main body frame 13.

  The main body frame 13 is mainly composed of a resin base 71 whose outer shape is substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11. Support metal fittings 72 and 73 are attached to an upper end portion and a lower end portion of the rotation base end side (left side in FIG. 6) on the front surface of the resin base 71. Although illustration is omitted, shaft holes are formed in the support fittings 72 and 73, and the projecting shafts 61 and 62 of the front door frame 14 are inserted into these shaft holes, so that the front door with respect to the main body frame 13. The frame 14 is rotatably supported.

  Insertion holes 74 for inserting the metal fittings 63 provided on the back surface of the front door frame 14 are provided on the rotation front end side (right side in FIG. 6) on the front surface of the resin base 71. The pachinko machine 10 is configured such that a locking device for locking the main body frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is hidden behind the main body frame 13. Accordingly, the front door frame 14 is locked to the main body frame 13 so as not to be opened by the hook metal 63 being locked to the locking device via the insertion hole 74.

  A cylinder lock 75 for performing an unlocking operation of the locking device is installed at the lower right corner of the resin base 71. The cylinder lock 75 is integrated with the locking device. When the key inserted into the key hole of the cylinder lock 75 is turned to the right, the front door frame 14 is unlocked with respect to the main body frame 13. When the key inserted into the key hole of the cylinder lock 75 is turned counterclockwise, the lock of the main body frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11 is released.

  As shown in FIGS. 2 and 6, a front door frame opening switch (front body opening) that detects whether or not the front door frame 14 is opened (or closed) is disposed above the resin base 71. Detection means) 78 is provided. The front door frame opening switch 78 has a pin that can be projected and retracted from the front surface of the resin base 71. When the front door frame 14 is closed with respect to the main body frame 13, the pin is pushed in and the front door frame 14 is closed. When the front door frame 14 is opened with respect to the main body frame 13, the pin returns to the protruding position and the opening of the front door frame 14 is detected.

  Incidentally, the front door frame opening switch 78 outputs a front door frame opening signal to a main controller 162 described later when the front door frame 14 is in an open state, and when the front door frame 14 is in a closed state, Stop outputting the front door frame opening signal. However, the signal output mode is not limited to this, and one of the HI level signal and the LOW level signal is output when the front door frame 14 is open, and the other is output when the front door frame 14 is closed. Also good.

  A substantially elliptical window hole 76 is formed at the center of the resin base 71. A game board 81 is detachably attached to the resin base 71. The game board 81 is made of plywood, and the game area formed on the front surface of the game board 81 is exposed to the front surface side of the main body frame 13 through the window hole 76 of the resin base 71.

  Here, the structure of the game board 81 is demonstrated based on FIG. The game board 81 has a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. Each opening is provided with a general winning port 82, a variable winning device 83, an upper operating port 84a, a lower operating port 84b, a through gate 85, a variable display unit 86, and the like. Three general winning ports 82 are provided, two on the left side of the game board 81 and one on the right side of the game board 81. When a game ball enters the general winning port 82, the variable winning device 83, and the operation ports 84a and 84b, it is detected by a detection sensor described later, and a predetermined number of award balls are paid out based on the detection result. In addition, an out port 87 is provided at the lowermost part of the game board 81, and game balls that have not entered various winning ports etc. are discharged from the game area through the out port 87. The game board 81 is provided with a large number of nails 88 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the game ball, and various members (instruments) such as a windmill.

  The variable display unit 86 is provided with a symbol display device 91 that variably displays symbols with a winning at the operation ports 84a and 84b as a trigger. The variable display unit 86 is provided with a center frame 92 so as to surround the symbol display device 91. A first specific lamp portion 93 and a second specific lamp portion 94 are provided on the center frame 92. Reserving lamp portions 95 and 96 are provided at the upper and lower portions of the center frame 92, respectively. The lower holding lamp unit 95 corresponds to the symbol display device 91 and the first specific lamp unit 93. The number of times that the game ball has passed through the operation port 84 is held up to four times, and the holding lamp unit 95 is turned on. The number of reserved items is displayed. The upper holding lamp unit 96 corresponds to the second specific lamp unit 94, and the number of times that the game ball has passed through the through gate 85 is held up to four times, and the number of holdings is displayed by lighting the holding lamp unit 96. It has become so.

  The symbol display device 91 is configured as a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display, and display contents are controlled by a display control device described later. On the symbol display device 91, for example, symbols are displayed side by side on the left, middle, and right, and these symbols are variably displayed as they are scrolled up and down. When a predetermined combination of symbols is stopped and displayed on a preset active line, a special gaming state (hereinafter referred to as a jackpot) occurs.

  In the first specific lamp section 93, the emission color is switched in a predetermined order using a winning at the operation ports 84a and 84b as a trigger, and a big hit is generated when the display is stopped in a predetermined color. Further, in the second specific lamp section 94, the emission color is switched in a predetermined order triggered by the winning of the game ball to the through gate 85, and when the display is stopped in a predetermined color, the lower operation port The electric accessory 89 associated with 84b is opened for a predetermined time.

  By the way, the lower operating port (lottery opportunity passage part or lottery opportunity entrance part) 84b is in an open state (opening and closing type entrance assisting device (entry assisting means) or openable member 89 (opening and closing means)). In the case of (assist state), it becomes possible to enter the ball or it is easy to enter, and in the closed state (non-auxiliary state), it becomes impossible or difficult to enter.

  The variable winning device (special winning device or special winning means) 83 is a closed state in which the open / close door as the opening / closing member (opening / closing means) is normally unable to win (enter) or prevent winning (entering). Thus, the game ball can be switched to a predetermined open state in which it is easy to win a prize (win) in the case of a big win. As an opening mode of the variable winning device 83, the variable winning device 83 repeats a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winnings as one round and a plurality of rounds (for example, 15 rounds) as an upper limit. What is opened is common.

  An inner rail portion 101 and an outer rail portion 102 are attached to the game board 81, and a guide rail is constituted by the inner rail portion 101 and the outer rail portion 102. A game ball is guided to the upper part of the game area.

  The game ball launching mechanism 110 is attached below the window hole 76 in the resin base 71 as shown in FIG. The game ball launching mechanism 110 includes an electromagnetic solenoid 111, a launch rail 112, and a ball feed mechanism 113, and the output shaft of the solenoid 111 moves in the expansion / contraction direction by the input of an electrical signal to the solenoid 111. Then, the game ball placed on the firing rail 112 is launched toward the game area by the ball feeding mechanism 113.

  There is a gap of a predetermined interval between the inner rail rails 101 and 102 attached to the launch rail 112 and the game board 81, and below this gap is formed in the passage forming unit 50 of the front door frame 14. A foul ball passage 55 is provided. Therefore, if the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 does not reach the upper part of the game area and returns to the guide rail constituted by the inner and outer rail portions 101 and 102, the foul ball is Enter the foul ball passage 55. The foul ball path 55 communicates with the front door side lower dish path 52, and the game balls that have entered the foul ball path 55 are discharged to the lower dish 34.

  In the resin base 71, a passage forming portion 121 is provided on the left side of the firing rail 112 through the resin base 71 in the front-rear direction. As shown in FIG. 3, a main body side upper dish path 122 and a main body side lower dish path 123 are formed in the passage forming portion 121. The upstream side of the main body side upper dish passage 122 and the main body side lower dish passage 123 communicates with a game ball distributing section described later. A receiving portion 53 of a passage forming unit 50 attached to the front door frame 14 enters below the passage forming portion 121, and a front door side upper tray passage 51 is below the main body side upper tray passage 122. The front door side upper dish passage 51 is disposed below the main body side lower dish passage 123.

  In the resin base 71, an opening / closing member 124 for opening and closing the main body side upper dish path 122 and the main body side lower dish path 123 is attached below the passage forming portion 121. The opening / closing member 124 is supported by a support shaft 125 provided at the lower end thereof so as to be rotatable in the front-rear direction, and further urged to a front position where the main body side upper dish passage 122 and the main body side lower dish path 123 are closed. An urging member is provided. Therefore, when the front door frame 14 is opened with respect to the main body frame 13, the opening / closing member 124 rises as shown in the figure, and closes the main body side upper dish passage 122 and the main body side lower dish path 123. Thereby, when the front door frame 14 is opened in a state in which the game balls are stored in the main body side upper dish passage 122 or the main body side lower dish passage 123, it is possible to prevent the stored balls from spilling down. On the other hand, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the opening / closing member 124 is pushed open against the biasing force by the receiving portion 53 provided in the passage forming unit 50 of the front door frame 14. In this state, the main body side upper dish path 122 and the front door side upper dish path 51 communicate with each other, and the main body side lower dish path 123 and the front door side lower dish path 52 communicate with each other.

  Next, the back configuration of the main body frame 13 will be described. FIG. 8 is a rear view of the main body frame 13.

  A locking device 131 is provided on the rotation tip side (the left side in FIG. 8) of the back surface of the resin base 71. The frame 14 is unlocked.

  A bearing fitting 132 is attached to the rotation base end side (the right side in FIG. 8) on the back surface of the resin base 71. A bearing portion 133 is formed on the bearing bracket 132 so as to be separated from each other in the vertical direction, and the back pack unit 15 is rotatably attached to the main body frame 13 by these bearing portions 133. Further, a fastening hole 134 for fastening the back pack unit 15 to the main body frame 13 is provided on the back surface of the resin base 71.

  A plurality of locking fittings 135 are provided on the back surface of the resin base 71, and the game board 81 is attached to the resin base 71 by the locking fittings 135 as described above. Here, the configuration of the back surface of the game board 81 will be described. FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the game board 81 as seen from the rear, and FIG. 10 is a rear view showing a state in which the main controller unit 160 is removed from the game board 81.

  The variable display unit 86 disposed in the center of the game board 81 is provided with a frame cover 141 made of synthetic resin that covers the center frame 92 from the back, and is provided rearward with respect to the frame cover 141 from the rear side. The above-described symbol display device 91 is attached, and a display control device for driving the symbol display device is attached (not shown). The symbol display device 91 and the display control device are arranged so as to overlap in the front-rear direction (the symbol display device is in front and the display control device is in rear), and the sound lamp control device unit 142 is mounted on the rear side. The sound lamp control device unit 142 includes a sound lamp control device 143 and a mounting table 144, and the sound lamp control device 143 is mounted on the mounting table 144.

  The sound lamp control device 143 includes a sound lamp control board that controls sound, lamp display, and display control device in accordance with instructions from a main control device to be described later, and the sound lamp control board is made of a transparent resin material or the like. It is configured to be accommodated in a substrate box 145.

  As shown in FIG. 10, a collective board unit 150 is provided below the variable display unit 86 on the back surface of the game board 81. The collective board unit 150 is provided with a game ball collecting mechanism for collecting game balls won in various winning ports, a winning detection mechanism for detecting winning of game balls in various winning ports, and the like. .

  The game ball collecting mechanism will be described. The collective plate unit 150 collects at a single location on the downstream side corresponding to the game board opening of the general winning port 82, the variable winning device 83, and the operating ports 84a and 84b. A passage 151 is formed. Therefore, all the game balls that have won the general winning opening 82 and the like gather below the game board 81 via the collection passage 151. Below the game board 81 is a discharge passage which will be described later, and the game balls gathered below the game board 81 by the collection passage 151 are led out into the discharge passage. Similarly, the out port 87 leads to the discharge passage, and a game ball that has not won any winning port is led out into the discharge passage through the out port 87.

  Explaining about the winning detection mechanism, the collective board unit 150 is provided with winning hole sensors 152a to 152c at positions corresponding to the general winning holes 82 on the front side of the game board 81, respectively. A count sensor 153 is provided at a position corresponding to the variable winning device 83, and operating port sensors 154a and 154b are provided at positions corresponding to the operating ports 84a and 84b, respectively. Further, a gate sensor 155 that detects a game ball passing through the through gate 85 is provided on the right side of the variable display unit 86 outside the collective board unit 150. These winning balls are detected by sensors 152 to 155 as ball detecting sensors (game medium detecting means). These sensors 152 to 155 output electric signals to a main controller 162 described later. Specifically, an HI level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is detected. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration may be adopted in which a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and a HI level signal is output when a game ball is detected. It is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state which is detecting.

  A main controller unit 160 is mounted on the back of the game board 81 so as to cover the collective board unit 150 from the rear side. The configuration of main controller unit 160 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the main controller unit 160.

  The main control unit 160 has a synthetic resin mounting base 161, and the main control unit 162 is mounted on the mounting base 161. The main controller 162 includes a main control board having a function (main control circuit) that controls the main control of the game and a function (power failure monitoring circuit) that monitors the power source, and the main control board is made of a transparent resin material. It is configured to be accommodated in a substrate box 163 made of, for example.

  The board box 163 includes a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base (front case body) and a box cover (back case body) that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected so as not to be opened by a sealing portion 164 as a sealing means, whereby the substrate box 163 is sealed. Five sealing portions 164 are provided on the long side portion of the substrate box 163, and at least one of them is used for sealing processing.

  Any configuration can be applied to the sealing portion 164 as long as the box base and the box cover are coupled so as not to be opened. However, the box base and the box cover can be inserted by inserting a locking claw into the long hole constituting the sealing portion 164. And can be unopened. The sealing process by the sealing unit 164 prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and makes it possible to detect such a situation early and easily even if unauthorized opening is performed. It is possible to perform the sealing process again even after it has been performed. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting a locking claw into at least one of the five sealing portions 164. When opening the board box 163 such as when a failure occurs in the housed main control board or when inspecting the main control board, the connecting part between the sealing part into which the locking claw is inserted and another sealing part is provided. Disconnect. As a result, the box base and the box cover of the substrate box 163 are separated, and the internal main control substrate can be taken out. Thereafter, when the sealing process is performed again, the locking claws are inserted into the long holes of the other sealing portions. If the history of opening the substrate box 163 is left in the substrate box 163, it can be easily found that the unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 163.

  A plurality of coupling pieces 165 are provided on one short side of the substrate box 163 so as to protrude laterally. These coupling pieces 165 have a one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of coupled pieces 166 formed on the mounting table 161, and the coupling pieces 165 and the coupled pieces 166 provide a space between the board box 163 and the mounting table 161. Sealing is performed.

  Next, the back pack unit 15 will be described. FIG. 12 is a front view of the back pack unit 15, and FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view of the back pack unit 15.

  The back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 201, and a payout mechanism unit 202, a discharge passage board 203, and a control device collective unit 204 are attached to the back pack 201. The back pack 201 is formed of a synthetic resin having transparency, and includes a base portion 211 to which the payout mechanism portion 202 and the like are attached, and a protective cover portion 212 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover portion 212 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to surround at least the variable display unit 86.

  The base portion 211 is provided with an external terminal plate 213 at the upper right portion thereof. The external terminal board 213 is provided with various output terminals, and various signals are output to the management control device on the game hall side through these output terminals.

  The base portion 211 is provided with a main body frame opening switch (main body opening detecting means) 217 for detecting whether or not the main body frame 13 is opened (or closed) outside the external terminal plate 213. It has been. When the body frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the metal contact of the switch 217 is closed and the closing of the body frame 13 is detected. When the body frame 13 is opened with respect to the outer frame 11, the metal contact is opened. Thus, the opening of the main body frame 13 is detected.

  Incidentally, the main body frame opening switch 217 outputs a main body frame opening signal to a main controller 162 described later when the main body frame 13 is in an open state, and the main body frame opening signal when the main body frame 13 is in a closed state. Stop the output of. However, the output mode of the signal is not limited to this, and one of the HI level signal and the LOW level signal may be output when the main body frame 13 is in the open state, and the other may be output when the main body frame 13 is in the closed state. Good.

  Further, the base portion 211 is provided with a pair of upper and lower latch pins 214 at the right end when viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and the latch pins 214 are inserted through the bearing portions 133 provided on the main body frame 13. The back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported with respect to the main body frame 13. In addition, the base 211 is provided with a fastener 215 for fastening to a fastening hole 134 provided in the main body frame 13, and the main body can be obtained by fitting the fastening 215 into the fastening hole 134. A back pack unit 15 is fixed to the frame 13.

  In the base portion 211, a payout mechanism portion 202 is disposed so as to bypass the protective cover portion 212. That is, a tank 221 opened upward is provided at the uppermost portion of the back pack 201, and the game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 221. A tank rail 222 that is gently inclined toward the downstream side is connected to the lower side of the tank 221, and a case rail 223 that extends in the vertical direction is connected to the downstream side of the tank rail 222. A dispensing device 224 is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 223.

  As shown in FIG. 12, the case rail 223 is provided with a ball non-detection sensor 223a so as to detect a game ball connected from the tank 221 to the payout device 224 through a passage in the case rail 223. The ball non-detection sensor 223a is configured by a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and a change in the magnetic field when the game ball passes through the detection range is detected and output as an electric signal. Note that the ball non-detection sensor 223a is not limited to a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and may be any as long as it can detect a game ball. For example, a photo sensor or a limit sensor may be used. .

  The ball non-detection sensor 223a outputs an electrical signal to a payout control device 242 described later. Specifically, a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and an HI level signal is output when a game ball is detected. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration may be adopted in which a HI level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is detected. It is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state which is detecting.

  The payout control device 242 specifies whether or not the tank 221 is in a no-sphere state based on the detection result of the no-ball detection sensor 223a. Specifically, when the non-detected state of the game ball in the ball non-detection sensor 223a is continued until a predetermined period elapses, the tank 221 is identified as having no ball. When the payout control device 242 specifies that the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball, the payout of the game ball by the payout device 224 is stopped. This prevents the dispensing device 224 from continuing to operate even when the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball. The stop of the payout operation is released when the ball 221 in the tank 221 is released and the game ball is detected by the ball non-detection sensor 223a. Further, when the dispensing control device 242 specifies that the tank 221 is in a ball-free state, a notification process corresponding to the tank 221 is executed. Note that even when a ball clogging occurs in the tank 221 and a game ball does not flow to the payout device 224 side, it is specified that there is no ball.

  The case rail 223 is provided with a ball removal operation switch 223b. For example, when the game balls stored in the tank 221 are discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10, the ball removal operation switch 223b is pressed when all the game balls on the case rail 223 are discharged, and the case rail 223 and its downstream side The game balls stored in the game can be discharged. Note that the installation location of the ball removal operation switch 223b is not limited to the case rail 223, and may be installed, for example, in the dispensing control device 242.

  The payout device 224 pays out game balls. Here, the configuration of the payout device 224 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a passage structure formed inside the dispensing device 224. In FIG. 14, a game ball flowing down inside the payout device 224 is indicated by a two-dot chain line.

  In the housing 251 of the payout device 224, a game ball inlet 252 for taking in a game ball supplied from the case rail 223 is formed at an upper end thereof, and a game that has entered from the game ball inlet 252 inside. A game ball passage 253 for passing a ball is provided.

  The game ball passage 253 communicates with a game ball outlet 254 formed at the lower end of the housing 251, and the game balls entering from the game ball inlet 252 flow down one by one toward the game ball outlet 254. A storage portion 255 whose passage width is widened to the left and right is provided in an intermediate portion of the game ball passage 253, and the rotating body 256 is stored in the storage portion 255. The center of the rotating body 256 is fixed to the output shaft 257 a of the payout motor 257.

  The payout motor 257 is configured by a stepping motor, and the output shaft 257a is rotationally driven in a predetermined direction (clockwise or counterclockwise as viewed in FIG. 14). The output shaft 257a is set to advance one step by giving a drive signal of one pulse and to make one rotation by giving a drive signal of 360 pulses. The payout motor 257 is accommodated in the housing 251.

  Concave portions 256 a are formed at two positions on the periphery of the rotating body 256 at intervals of 180 °. The concave portion 256a has a curved surface, and the curvature thereof is approximately the same as the curvature of the game ball. Further, the distance between the portion between the recesses 256a on the periphery of the rotating body 256 and the passage wall of the housing portion 255 is shorter than the diameter dimension of the game ball, whereas the passage between the recess 256a and the housing portion 255. The distance to the wall is longer than the diameter dimension of the game ball. As a result, when the game ball that has flowed down the game ball passage 253 reaches the recess 256 a of the rotating body 256, the gaming ball is led to the downstream side as the rotating body 256 rotates.

  The game ball passage 253 is provided with a payout ball detection sensor 258 having a substantially flat plate shape at a position downstream of the housing portion 255. The payout ball detection sensor 258 is configured by a known magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and converts a magnetic field change caused by the game ball passing through the through hole into an electric signal and outputs it. The number of game balls paid out through the payout device 224 can be confirmed by the payout ball detection sensor 258.

  In addition, although description by illustration is abbreviate | omitted, although the said game ball | bowl channel | path 253 is formed so that an entrance side may become 2 rows, it is formed so that an exit side may become 1 row. The rotating bodies 256 are individually provided for the passages on the inlet side of the two rows. In this case, the recesses 256a are formed at intervals of 180 ° for one passage, but the positions of the recesses 256a are shifted by 90 ° between the pair of passages. Therefore, even if the entrance-side passages are arranged in two rows as described above, one game ball is alternately paid out from each entrance-side passage to the exit-side passage. The payout period of the game balls that are alternately paid out is constant according to the driving speed of the payout motor 257. The game balls that are alternately paid out one by one are detected by a payout ball detection sensor 258 provided in the passage on the exit side.

  The game balls paid out from the payout device 224 are supplied to the game ball distribution unit 225 provided in the base portion 211 of the back pack 201 through a payout passage (not shown) provided on the downstream side of the payout device 224. The game ball distribution unit 225 has a function of distributing the game balls paid out from the payout device 224 to any one of the upper plate 33, the lower plate 34, and a discharge passage described later, and the inner opening 226 has been described above. The center side opening 227 communicates with the lower plate 34 via the main body side lower plate passage 123 and the front door side lower plate passage 52 through the main body side upper plate passage 122 and the front door side upper plate passage 51. The outer opening 228 is formed to communicate with the discharge passage.

  A backpack substrate 229 is installed in the dispensing mechanism unit 202. The back pack substrate 229 is supplied with, for example, a main power of AC 24 volts, and is turned on or off by a switching operation of the power switch 229a.

  A discharge passage board 203 and a control device collective unit 204 are attached to the lower end portion of the base portion 211 so as to sandwich the lower end portion in the front-rear direction. The discharge passage board 203 is formed with a discharge passage 231 opened rearward on the surface facing the control device assembly unit 204, and the open portion of the discharge passage 231 is closed by the control device assembly unit 204. The discharge passage 231 is formed so as to discharge the game ball to the island facility or the like of the game hall, and the game ball led out to the discharge passage 231 from the above-described collection passage 151 or the like passes through the discharge passage 231 so as to be pachinko. It is discharged outside the machine 10.

  The control device assembly unit 204 has a horizontally long mounting base 241 on which a payout control device 242, a power source and launch control device 243, and a ball rental connection terminal plate 249 are mounted. The payout control device 242, the power supply / launch control device 243, and the ball lending connection terminal plate 249 are configured such that the payout control device 242 and the ball lending connection terminal plate 249 are behind the pachinko machine 10 and the power supply / launch control device 243 is the pachinko machine 10. They are placed one behind the other so as to be in front.

  The payout control device 242 accommodates a payout control board for controlling the payout device 224 in a colorless and transparent substrate box 244. The payout command signal from the payout control device 242 to the payout device 224 is relayed by the back pack substrate 229 described above. The payout control device 242 is provided with a state return switch 245. For example, when the state return switch 245 is pressed when a payout error occurs, such as a ball jam in the payout device 224, the ball jam is eliminated. Further, a 7-segment display 242a is mounted on the payout control board, and the display content of the 7-segment display 242a can be visually recognized through the substrate box 244 by opening the main body frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11. ing.

  The power source and launch control device 243 includes a power source and launch control board housed in the board box 246, and the board generates and outputs predetermined power required by various control devices and the like, and further a game ball by the player Control of the launch of the game ball accompanying the operation of the firing handle 41 is performed. Further, the power and launch control device 243 is provided with a RAM erase switch 247. This pachinko machine 10 has a function to store and store various data so that even if a power failure occurs, it maintains the state at the time of the power failure, and when it recovers from the power failure, it can be restored to the state at the time of the power failure. It has become. Therefore, for example, when the power supply is turned off in the normal procedure, as in the case of the game hall being closed, the state before the interruption is stored and held, but when the power is turned on while the RAM erase switch 247 is held down, the RAM data is initialized. It is like that.

  The ball lending connection terminal plate 249 is electrically connected to the ball lending device Y, the payout control device 242 and the ball lending operation device 36 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10, and mainly takes in the command of the ball lending operation by the player and uses it. This is output to the payout control device 242.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described based on the block diagram of FIG. In FIG. 15, a power supply line is indicated by a double line arrow, and a signal line is indicated by a solid line arrow.

  A main control board 301 provided in the main controller 162 incorporates a main control circuit 302 and a power failure monitoring circuit 303 (power failure monitoring circuit). The main control circuit 302 is equipped with a CPU 311.

  The CPU 311 temporarily stores various control programs executed by the CPU 311 and a ROM 312 (non-volatile storage means) that stores fixed value data, and various data and the like when executing the control program stored in the ROM 312. A RAM 313 (volatile storage means) which is a memory for storing, and various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data input / output circuit are incorporated. Note that some or all of the CPU 311, the ROM 312, and the RAM 313 may be provided as separate chips.

  The RAM 313 is configured to store and hold information even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off, by storing and holding power from the power and launch control board 321 provided in the power and launch control device 243.

  The CPU 311 is provided with an input port and an output port. On the input side of the CPU 311, a power failure monitoring circuit 303 provided on the main control board 301, a payout control board 322 provided on the payout control device 242, and other sensor groups are connected. In this case, a power supply and launch control board 321 is connected to the power failure monitoring circuit 303, and power is supplied to the CPU 311 (main control circuit 302) via the power failure monitoring circuit 303.

  On the other hand, a power failure monitoring circuit 303, a payout control board 322 and a relay terminal board 323 are connected to the output side of the CPU 311. Various commands such as a prize ball command are output to the payout control board 322. Various commands and the like are output from the main control circuit 302 to the sound lamp control board 324 provided in the sound lamp control device 143 via the relay terminal plate 323.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 303 relays between the main control circuit 302 and the power source and launch control board 321, and monitors a DC stable voltage of 24 volts that is the maximum voltage output from the power source and launch control board 321. When this voltage is less than 22 volts, it is determined that the power supply has been cut off, and a power failure signal is transmitted to the main control circuit 302.

  The payout control board 322 controls payout of prize balls and the like by the payout device 224. The CPU 331 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 332 that stores a control program executed by the CPU 331, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 333 that is used as a work memory or the like. Note that some or all of the CPU 331, the ROM 332, and the RAM 333 may be provided as separate chips.

  The CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 is provided with an input / output port. A main control circuit 302, a power and launch control board 321, and a back pack board 229 are connected to the input side of the CPU 331. Further, the main control circuit 302 and the back pack substrate 229 are connected to the output side of the CPU 331.

  The power supply and launch control board 321 includes a power-on power supply unit 321a and a launch control unit 321b. The power-on power supply unit 321a is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game hall or the like. Then, based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, necessary operating power is generated for each of the main control circuit 302, the payout control board 322, etc., and the generated operating power is indicated by a double line arrow. This is supplied to the main control circuit 302 and the payout control board 322 through the path. As its outline, the power-on power supply unit 321a takes in the AC 24 volt power supplied via the backpack connection board 229, and + 12V power for driving various sensors and motors, and + 5V power for logic. And the + 12V power and + 5V power are supplied to the main control circuit 302, the payout control board 322, and the like.

  The launch control unit 321b is responsible for launch control of the game ball launching mechanism 110 in accordance with the operation of the game ball launch handle 41 by the player, and the game ball launching mechanism 110 is driven when predetermined launch conditions are met. The

  The power source and launch control board 321 is equipped with a power source unit 321c for power interruption. The power supply unit for power interruption 321c is composed of a capacitor. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is ON (when power is supplied from an external power supply), the power supplied from the power supply unit for power supply 321a is used. Charged. Further, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is in an OFF state or in a power cut-off state such as when a power failure occurs in a commercial power supply (when power supply from an external power supply is cut off), the main power unit 321c is discharged from the power cut-off. Memory holding power is supplied to the RAM 313 of the control board 301. Therefore, even in such a situation, the information stored in the RAM 313 is stored and held without being erased while the power for storing and holding is supplied from the power supply unit 321c for power interruption.

  Incidentally, the capacity of the power supply unit 321c for power interruption is relatively large, and information stored in the RAM 313 before the power is shut off is retained within a predetermined period (for example, 1 day or 2 days). The power supply unit for power interruption is not limited to a capacitor, and may be a battery or a non-rechargeable battery. In the case of a non-rechargeable battery, it is not necessary to store power in the power supply means for power interruption when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is ON, but it is necessary to replace it periodically.

  Further, the power supply and launch control board 321 is provided with a power failure processing power supply unit different from the power interruption power supply unit 321c. In the power supply and launch control board 321, even after the DC stable 24 volt power supply becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit for power failure processing discharges for a time sufficient for execution of power failure processing described later. The output of 5 volts, which is the drive power source for the control system, is configured to maintain a normal value. Thereby, the main control circuit 302 and the like can normally execute and complete the power failure process.

  The sound lamp control board 324 controls the various lamp units 23 to 25, the speaker unit 26, and the display control device 325. The CPU 341 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 342 that stores a control program executed by the CPU 341, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 343 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  The CPU 341 of the sound lamp control board 324 is provided with an input / output port. The main control circuit 302 is connected to the input side of the CPU 341 by relaying to the relay terminal plate 323. Based on various commands output from the main control circuit 302, various lamp units 23 to 25, the speaker unit 26, and The display control device 325 is controlled. The display control device 325 controls the symbol display device 91 based on a display command input from the sound lamp control board 324.

  Next, display contents of the symbol display device 91 will be described with reference to FIG.

  In the symbol display device 91, three symbol columns of left, middle, and right are set. Each symbol row is composed of, for example, a main symbol with numbers “0” to “9” and a sub-symbol made of, for example, a diamond-shaped picture. Each main symbol and sub-design constitute a first symbol. In each symbol row, main symbols are arranged in ascending or descending order of numbers, and sub symbols are arranged between the main symbols. That is, each symbol row is provided with a total of 20 first symbols of 10 main symbols and 10 sub symbols. In the symbol display device 91, 20 first symbols are variably displayed so as to scroll from top to bottom with periodicity for each symbol row. The symbol display device 91 is configured to display the first symbol of the upper, middle, and lower levels for each symbol row. Therefore, the symbol display device 91 displays a total of nine first symbols of 3 rows × 3 columns. In addition, five effective lines, that is, an upper line L1, a middle line L2, a lower line L3, a right rising line L4, and a left rising line L5 are set in the symbol display device 91. Then, the variable display stops in the order of left symbol sequence → right symbol sequence → middle symbol sequence, and at the time of the stop, it is a combination of jackpot symbols on any active line (in this embodiment, the same main symbol combination) If you arrange it, a big hit video will be displayed as a big hit.

  Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 configured as described above will be described.

  In the present embodiment, the CPU 311 in the main control device 162 uses various counter information in the game to make a big hit lottery, set the emission color of the first specific lamp unit 93, set the symbol display of the symbol display device 91, etc. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery and the jackpot type counter C2 used when determining the jackpot type such as the probability variation jackpot or the normal jackpot A reach random number counter C3 used for reach lottery when the symbol display device 91 fluctuates and fluctuates, a random number initial value counter CINI used for setting an initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a variation pattern selection of the symbol display device 91 The period for switching the color displayed on the first variation type counter CS1 to be used and the first specific lamp unit 93 is determined. A second change type counter CS2 that has been decided to use the left column, the middle column and the right column the off each off symbol counters in the left-and right to use the setting symbol CL of, CM, and CR.

  Among these, the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS1, and CS2 are loop counters that each add 1 to the previous value and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Further, the out symbol counters CL, CM, CR are configured such that the register values are added using the R register (refresh register) in the CPU 311 and, as a result, the numerical values change randomly. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a counter area set in a predetermined area of the RAM 313. The RAM 313 is provided with a holding ball storage area including one execution area and four holding areas (holding first to fourth areas). In each of these areas, a game to the operation ports 84a and 84b is provided. The values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in time series in accordance with the winning prize history of the ball.

  For details of each counter, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured such that, for example, 1 is sequentially added within a range of 0 to 676, and after reaching the maximum value (that is, 676), it returns to 0. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the big hit random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 676). The jackpot random number counter C1 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in the present embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 313 at the timing when the game ball is won in the operation ports 84a and 84b.

  The jackpot type counter C2 is incremented by 1 in order within a range of 0 to 49, and reaches a maximum value (ie, 49) and then returns to 0. In the present embodiment, the jackpot type counter C2 determines whether the probability change state or the normal state is set after the jackpot is finished. The jackpot type counter C2 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in the present embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 313 at the timing when the game ball wins the operation port 84a, 84b.

  For example, the reach random number counter C3 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 238, for example, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 238) and then returns to 0. In the present embodiment, the reach random number counter C3 causes the final stop symbol after the occurrence of reach to stop by shifting the last stop symbol by one before and after the reach symbol, and the final stop symbol after the occurrence of reach also reaches the reach symbol. “Reach other than front / rear out” and stop “complete out” that does not occur reach. The reach random number counter C3 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in the present embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 313 at the timing when the game ball wins the operation port 84a, 84b.

  The first variation type counter CS1 is, for example, incremented by 1 within a range of 0 to 198, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 198) and then returns to 0. The second variation type counter CS2 includes, for example, Within the range of 0 to 240, 1 is added in order, and after reaching the maximum value (that is, 240), it returns to 0. The first variation type counter CS1 determines the display mode of the symbol display device 91, such as so-called normal reach, super reach, premium reach, etc., the reach type of the first symbol and other rough symbol variation modes, and the second variation type counter CS2 The switching display time is determined as a period for switching the color displayed on the first specific lamp unit 93. The switching display time corresponds to the symbol variation time of the symbol display device 91. Therefore, by the second variation type counter CS2, the elapsed time (in other words, the number of variation symbols) until the final stop symbol (in the present embodiment) stops after the occurrence of reach in the symbol display device 91, etc. A detailed design variation mode is also determined. That is, regarding the symbol display device 91, a variety of variation patterns can be easily realized by combining these variation type counters CS1 and CS2. Both variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated once every time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and are repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the area values of both variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are acquired when switching the color displayed on the first specific lamp section 93 and determining the variation pattern at the time of starting the variation of the first symbol by the symbol display device 91.

  The left, middle and right off symbol counters CL, CM, CR determine the stop symbol of the left row 1 symbol, the middle row 1 symbol, and the right row 1 symbol when the big hit lottery is missed. In each column, any one of the 20 first symbols is displayed in combination with the main symbol and the sub symbol, so 20 counter values (0 to 19) are prepared for each. The left, upper, middle and lower symbols are determined by the out symbol counter CL, the upper, middle and lower symbols are determined by the out symbol counter CM, and the right symbol column is determined by the out symbol counter CR. The top, middle and bottom symbols are determined.

  In the present embodiment, the value of each counter CL, CM, CR is updated at random by using the value of the R register built in the CPU 311. That is, when each outlier symbol counter CL, CM, CR is updated, the value of the lower 3 bits of the R register is added to the previous value, and when the addition result exceeds the maximum value, 20 is subtracted to determine the current value. The Each outlier symbol counter CL, CM, CR is updated in the normal process so that the update times do not overlap, and the combination of these outlier symbol counters CL, CM, CR is the reach other than the front / rear away symbol area of the RAM 313, the reach other than front / rear out. It is stored in either the symbol area or the completely off symbol area. Then, when determining the variation pattern at the time of starting the variation of the first symbol, one of the area values of the front / rear out of reach symbol area, the reach symbol area other than front / rear out of reach, and the completely out of symbol area is acquired according to the value of the reach random number counter C3. The

  Although illustration is omitted, a second specific lamp random number counter is used for lottery of the second specific lamp unit 94. The second symbol random number counter is configured as a loop counter that increments one by one within a range of 0 to 250, for example, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 250). The second specific ramp random number counter is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and is acquired when it is detected that the game ball has passed through the through gate 85.

  Next, each control process executed by the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. The processing of the CPU 311 is roughly divided into main processing that is started when the power is turned on, timer interrupt processing that is started periodically (in this embodiment, at a cycle of 2 msec), and a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal). For convenience of explanation, the NMI interrupt process and the timer interrupt process will be described first, and then the main process will be described.

  FIG. 18 shows an NMI interrupt process, which is executed when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. That is, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, a power failure signal is output from the power monitoring circuit 303 to the NMI terminal of the CPU 311 and the CPU 311 interrupts the control being executed and starts the NMI interrupt processing. . In the NMI interrupt processing, the power failure flag is stored in the power failure flag storage area provided in the RAM 313 in step S101, and this processing is terminated. Thereafter, when it is confirmed that the power failure flag is stored in the normal processing described later, the power failure processing is executed.

  Next, timer interrupt processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S201, a reading process is executed. In the reading process, a signal reading process from a sensor relating to winning of a game ball, such as the winning hole sensors 152a to 152c, the count sensor 153, the operating hole sensors 154a and 154b, and the gate sensor 155, is executed. Details of the signal reading process will be described later.

  Thereafter, in step S202, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value (676 in this embodiment). Then, the updated value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding area of the RAM 313. In subsequent step S203, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are updated. Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are each incremented by 1 and their counter values reach the maximum values (in the present embodiment, 676, 49, and 238, respectively). Each time it is cleared to 0. And the update value of each counter C1-C3 is stored in the applicable area of RAM313. Thereafter, a start winning process is executed in step S204.

  In the start winning process, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 20, first, in step S301, it is determined whether or not the operating port flag is stored in the operating port flag storage area of the RAM 313, whereby the game ball is moved to the operating port 84a. , 84b is determined whether or not (starting winning) is won. If it is determined that the game ball has won the operating holes 84a, 84b, in the subsequent step S302, the number N of the operation reserved balls of the first specific lamp unit 93 and the symbol display device 91 is less than the upper limit value (4 in the present embodiment). It is determined whether or not there is. The process proceeds to step S303 on condition that there is a winning at the operation ports 84a and 84b and the number N of activated balls is less than 4, and 1 is added to the number N of activated balls. Note that the operation port flag is deleted after the process of step S303. In the subsequent step S304, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S203 are stored in the first area of the free storage area of the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 313. Then, after the start winning process, the CPU 311 once ends the timer interrupt process.

  Next, the main process that is started upon reset at power-on will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S401, a startup process associated with power-on is executed. Specifically, in order to wait for the slave control board (such as the payout control board 322) to be operable, it waits for about 500 msec, for example.

  In the subsequent step S402, it is determined whether or not 1 sec, which is a permission prohibition period, has elapsed since the start-up process in step S401. If 1 sec has not elapsed, the process of step S402 is executed again. This time measurement is performed by counting the number of times of processing in step S402. For example, if the time required to execute the process of step S402 again after making a negative determination in step S402 is 0.1 msec, the count value is 10,000 times, so that after the startup process of step S401 It is determined that 1 sec has passed. Note that the specific configuration of time measurement is arbitrary, and for example, time measurement may be performed using a real-time clock. If it is determined in step S402 that 1 sec has elapsed, the process proceeds to step S403.

  In step S403, access to the RAM 313 is permitted. Thereafter, in step S404, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 247 provided in the power supply and launch control device 243 is turned on. In subsequent step S405, whether or not a power failure flag is stored in the power failure flag storage area of the RAM 313 is determined. Determine. In step S406, a RAM determination value is calculated. In subsequent step S407, it is determined whether or not the RAM determination value matches the RAM determination value stored when the power is turned off, that is, the validity of the stored data is determined. The RAM determination value is a checksum value at a work area address of the RAM 313, for example. It is also possible to determine the validity of the stored data based on whether or not the keywords written in a predetermined area of the RAM 313 are correctly stored.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, when RAM data is initialized when the power is turned on, for example, at the start of business in the hall, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch 247. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 247 is pressed, the process proceeds to steps S408 to S409. Similarly, when the information on occurrence of power shutdown is not set, or when abnormality of data stored and held is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value or the like), the process proceeds to steps S408 to S409.

  In step S408, the used area of the RAM 313 is cleared to 0, and in step S409, initialization processing of the RAM 313 is executed. Thereafter, in step S410, an initial command is output to the payout control board 322, and interrupt permission is set in step S411, and the process proceeds to normal processing described later. The CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 recognizes that communication with the main control board 301 is normally performed by inputting an initial command from the main control board 301.

  On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 247 is not pressed, the power failure flag is stored in step S412 on the condition that the power failure flag is stored and that the RAM judgment value (checksum value, etc.) is normal. Clear the power failure flag stored in the area. After that, an initial command is output in step S410 and interrupt permission is set in step S411, and the process proceeds to normal processing described later. Thereby, it returns to the state before power-off.

  Next, normal processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In this normal process, the main process of the game is executed. As an outline, the processing of steps S501 to S509 is executed as a periodic processing with a period of 4 msec, and the counter update processing of steps S511 and S512 is executed with the remaining time.

  In the normal process, in step S501, the both variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated. Specifically, both the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are incremented by 1, and are cleared to 0 when their counter values reach the maximum values (198 and 240 in this embodiment). Then, the update values of both variation type counters CS 1 and CS 2 are stored in the corresponding area of the RAM 313. In the following step S502, the outlier counters CL, CM, CR of the left symbol row, the middle symbol row, and the right symbol row are updated.

  In the update process of the out symbol counters CL, CM, CR, it is determined whether or not it is the update time of any of the left, middle, and right symbol sequences, and the out symbol counter CL, CM, CR of the symbol sequence that has reached the update time is determined. Update. Each out symbol counter CL, CM, CR is updated one by one in one normal process without duplication, and every time the normal processing is executed three times, one set of out symbol counters CL, CM, CR is obtained. It has been updated. And, when the combination of the updated out symbol counters CL, CM, CR is a combination of outreach symbols that are front / rear out of reach, a combination of reach symbols other than front / rear out of reach, a combination of completely out symbols that do not become reach In some cases, the combination is stored in the corresponding area. If the combination of the updated off symbol counters CL, CM, and CR is a combination of jackpot symbols, the update process is terminated as it is.

  After the update process of the off symbol counters CL, CM, and CR, a first specific lamp unit control process for switching the color displayed on the first specific lamp unit 93 is executed in step S503. In the first specific lamp unit control process, jackpot determination, on / off control of a light source switch of an LED lamp disposed in the first specific lamp unit 93, and the like are performed. In the first specific lamp unit control process, the symbol display device 91 also sets the first symbol variation display.

  Specifically, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is based on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and further determines the type of jackpot based on the value of the jackpot type counter C2 (determines whether or not it is a so-called probabilistic jackpot). . At this time, the type of jackpot symbol in the first symbol and the stop line for the combination of jackpot symbols are also determined and set as a stop symbol command. If it is determined that no jackpot will occur, the combination of outlier symbols in the first symbol is determined based on the value of the reach random number counter C3. In such a case, the combination of symbols updated in the outlier symbol counter updating process and stored in the area is set as a stop symbol command. Further, based on the value of the second variation type counter CS2, the color switching display time displayed on the first specific lamp section 93 and the variation display time of the first symbol are determined. Further, the reach type in the first symbol and its rough symbol variation mode are determined based on the value of the first variation type counter CS1, and set as a variation mode command. Each time the on / off control of the first specific lamp unit 93 is started in the first specific lamp unit control process, the number of the operation reserved balls N is decremented by 1 and when the number of the operation reserved balls N is 0, the on / off control is performed. Does not start.

  After the first specific lamp unit control process, a special winning opening opening / closing process is executed in step S504. In the big prize opening / closing process, the big prize opening of the variable prize winning device 83 is opened or closed in the case of a big hit state. That is, it is determined whether the big winning opening is opened for each round of the big hit state, and whether the maximum opening time of the big winning opening has passed or whether a predetermined number of game balls have been won in the big winning opening. The determination as to whether or not the prescribed number has been won is made by checking the special prize counter. When either of these conditions is satisfied, the special winning opening is closed.

  Thereafter, in step S505, a second specific lamp unit control process for switching the color displayed on the second specific lamp unit 94 is executed. In the second specific lamp unit control process, the switching of the display color in the second specific lamp unit 94 is started on condition that the number of gate holding balls is 1 or more. At this time, the display color switching time is also set. In addition, a color for stop display is set based on the value of the second specific lamp random number counter already acquired. When a predetermined color is set as the stop-displayed color, the electric accessory 89 associated with the lower operation port 84b is opened for a predetermined time after the stop display of the color.

  Incidentally, in the present pachinko machine 10, a frequency improvement state is set as a kind of special gaming state in which the frequency per unit time at which the electric utility item 89 is opened is increased. In the frequency improvement state, winning in the lower operation port 84b is likely to occur. In other words, it has means for increasing the frequency per unit time that the electric accessory 89 is in the open state, and in the state where the frequency is increased by the means, the player wins the lower operating port 84b. The benefit of being easy to occur is obtained.

  The specific content of the frequency improvement state is to continue until a predetermined number of games after the jackpot state ends (the number of symbol display variations on the symbol display device 91) or the next jackpot occurs. In the state, the lottery interval for determining whether or not the electric accessory 89 is in the open state is shorter than the normal gaming state (the state where the frequency is not improved). The number of times of opening becomes greater than that in the normal gaming state, and the duration when the opening state is reached becomes longer than in the normal gaming state. Note that it is not necessary that all the above conditions are satisfied as the conditions in the frequency improvement state, and any one condition or a predetermined combination of conditions may be satisfied. Further, the probability of whether or not to win the open state in the frequency improvement state is set to be the same as the probability in the normal gaming state, but may be set higher than in the normal gaming state.

  After step S505, a game ball launch control process is executed in step S506. In the game ball launch control process, the game ball launch mechanism 110 is once per predetermined period (for example, 0.6 sec) on condition that a launch permission signal is input from the launch control unit 321b of the power source and launch control board 321. The solenoid 111 is excited. Thereby, the game ball on the launch rail 112 is launched toward the game area.

  After step S506, an input state monitoring process is executed in step S507, and a payout output process is executed in step S508. These processes will be described in detail later. Thereafter, in step S509, it is determined whether or not a power failure flag is stored in a power failure flag storage area provided in the RAM 313. When the power failure flag is not stored, the last process of the plurality of processes that are repeatedly executed is completed, so whether or not the execution timing of the next normal process is reached in step S510, that is, the previous normal process It is determined whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the process. Then, the random number initial value counter CINI and both variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are repeatedly updated within the remaining time until the next normal processing execution timing. That is, in step S511, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value (676 in this embodiment). Then, the updated value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding area of the RAM 313. In step S512, both variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated. Specifically, both the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are incremented by 1, and are cleared to 0 when their counter values reach the maximum values (198 and 240 in this embodiment). Then, the update values of both variation type counters CS 1 and CS 2 are stored in the corresponding area of the RAM 313.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S509 that the power failure flag is stored, the power interruption has occurred, so the power failure processing from step S513 is executed. That is, in step S513, the generation of the timer interrupt process is prohibited, and then the RAM determination value is calculated and stored in step S514. After the access to the RAM 313 is prohibited in step S515, the power supply is completely shut down and processed. Continue infinite loop until no longer runs.

<Electric configuration for paying out game balls>
Next, the electrical configuration and processing configuration related to game ball payout will be described in detail. First, the electrical configuration will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. In FIG. 23, a power supply line is indicated by a double line arrow, and a signal line is indicated by a solid line arrow.

  The main control board 301 and the payout control board 322 are electrically connected via an electrical wiring (signal line) such as a harness, and a command as command information is output from the main control board 301 to the payout control board 322. At the same time, various electrical signals are output from the payout control board 322 to the main control board 301.

  The CPU 311 of the main control board 301 includes a first input port (first input part) 351 and a second input port (second input part) 352, and the electric power from the payout control board 322 is input to these input ports 351 and 352. In addition to inputting signals, electric signals from various sensors are input. Here, the configuration of the first input port 351 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 24 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the first input port 351.

  The first input port 351 includes a signal input buffer B for storing each input information. The signal input buffer B is composed of 1 byte, and includes 0th bit D0 to 7th bit D7. These 0th bit D0 to 7th bit D7 have signal paths formed between different signal output sources, and information is stored based on signals input from these signal output sources.

  Specifically, a signal path is formed between the 0th bit D0 and the lower working port sensor 154b, a signal path is formed between the first bit D1 and the upper working port sensor 154a, and the second A signal path is formed between the bit D2 and the count sensor 153, a signal path is formed between the third bit D3 and the gate sensor 155, and a fourth bit D4 is connected to the first prize opening sensor 152a. A signal path is formed between the fifth bit D5 and the second winning port sensor 152b, and a sixth bit D6 is a signal between the third winning port sensor 152c. A path is formed, and a signal path is formed between the seventh bit D7 and the payout control board 322. In addition, a prize ball permission signal output from the payout control board 322 is input to the seventh bit D7. Details of the winning ball permission signal will be described later.

  As described above, the lower operation port sensor 154b, the upper operation port sensor 154a, the count sensor 153, the gate sensor 155, and the winning port sensors 152a to 152c flow down the game area, and the lower operation port 84b, the upper operation port 84a, and the variable. This is for detecting a game ball that has passed through the winning device 83, the general winning port 82, and the through gate 85. While the game ball is not detected, an HI level signal is output and the game ball is detected. Is configured to output a LOW level signal. However, the main control board 301 has an inverting circuit. Therefore, information (data 0) of “0” is stored in the 0th bit D0 to the 6th bit D6 while the HI level signal is output from the corresponding sensors 154b, 154a, 153, 155, and 152a to 152c. While the LOW level signal is output, information “1” (data 1) is stored.

  The sensor 152 to 155 may output a LOW level signal while the game ball is not detected, and may output a HI level signal while the game ball is detected. In this case, the inverting circuit is not provided, and further, “0” is stored in the 0th bit D0 to the 6th bit D6 while the LOW level signal is output from the corresponding sensors 152 to 155, and the HI is stored. “1” is stored while the level signal is output.

  On the other hand, the prize ball permission signal is not the target of the inverting circuit, and “0” is stored in the seventh bit D7 while the LOW level signal is output from the payout control board 322 for the prize ball permission signal. While the HI level signal (this corresponds to a prize ball permission signal in the pachinko machine 10) is output, “1” is stored in the seventh bit D7.

  In the CPU 311 of the main control board 301, the presence / absence of a prize based on the information stored in the respective bits D0 to D7 of the first input port 351 (whether or not the game ball has passed through the passing portion provided in the gaming area and subject to passage detection) Or the like). The second input port 352 is composed of 1 byte as in the case of the first input port 351, although not shown in the figure. Each bit includes a front door frame opening switch 78 and a body frame opening switch 217. Among these signals, signals other than the above-mentioned prize ball permission signal among signals outputted from the payout control board 322 are inputted. That is, some signal used for executing processing in the CPU 311 is input to each bit of the second input port 352.

  The electrical signals output from the front door frame opening switch 78 and the main body frame opening switch 217 are input to the main control board 301 after being relayed to the power supply and launch control board 321 and the payout control board 322. In this case, the dispensing control board 322 only relays electrical signals from the front door frame opening switch 78 and the main body frame opening switch 217 and does not input it to the CPU 331 of the dispensing control board 322. The same applies to the power supply and launch control board 321. Further, instead of the first input port 351 and the second input port 352, a first input / output port and a second input / output port may be provided, and the input / output may be appropriately changed in the CPU.

  The first input port 351 and the second input port 352 may be installed on the main control board 301 separately from the CPU 311 chip as a driver IC instead of the CPU 311. In this case, the CPU 311 may have a single input port or input / output port.

  A configuration of the RAM 313 of the main control board 301 will be described. In the following description, FIG. 25 is referred to as appropriate. FIG. 25 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the configuration of the RAM 313.

  The RAM 313 of the main control board 301 is provided with a prize ball counter area 361 as means for individually storing information. As shown in FIG. 25, the prize ball counter area 361 includes 15 prize ball counter areas 361a, 10 prize ball counter areas 361b, 4 prize ball counter areas 361c, and 3 prize balls. Counter area 361d.

  Here, as already described in the pachinko machine 10, the prize winning ball entrance part (or the prize payout passing part) includes a general winning port 82, a variable winning device 83, an upper operating port 84a and a lower operating port 84b. Are provided, and the number of winning balls (the number of game balls to be paid out) differs depending on each winning ball entrance. Specifically, the number of winning balls when entering the general winning opening 82 is 10, and the number of winning balls when entering the variable winning device 83 is 15, and entering the upper operation opening 84a. In this case, the number of prize balls is three, and the number of prize balls when entering the lower working port 84b is four.

  In this configuration, the 15 winning ball counter area 361a stores how many times 15 winning balls will be made for entering the variable winning device 83 (15 winning balls for entering the variable winning device 83). The ten-ply-ball counter area 361b stores how many times the ten-ply ball is entered for the general winning slot 82 (general). (It stores the number of unexecuted 10 award balls for entering the winning opening 82), and the 4-ball counter area 361c counts the number of remaining 4 award balls for entering the lower operating opening 84b. (It stores the number of unimplemented four prize balls for entering the lower operation port 84b). The three-ball counter area 361d enters the upper operation port 84a. What are three more prize balls for the ball? It is for storing whether to perform (and stores a non-execution count of three award balls for entering the sphere onto working port 84a). Each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is composed of 1 byte, and can memorize a maximum of 255 prize balls.

  The prize ball number pattern is an example, and each number is arbitrary. Also, the pattern of the number of winning balls is not limited to the above four types, and may be two types, three types, or five types or more. Each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is not limited to 1 byte, and may be 2 bytes or 3 bytes or more. Furthermore, the number of unexecuted prize balls that can be stored in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is not necessarily up to 255 times, and if multiple times can be stored, it is less than 255 times or There may be many.

  The CPU 311 of the main control board 301 determines the presence / absence of winning based on the information (principal information) stored in each of the winning ball counter areas 361a to 361d. A prize ball command corresponding to the type of winning is output to the payout control board 322.

  Here, the information format of the prize ball command will be described with reference to FIG.

  The prize ball command is stored in advance in the command storage area 312a of the ROM 312 of the main control board 301. As prize ball commands, 15 prize ball commands, 10 prize ball commands, 4 prize ball commands, and 3 prize ball commands are set. When a prize ball command is output based on the prize ball information stored in the 15 prize ball counter area 361a, 15 prize ball commands are outputted and stored in the 10 prize ball counter area 361b. When a prize ball command is output based on the prize ball information, ten prize ball commands are output, and a prize ball command is output based on the prize ball information stored in the four prize ball counter area 361c. If four prize ball commands are output, three prize ball commands are output when prize ball commands are output based on the prize ball information stored in the three prize ball counter area 361d. Is done.

  Each prize ball command is composed of 2 bytes. That is, each prize ball command includes high-order information and low-order information, and each piece of information is composed of 1 byte. That is, the upper information and the lower information are composed of the same number of bits. Among the upper information and the lower information, information for specifying that the command is a prize ball command in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 is set in the upper information, and the lower information includes the information on the payout control board 322. In the CPU 331, information on the number of winning balls of the winning ball command is set.

  The specific information form of each prize ball command is as shown in FIG. In this case, the arbitrary one prize ball command is such that the form of information consisting of 1 byte when the addition process of the upper information and the lower information is executed is “11111111” (“FF” in hexadecimal). Is set to For example, for the 15 prize ball commands, the upper information is “11110000” and the lower information is “00001111”. When these addition processes are executed, “11111111” is obtained. Further, in detail for the three prize ball commands, the upper information is “11111100” and the lower information is “00000011”. When these addition processes are executed, “11111111” is obtained. Since the prize ball command is in the information form as described above, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 can determine whether or not the prize ball command input from the main control board 301 is normal. ing.

  Further, in this embodiment, when a command is input, it is specified which command corresponds to the command by referring to some bits of the input information. As described above, the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is provided with a ring buffer for temporarily storing a command when the command is input from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301. The ring buffer has a plurality of storage areas, and a read pointer and a read pointer are set. A command is sequentially read into each storage area based on the read pointer, and a command stored in each storage area is sequentially read based on the read pointer. Specifically, based on the read pointer, the upper 4 bits in the upper information of the read information are referred to, and when it is “1111”, the command is specified as a prize ball command. That is, by referring to some bits of the upper information, it is specified that the command is a prize ball command. By referring to some information of the command entered in this way, it is possible to refer to all of the lower information and the higher information when the command is entered by specifying which command corresponds to the entered command. There is no need.

  Further, the number of prize balls as the payout number information corresponding to the prize ball command is specified by referring to some bits of the input information. Specifically, the number of prize balls corresponding to the prize ball command is specified by referring to the lower 4 bits in the lower information of the entered prize ball command. Since the number of prize balls corresponding to the prize ball command can be specified by referring to a part of the information of the prize ball command inputted in this way, all the upper information and the lower information are referred to identify the number of prize balls. There is no need to do it.

  Specifically, in the case of the three prize ball commands, the upper 4 bits “1111” of the upper information “11110000” specifies that the command is a prize ball command, and the lower 4 bits of the lower information “00000011”. “0011” specifies that the number of prize balls of the prize ball command is three.

  Further, the lower 4 bits in the upper information and the upper 4 bits of the lower information function as information for making the addition result “11111111” when the addition processing of the upper information and the lower information is executed. Yes. In other words, it is not necessary to refer to specify the command, and it is not necessary to refer to the bit of the higher information corresponding to the portion specifying the prize ball information of the lower information and the number of prize balls, and the upper information The bits of the lower information corresponding to the part specifying the information command correspond to information for setting the result of the addition process to “11111111”. As a result, it is possible to specify that the prize ball command is normal when the result of addition processing is “11111111” for any prize ball command corresponding to any number of prize balls. It becomes possible.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 23, the RAM 313 of the main control board 301 is provided with an area for previous time 362 and an area for previous time 363. These areas 362 and 363 are used when the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 determines the presence / absence of winning based on the information stored in the first input port 351.

  In addition, the RAM 313 of the main control board 301 is provided with a front door frame counter area 364, a prize ball permission counter area 365, and various flag storage areas 366. The front door frame counter area 364 is used when the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 determines whether the front door frame 14 is opened or closed. The prize ball permission counter area 365 is used when the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 executes processing related to the prize ball permission signal. Various flag storage areas 366 are used when the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 executes various control processes.

  The payout control board 322 is electrically connected to the payout device 224, and the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 outputs a drive signal to the payout motor 257 and indicates whether or not a game ball is detected from the payout ball detection sensor 258. Input an electrical signal. Also, the payout control board 322 is electrically connected to the ball lending device Y via the ball lending connection terminal plate 249, and the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 receives an electric signal from the ball lending device Y. The ball rental control is executed by outputting.

  In addition, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 inputs electrical signals from the full tank detection sensor 59 and the ball no-detection sensor 223a, specifies whether or not the lower plate 34 is full, and the tank 221 has no ball. Specify whether or not it is in a state. The electric signal output from the full tank detection sensor 59 out of the full tank detection sensor 59 and the non-ball detection sensor 223a is relayed to the power supply and launch control board 321 and then input to the payout control board 322. Note that the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 outputs to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 the result of specifying whether or not the lower plate 34 is full. Thus, the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 can grasp whether or not the lower plate 34 is full.

  A configuration of the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 will be described. In the following description, FIG. 26 is appropriately referred to. FIG. 26 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the configuration of the RAM 333.

  A full counter area 371 is provided in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. The full tank counter area 371 is used in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to specify whether or not the lower plate 34 is full. The RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is provided with a ballless counter area 372. The ball-less counter area 372 is used in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to specify whether or not the tank 221 is in a ball-free state. A command storage area 373 is provided in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. The command storage area 373 is used for temporarily storing a prize ball command input from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301.

  The RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is provided with a prize ball number storage area 374. As shown in FIG. 26A, the winning ball number storage area 374 is composed of 1 byte in which a plurality of bits (8 bits) are arranged in a line, and each bit has “0” (data 0). Or no information) or “1” (data 1 or presence information). The prize ball number storage area 374 has a function for storing information on the number of prize balls specified by analyzing the prize ball command in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322. In this case, in the information on the number of prize balls (award ball number information or prize payout number information), the setting pattern of the data 1 of each bit and the number of game media correspond one-to-one within a predetermined range of game media. Information. Specifically, a predetermined order from the lower bit (the rightmost bit in FIG. 26A) to the higher bit (the leftmost bit in FIG. 26A) (the right bit to the left bit). 2) so that each bit is set to “1” (data 1 or presence information) and the higher-order bit is set to “1”, the larger the corresponding number of winning balls is. It is information represented by.

  Here, when the information on the number of prize balls is specified from the prize ball command, the prize ball table storage area 332a provided in the ROM 332 of the payout control board 322 is referred to. In the prize ball table storage area 332a, as shown in FIG. 26D, a correspondence relationship between the prize ball command input from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 and the number of prize balls is stored.

  Further, the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is provided with a number-of-balls storage area 375. The number-of-balls storage area 375 is composed of 1 byte as shown in FIG. 26B, and stores information on the number of balls entered from the ball lending device Y in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322. It has the function of In addition, a payout number counter area 376 is provided in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. The payout number counter area 376 is composed of 1 byte as shown in FIG. 26 (c), and has a function as an execution area for executing the payout of game balls in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322.

  The award ball number storage area 374, the rented ball number storage area 375, and the payout number counter area 376 are not limited to 1 byte, and may be 2 bytes or 3 bytes or more. Further, these areas 374 to 376 need not have the same number of bytes.

  In addition, various flag storage areas 377 are provided in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. The various flag storage areas 377 are used when the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 executes various control processes.

  In addition to the areas 371 to 377, the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is provided with a ring buffer for temporarily storing the command when the command is inputted from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301. It has been. The ring buffer has a plurality of storage areas, and a read pointer and a read pointer are set. A command is sequentially read into each storage area based on the read pointer, and a command stored in each storage area is sequentially read based on the read pointer.

  The power from the power-on power supply unit 321 a of the power supply and launch control board 321 is supplied to the VCC terminal of the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 and the VCC terminal of the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322. In a situation where power is supplied from the external power supply by the power supplied to the VCC terminal, various control processes are executed by the CPUs 311 and 331, and information is stored and held by the RAMs 313 and 333. Is called.

  In addition, power from the power supply and power supply unit 321 c for power interruption of the launch control board 321 is supplied to the VBB terminal of the CPU 311 of the main control board 301. In other words, the power from the power supply unit 321 c for power interruption is supplied to the RAM 313 of the main control board 301 but is not supplied to the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. Information is stored and held in the RAM 313 of the main control board 301 in a situation where the power supplied from the external power supply is cut off by the power supplied to the VBB terminal. As already described, the power supplied to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 from the power-on power supply unit 321a and the power-off power supply unit 321c is relayed by the power failure monitoring circuit 303. Further, the VBB terminal (not shown) of the payout control board 331 is grounded or not connected to any electrical wiring.

<Processing configuration related to game ball payout and processing configuration in CPU 311 of main control board 301>
Next, the processing configuration in the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 relating to the payout of game balls will be described. In the following description, the value of the counter area refers to a value that virtually represents the value of the counter area configured in units of bytes in decimal.

<Reading process>
First, the reading process executed in step S201 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 19) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 27 and the explanatory diagram of FIG.

  In the reading process, first, in step S601, a process of acquiring information on the first input port 351 as current input information is executed. The process will be described in detail. The CPU 311 is provided with a current register (calculation current storage means) 381 (see FIG. 28). The current register 381 has the same number of bits as the first input port 351. That is, the current register 381 is composed of 1 byte. In the process of step S601, the “0” or “1” information stored in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 of the first input port 351 is used as the 0th to 7th bits D0 of the current register 381. Store in each bit corresponding to .about.D7.

  For example, when the lower working port sensor 154b, the count sensor 153, the second winning port sensor 152b, and the prize ball permission signal are ON, and the others are OFF, they are stored in the current register 381. The information form of the current input information is “10100101” as shown in FIG.

  In the subsequent step S602, a mask process is performed on the current input information. In this mask processing, a logical product of the input information mask stored in advance in the ROM 312 of the main control board 301 and the current input information stored in the current resist 381 is calculated (AND processing), and the result of the calculation is calculated. Information is updated in the current register 381. Specifically, the input information mask is “01111111”. That is, the input information mask is a mask for clearing “0” of bits other than the bit for storing information indicating whether or not there is a winning in the current input information. Therefore, after the process of step S602 is executed, the bit (seventh bit) corresponding to the information of the winning ball permission signal that is irrelevant to the information on the presence / absence of winning is cleared to “0”.

  For example, in the example of FIG. 28, the information format of the current input information after the process of step S602 is “00100101” as shown in FIG.

  In the subsequent step S603, information stored in the previous area 362 of the RAM 313 is acquired as previous input information, and information stored in the previous area 363 of the RAM 313 is acquired as previous input information. .

  Here, the previous input information refers to information stored in the first input port 351 in the previous reading process, and the previous input information is stored in the first input port 351 in the previous read process. It means the information that was done. However, since the process of step S602 is executed as described above, information that is irrelevant to the information on the presence / absence of winning is cleared to “0”.

  The process of step S603 will be described in detail. In addition to the current register, the CPU 311 is provided with a previous register (previous storage unit for calculation) 382 and a previous register (previous storage unit for calculation) 383. The previous register 382 has the same number of bits as the current register 381 and the previous area 362 of the RAM 313. That is, the previous register 382 is composed of 1 byte. Further, the last-return register 383 is configured with the same number of bits as the current-rear register 381, the previous-time register 382, and the last-return area 363 of the RAM 313. In other words, the register for last use 383 is composed of 1 byte. In the process of step S <b> 603, the information “0” or “1” stored in each bit of the previous area 362 is stored in each corresponding bit in the previous register 382. In addition, the information “0” or “1” stored in each bit of the previous cycle area 363 is stored in each corresponding bit in the previous cycle register 383.

  For example, in the previous reading process, when the lower working port sensor 154b, the count sensor 153, the second winning port sensor 152b, and the third winning port sensor 152c are ON, and the other are OFF, The information form of the previous input information stored in the previous register 382 is “01100101” as shown in FIG. Also, when the second prize opening sensor 152b is turned on and the others are turned off in the reading process of the last time, the information form of the previous time input information stored in the previous time register 383 is shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 28 (d), “00100000” is obtained.

  In a succeeding step S604, a next writing process is executed. In the next writing process, a process of updating the previous area 362 and the previous-time area 363 of the RAM 313 is executed for the next reading process. That is, the information in the previous area 362 is updated to the information stored in the current register 381, and the information in the previous use area 363 is updated to the information stored in the previous register 382.

  In the subsequent step S605, the inversion processing of the input information is executed twice before. Specifically, the value of each bit of the register 383 for the last time is inverted. For example, when the input information is “00100000” as shown in FIG. 28D, the inverted information is “11011111” as shown in FIG.

  In the subsequent step S606, an AND process is performed on the information in the previous register 383 reversed in step S605 and the previous input information stored in the previous register 382. That is, the logical product of the information in the previous register 383 inverted in step S605 and the previous input information stored in the previous register 382 is calculated. Then, the information on the calculation result is updated as information on the previous register 382.

  For example, if the inverted information is “11011111” as shown in FIG. 28E and the previous input information is “01100101” as shown in FIG. 28C, an AND process is performed in step S606. The resulting information is “01000101” as shown in FIG.

  Note that the calculation result information may be updated as information in the register 383 for the last time. However, in this case, in the process of step S607, it is necessary to use information stored in the register 383 for the last time.

  In the subsequent step S607, an AND process is performed on the information obtained as a result of the AND process in step S606 and the current input information after the mask process stored in the current register 381. That is, the logical product of the information in the previous register 382 obtained in step S606 and the information in the current register 381 obtained in step S602 is calculated. Then, the result of the calculation is updated as information in the current register 381.

  For example, the information in the previous register 382 obtained in step S606 is “01000101” as shown in FIG. 28 (f), and the information in the current register 381 obtained in step S602 is shown in FIG. 28 (b). Thus, in the case of “00100101”, the information on the result of AND processing in step S607 is “00000101” as shown in FIG.

  In a succeeding step S608, an information determination process is executed. Here, the information determination process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the information determination process, first, in step S701, it is determined whether or not there is winning information in the 0th bit W0 of the current register 381, that is, whether or not “1” is stored in the 0th bit W0. If there is no winning information in the 0th bit W0 (when “0” is stored), the process proceeds to step S703 as it is. If there is winning information in the 0th bit W0 (when “1” is stored), after executing the first storage process in step S702, the process proceeds to step S703. In the first storing process, 1 is added to the value of the four prize ball counter areas 361c in the prize ball counter area 361 of the RAM 313. This is because winning information in the 0th bit W0 of the current register 381 at the stage of the information determination process means that winning has occurred in the lower operating port 84b.

  Incidentally, in the first storing process, the operating port flag (lottery trigger information) is stored in the operating port flag storage area (lottery trigger information storage means) of the RAM 313. The operating port flag is used to determine whether or not a winning for the lower operating port 84b has occurred in the above-described start winning process (FIG. 20). In addition, since the upper operating port 84a and the lower operating port 84b are provided as the operating ports, the operating port flag storage areas are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the operating ports 84a and 84b. That is, the first lottery opportunity information storage means and the second lottery opportunity information storage means are provided as the lottery opportunity information storage means.

  For example, when the information in the current register 381 is “00000101” as shown in FIG. 28 (g), “1” is stored in the 0th bit W0, so that the four prize ball counter area 361c is stored. 1 is added to the value of. Further, the operation port flag is stored.

  In the subsequent step S703, it is determined whether or not there is winning information in the first bit W1 of the current register 381, that is, whether or not “1” is stored in the first bit W1. If there is no winning information in the first bit W1 (when “0” is stored), the process proceeds to step S705 as it is. If there is winning information in the first bit W1 (when “1” is stored), the second storage process is executed in step S704, and then the process proceeds to step S705. In the second storing process, 1 is added to the value of the three prize ball counter areas 361d in the prize ball counter area 361 of the RAM 313. This is because the fact that there is winning information in the first bit W1 of the current register 381 at the stage of the information determination processing means that winning has occurred in the upper operating port 84a. Incidentally, in the second storage process, the operation port flag is stored in the operation port flag storage area corresponding to the upper operation port 84a in the RAM 313.

  For example, when the information in the current register 381 is “00000101” as shown in FIG. 28 (g), “0” is stored in the first bit W1, and thus the three prize ball counter area 361d is stored. The value of is not added. Further, the operation port flag is not stored.

  In the subsequent step S705, it is determined whether or not there is winning information in the second bit W2 of the current register 381, that is, whether or not “1” is stored in the second bit W2. If there is no winning information in the second bit W2 (when “0” is stored), the process proceeds to step S707 as it is. If there is winning information in the second bit W2 (when “1” is stored), the third storage process is executed in step S706, and then the process proceeds to step S707. In the third storing process, 1 is added to the value of the 15 prize ball counter areas 361a in the prize ball counter area 361 of the RAM 313. This is because the fact that there is winning information in the second bit W2 of the current register 381 at the stage of the information determination processing means that winning has been won in the variable winning device 83. Incidentally, in the third storing process, the big prize mouth flag (special prize information) is stored in the big prize mouth flag storage area (special prize information storage means) provided in the RAM 313. The big prize opening flag is used to determine whether or not a prize for the variable prize winning device 83 has occurred in the above-described big prize opening opening / closing process (step S504 in FIG. 22).

  For example, when the information in the current register 381 is “00000101” as shown in FIG. 28 (g), “1” is stored in the second bit W2, so that 15 counter ball counter areas 361a are stored. 1 is added to the value of.

  In the subsequent step S707, it is determined whether or not there is winning information in the third bit W3 of the current register 381, that is, whether or not “1” is stored in the third bit W3. If there is no winning information in the third bit W3 (when “0” is stored), the process proceeds to step S709. If there is winning information in the third bit W3 (when “1” is stored), the fourth storage process is executed in step S708, and then the process proceeds to step S709. In the fourth storage process, a through flag is stored in a through flag storage area provided in the RAM 313. This through flag is used to determine whether or not a game ball has passed through the through gate 85 in the above-described second specific lamp unit control process (step S505 in FIG. 22). This is because winning information in the third bit W3 of the current register 381 at the stage of the information determination process means that the game ball has passed through the through gate 85.

  For example, when the information in the current register 381 is “00000101” as shown in FIG. 28G, “0” is stored in the third bit W3, so that the through flag is not stored.

  In the subsequent step S709, it is determined whether or not there is winning information in the fourth bit W4 of the current register 381, that is, whether or not “1” is stored in the fourth bit W4. If there is no winning information in the fourth bit W4 (when “0” is stored), the process proceeds to step S711. If there is winning information in the fourth bit W4 (when “1” is stored), the fifth storage process is executed in step S710, and then the process proceeds to step S711. In the fifth storing process, 1 is added to the value of the ten-award ball counter area 361b in the award-ball counter area 361 of the RAM 313. The fact that winning information is present in the fourth bit W4 of the current register 381 at the stage of the information determination process means that winning of one general winning port 82 out of the plurality of general winning ports 82 has occurred. It is.

  For example, when the information in the current register 381 is “00000101” as shown in FIG. 28 (g), “0” is stored in the fourth bit W4, so that the ten-award ball counter area 361b is stored. The value of is not added.

  In a succeeding step S711, it is determined whether or not there is winning information in the fifth bit W5 of the current register 381, that is, whether or not “1” is stored in the fifth bit W5. If there is no winning information in the fifth bit W5 (when “0” is stored), the process proceeds to step S713. If there is winning information in the fifth bit W5 (when “1” is stored), the fifth storage process is executed in step S712, and then the process proceeds to step S713. The fifth storage process has already been described. The fact that winning information is present in the fifth bit W5 of the current register 381 at the stage of the information determination process means that winning of one general winning port 82 out of the plurality of general winning ports 82 has occurred. It is.

  For example, when the information in the current register 381 is “00000101” as shown in FIG. 28 (g), “0” is stored in the fifth bit W5, so that 10 counter ball counter areas 361b are stored. The value of is not added.

  In a succeeding step S713, it is determined whether or not there is winning information in the sixth bit W6 of the current register 381, that is, whether or not “1” is stored in the sixth bit W6. If there is no winning information in the sixth bit W6 (when “0” is stored), the information determination process is terminated as it is. If there is winning information in the sixth bit W6 (when “1” is stored), the information determination process is terminated after the fifth storage process is executed in step S714. The fifth storage process has already been described. The fact that there is winning information in the sixth bit W6 of the current register 381 at the stage of the information determination processing means that winning in one general winning port 82 out of the plurality of general winning ports 82 has occurred. It is.

  For example, when the information in the current register 381 is “00000101” as shown in FIG. 28 (g), “0” is stored in the sixth bit W6, so that 10 counter ball counter areas 361b are stored. The value of is not added.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, the passing portion (the winning ball entering portion provided in the game area) such as the general winning port 82, the variable winning device 83, the upper operating port 84a, the lower operating port 84b, and the through gate 85. In the reading process executed at a predetermined cycle (specifically, 2 msec), the first input port 351 is confirmed. Is done.

  In this case, the condition for determining that a winning has occurred (hereinafter, also referred to as a winning determination condition) is that a game ball is not detected from the ball detection sensor within the range of the reference consecutive number set as a plurality of times. After it is confirmed that the non-detection information is output, the detection information indicating that the game ball is detected from the ball detection sensor is continuously output for the number of winning reference times set as a plurality of times. It has been confirmed that. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 28, in the pachinko machine 10, the reference continuous number of times is set to three, and the non-detection information is stored in the 0th bit of the register 383 for the last time before the various arithmetic processes. "0" is stored, detection information "1" is stored in the 0th bit of the previous register 382, and detection information "1" is stored in the 0th bit of the current register 381. When stored, the first bit W0 of the current register 381 after various arithmetic processes stores “1” as winning information.

  By setting the winning determination condition, the CPU 311 can accurately grasp the occurrence of winning. In other words, while the various sensors 152 to 155 that detect the game ball have a predetermined detection range, the processing execution timing of the CPU 311 is from when the sensor 152 to 155 starts detecting the game ball until it ends. It is set to occur many times during In this case, there is a concern that, even though it has already been determined that there is a prize for the occurrence of a single prize, the CPU 311 confirms the detection information again to determine that there is a prize again. . On the other hand, since it is necessary to check the detection information after the non-detection information within the range of the number of determination criteria in the above-described winning determination condition, the determination that there is a winning is performed once for the occurrence of one winning. After that, the winning is not judged again.

  The case of FIG. 28 will be described as an example. In the fifth bit of each of the registers 381 to 383 corresponding to the detection result of the second prize opening sensor 152b, “1” is stored in all the states before various arithmetic processes. ing. In this case, the detection information is confirmed in the previous time and this time, but since the detection information is confirmed in the previous time, it is not determined that a winning has occurred. Incidentally, this is realized by a process with relatively little load, in which each bit of the input information is inverted twice before and the logical product of each input information is calculated.

  Moreover, even if the detection information is stored in the bits D0 to D7 of the first input port 351 due to noise or the like due to the fact that the detection information is confirmed continuously for the winning reference number as a winning determination condition. In contrast, the CPU 311 can be prevented from determining that there is a prize.

  The case of FIG. 28 will be described as an example. In the sixth bit of the previous register 382 corresponding to the detection result of the third prize opening sensor 152c, “1” is stored in the state before various arithmetic processes. . However, in the sixth bit of the current register 381 and the previous register 383, “0” is stored in the state before various arithmetic processes. In this case, the sixth bit of the previous register 382 stores “1” due to noise or the like, and the CPU 311 does not determine that there is a prize. Incidentally, this is realized by a process with relatively little load, in which each bit of the input information is inverted twice before and the logical product of each input information is calculated.

  Further, the first input port 351 and the registers 381 to 383 are configured in the same byte unit, and all the information from the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 for winning determination is input to them. When determining whether or not a prize has occurred, various arithmetic processes are performed on the input information in bytes of the registers 381 to 383. Thereby, it is possible to collectively generate winning information for determining whether or not winning has occurred for each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155. In the pachinko machine 10, a general winning port 82, a variable winning device 83, an upper operating port 84a, a lower operating port 84b, and a through gate 85 are installed in the same game area, and a large number of game balls are placed in the game area. Since they will flow down at the same time, winnings in each passing part may occur simultaneously. In this case, if the processing for generating the winning information must be performed individually for each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155, the processing load becomes considerably excessive. Also, for example, assuming a configuration in which a winning determination counter is provided and winning information is generated by counting each time a reading process is executed, the counter is provided for each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 individually. Every time the reading process is executed, it is necessary to execute all the counter addition and reset processes. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, winning information can be generated collectively, so that the above-described excellent effect can be obtained while suppressing an increase in processing load and storage capacity of the CPU 311.

  In addition, the first input port 351 receives not only signals from the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 but also a prize ball permission signal from the payout control board 322. In the pachinko machine 10, the number of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 is seven, whereas the first input port 351 is configured with 8 bits. Then, one bit can be used as an area other than the winning determination in the first input port 351, and the area can be effectively utilized by inputting a prize ball permission signal to the bit. . In this case, since the current input information masking process is executed in step S602 in the reading process, the information of the winning ball permission signal can be ignored when determining whether or not a winning has occurred.

<Input status monitoring process>
Next, the input state monitoring process executed in step S507 of the normal process (FIG. 22) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the input state monitoring process, first, input information is acquired from the second input port 352 in step S801. Specifically, the input information of the second input port 352 is stored in a 1-byte general-purpose register provided in the CPU 311.

  In the subsequent step S802, a payout abnormality signal monitoring process for specifying whether or not an abnormality has occurred regarding the payout of game balls is executed. Specifically, in the payout abnormality signal monitoring process, when information indicating that an abnormality signal is input from the payout control board 322 is stored in the general-purpose register, the occurrence of a payout abnormality is identified in the CPU 311 of the main control board 301. To do. When the occurrence of a payout abnormality is specified, a payout abnormality command (payout abnormality information) is output to the audio lamp control board 324, and abnormality notification is executed. The form of this abnormality notification is arbitrary, for example, lighting of the error display lamp unit 24, output of notification sound from the speaker unit 26, notification display on the display screen of the symbol display device 91, and the like. In addition, an abnormality signal may be output to the game hall management computer (hall computer) through the external terminal board 213. Note that the payout abnormality referred to here includes the absence of a ball in the tank 221, a failure of the payout device 224, and the like.

  In the subsequent step S803, a full tank signal monitoring process for specifying whether or not the lower plate 34 is in a full state is executed. Specifically, in the full tank signal monitoring process, when information indicating that a full tank signal is input from the payout control board 322 is stored in the general-purpose register, the lower plate 34 is in a full state. The CPU 311 of the control board 301 is specified. When it is specified that the lower plate 34 is in a full state, a full state command (full state information) is output to the audio lamp control board 324 to execute a full state notification. This full tank notification mode is arbitrary, and for example, lighting of the error display lamp unit 24, output of a notification sound from the speaker unit 26, notification display on the display screen of the symbol display device 91, and the like are conceivable. Further, a full signal may be output to the game hall management computer (hall computer) through the external terminal board 213.

  In a succeeding step S804, a body frame open signal monitoring process for specifying whether or not the body frame 13 is in an open state is executed. Specifically, in the main body frame open signal monitoring process, when the information indicating that the main body frame open signal is input from the main body frame open switch 217 is stored in the general-purpose register, the main body frame 13 is in the open state. Is specified by the CPU 311 of the main control board 301. When it is specified that the main body frame 13 is in the open state, a main body frame open state command (main body open notification information) is output to the sound lamp control board 324 to execute the main body open notification. The form of the main body opening notification is arbitrary. For example, lighting of the error display lamp unit 24, output of a notification sound from the speaker unit 26, notification display on the display screen of the symbol display device 91, and the like can be considered. Further, a main body opening signal may be output to the management computer (hall computer) of the game hall through the external terminal board 213.

  Thereafter, the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is executed in step S805, and after the prize ball permission signal monitoring process is executed in step S806, the input state monitoring process is terminated.

<Front door frame opening signal monitoring processing>
Next, the front door frame opening signal monitoring process in step S805 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  Here, the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is (1) a process when the closed state is continued after the front door frame 14 is specified to be closed, and (2) the front door. Processing until the frame 14 is changed from the closed state to the open state until it is specified to be in the open state, (3) after the front door frame 14 is specified to be in the open state, The process when the open state is continued, and (4) the process when the front door frame 14 is changed from the open state to the closed state and until the closed state is specified, are roughly classified. Therefore, the processing of these situations will be described individually.

  First, the processing when the front door frame 14 of the above (1) is specified to be closed and the closed state is continued will be described.

  First, in step S901, it is determined whether or not front door frame opening information indicating that a front door frame opening signal indicating that the front door frame 14 is in an open state is input is stored in the general-purpose register. Since this time is the case where the front door frame 14 is in the closed state, a negative determination is made in step S901, and the process proceeds to step S902.

  In step S <b> 902, the opening specific reference number is stored in the first front door frame counter area (opening specific trigger grasping means) in the front door frame counter area 364 of the RAM 313. Specifically, “3” is stored in the front door frame counter area 364. The first front door frame counter area is a counter used when the CPU 311 specifies that the front door frame 14 is opened when the closed front door frame 14 is opened.

  In a succeeding step S903, it is determined whether or not the second front door frame counter area (the closing specific opportunity grasping means) in the front door frame counter area 364 of the RAM 313 is “0”. The second front door frame counter area is a counter used when the CPU 311 specifies that the front door frame 14 is closed when the front door frame 14 in the open state is closed. The second front door frame counter area is maintained in a state of “0” after specifying that the front door frame 14 is in the closed state. Therefore, after it is specified that the front door frame 14 is in the closed state and the closed state continues, the second front door frame counter area is “0”, and in step S903. An affirmative determination is made, and the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is terminated as it is.

  Next, a process until the front door frame 14 of the above (2) is changed from the closed state to the open state until it is specified to be in the open state will be described.

  Since this time is the case where the front door frame 14 is in the open state, an affirmative determination is made in step S901 and the process proceeds to step S911. In step S911, the closing specific reference value information is stored in the second front door frame counter area of the RAM 313. Specifically, “250” is stored in the second front door frame counter area.

  In a succeeding step S912, it is determined whether or not the first front door frame counter area is “0”. In this case, since the process is performed until the front door frame 14 is in the open state from the closed state until it is specified that the front door frame 14 is in the open state, in step S902, the front door frame 14 is in the closed state. The open specific reference value information stored in the first front door frame counter area is not yet “0”. Accordingly, a negative determination is made in step S912, and the process proceeds to step S913.

  In step S913, 1 is subtracted from the value of the first front door frame counter area. In a succeeding step S914, it is determined whether or not the value of the first front door frame counter area is “0”. In other words, until the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is executed until the front door frame 14 is changed from the closed state to the open state and is specified to be in the open state, the first front door frame counter is executed. The area value is decremented by one. Moreover, since the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is executed as a part of the normal process, its execution cycle is about 4 msec. If the front door frame 14 is in the closed state, “3” is stored in the first front door frame counter area in step S902. Therefore, in step S914, whether or not 12 msec has elapsed from the time when the front door frame 14 is opened and changed from the closed state to the open state (when the front door frame opening signal is output from the front door frame opening switch 78). Will be judged.

  If the value of the first front door frame counter area is not “0”, a negative determination is made in step S914, and the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is terminated as it is. When the value of the first front door frame counter area is “0”, an affirmative determination is made in step S914, and the process proceeds to step S915. In step S915, it is determined whether or not the front door frame opening flag is stored in the front door frame opening flag storage area of the RAM 313. If the front door frame opening flag is stored, the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is terminated as it is. If the front door frame release flag is not stored, the process proceeds to step S916.

  In step S916, the front door frame release flag (front body release information) is stored in the front door frame release flag storage area (front body release information storage means). Thereby, it is specified in the CPU 311 that the front door frame 14 is in an open state. In the subsequent step S917, the front door frame state change flag is stored in the front door frame state change flag storage area of the RAM 313. Thereby, it is specified at the timing when the CPU 311 specifies that the front door frame 14 is in the open state. In the subsequent step S918, a front door frame opening command is set. The front door frame opening command is output to the payout control board 322 in a payout output process described later, and the front door frame 14 is opened when the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 inputs the front door frame open command. Identify that there is.

  Thereafter, in step S910, a subcommand setting process is executed. In the sub-command setting process, a front door frame opening state command (front body opening notification information) is output to the sound lamp control board 324, and the front body opening notification is executed. The form of the front body opening notification is arbitrary. For example, lighting of the error display lamp unit 24, output of a notification sound from the speaker unit 26, notification display on the display screen of the symbol display device 91, and the like can be considered. Further, a front body opening signal may be output to the game hall management computer (hall computer) through the external terminal plate 213. Thereafter, the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is terminated.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, even if the front door frame opening information is stored in the general-purpose register of the CPU 311, it is not immediately determined that the front door frame 14 is in an open state. When the front door frame opening information is confirmed continuously for the set opening specific reference number, that is, when the front door frame opening information is confirmed over the opening specific reference period, the front door frame 14 is in the open state. It is determined that Thus, when the front door frame opening information is stored in the second input port 352 or the general-purpose register due to noise or the like, although the front door frame 14 is not in the open state, the front door frame 14 is in the open state in the CPU 311. It is prevented from specifying that it became.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the front door frame 14 is opened due to the integration of the window 21, the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 with the front door frame 14, the game ball is paid out. Like to stop. This is because if the payout is not stopped, the game balls are connected from the position of the opening / closing member 124 of the main body frame 13 to the position of the payout device 224, and there is a concern about the failure of the payout device 224. In this case, it is not preferable that the CPU 311 specifies that the front door frame 14 is in an open state even though the front door frame 14 is not actually in an open state. Further, when the front door frame opening command is output to the payout control board 322 due to the influence of noise or the like, the command for canceling it is not output. If it does so, the state where the payout of the game ball is stopped will continue to be maintained, which may cause a disadvantage to the player. On the other hand, according to this configuration, it is possible to reduce the possibility that such inconvenience occurs.

  Next, a process when the front door frame 14 of (3) is specified to be in the open state and the open state is continued will be described.

  Since this time is the case where the front door frame 14 is in the open state, an affirmative determination is made in step S901, the process proceeds to step S911, and “250” is stored in the second front door frame counter area of the RAM 313. In a succeeding step S912, it is determined whether or not the first front door frame counter area is “0”. Since this time is after the front door frame 14 is specified to be in an open state and the open state is continued, the first front door frame counter area is maintained at “0”. Yes. Therefore, an affirmative determination is made in step S912, and the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is terminated as it is.

  Next, a process until the front door frame 14 in the above (4) is changed from the open state to the closed state and is specified to be in the closed state will be described.

  Since this time is the case where the front door frame 14 is in a closed state, a negative determination is made in step S901, the process proceeds to step S902, and “3” is stored in the first front door frame counter area of the RAM 313.

  In a succeeding step S903, it is determined whether or not the second front door frame counter area of the RAM 313 is “0”. This time, since the process is a process until the closed state is specified when the front door frame 14 is changed from the open state to the closed state, the second front is determined in step S911 when the front door frame 14 is in the open state. The closing specific reference count stored in the door frame counter area is not yet “0”. Accordingly, a negative determination is made in step S903, and the process proceeds to step S904.

  In step S904, 1 is subtracted from the value of the second front door frame counter area. In a succeeding step S905, it is determined whether or not the value of the second front door frame counter area is “0”. That is, the second front door frame counter is executed each time the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is executed until the front door frame 14 is changed from the open state to the closed state until it is specified that the front door frame 14 is in the closed state. The area value is decremented by one. Moreover, since the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is executed as a part of the normal process, its execution cycle is about 4 msec. If the front door frame 14 is in the open state, “250” is stored in the second front door frame counter area in step S911. Therefore, in step S905, 1 sec has elapsed since the time when the front door frame 14 was closed and changed from the open state to the closed state (when the output of the front door frame open signal from the front door frame open switch 78 was stopped). It is determined whether or not.

  If the value of the second front door frame counter area is not “0”, a negative determination is made in step S905, and the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is terminated as it is. When the value of the second front door frame counter area is “0”, an affirmative determination is made in step S905, and the process proceeds to step S906. In step S906, it is determined whether or not the front door frame opening flag is stored in the front door frame opening flag storage area of the RAM 313. If the front door frame opening flag is not stored, the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is terminated as it is. If the front door frame opening flag is stored, the process proceeds to step S907.

  In step S907, the front door frame opening flag stored in the front door frame opening flag storage area is deleted. Thereby, it is specified in the CPU 311 that the front door frame 14 is in the closed state. In the following step S908, the front door frame state change flag is stored in the front door frame state change flag storage area of the RAM 313. Thereby, it is specified at the timing when the CPU 311 specifies that the front door frame 14 is in the closed state. In the subsequent step S909, a front door frame closing command is set. The front door frame closing command is output to the payout control board 322 in a payout output process described later, and the front door frame 14 is closed when the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 inputs the front door frame close command. Identify that there is.

  Thereafter, in step S910, a subcommand setting process is executed. In this subcommand setting process, a front door frame closed state command (information for front body closing notification) is output to the sound lamp control board 324, and the front body opening notification is terminated. Thereafter, the front door frame opening signal monitoring process is terminated.

  As described above, in this pachinko machine 10, even if the front door frame opening information is deleted from the general-purpose register of the CPU 311, it is not immediately determined that the front door frame 14 is closed, and is set as multiple times. When the state without the front door frame opening information is confirmed continuously for the number of consecutive closing reference times, that is, when the state without the front door frame opening information is confirmed over the closing specific reference period, It is specified that the frame 14 is closed. Thus, when the front door frame opening information is erased from the second input port 352 or the general-purpose register due to noise or the like even though the front door frame 14 is not in the closed state, the front door frame 14 is It is prevented that the closed state is specified.

  Since the pachinko machine 10 is configured to stop paying out the game balls when the front door frame 14 is in the open state and to resume paying out the game balls when the front door frame 14 is in the closed state, Although the frame 14 is not closed, it is not preferable for the CPU 311 to specify that the front door frame 14 is closed. Further, when the front door frame closing command is output to the payout control board 322 due to the influence of noise or the like, the payout of the game ball is resumed even though the front door frame 14 is in the open state. If it does so, a game ball will continue from the position of the opening-and-closing member 124 of the main body frame 13 to the position of the payout device 224, and there is a concern about failure of the payout device 224. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, the possibility of such inconvenience occurring is reduced.

  In addition, the period until the front door frame 14 is specified to be closed (specifically 1 sec) is longer than the period until it is determined that the front door frame 14 is opened (specifically 12 msec). This is due to the following reason. That is, in this pachinko machine 10, as described above, the front door frame 14 is integrated with the window 21, the upper plate 33, and the lower plate 34 with respect to the front door frame 14 as described above. When the is released, the payout of the game ball is stopped. This is because if the payout is not stopped, the game balls are connected from the position of the opening / closing member 124 provided on the main body frame 13 to the position of the payout device 224, and there is a concern about the failure of the payout device 224. Therefore, when the front door frame 14 is opened, it is necessary to stop paying out the game balls from the payout device 224 as early as possible. On the other hand, when the front door frame 14 is changed from the open state to the closed state, for example, when a game ball is sandwiched between the front door frame 14 and the main body frame 13, the front door frame 14 is repeatedly opened and closed. It is possible. In this case, if the period until it is specified that the front door frame 14 is closed is short, it is necessary to repeatedly start and stop driving of the payout motor 257 provided in the payout device 224 every time it is repeatedly opened and closed. This can cause clogging of the balls and failure of the payout motor 257. On the other hand, by setting it as the said structure, possibility that such a problem will generate | occur | produce is reduced.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 27 and FIG. 28, whether the winning has occurred or not is calculated by calculating each piece of input information in units of bytes, whereas the front door frame 14 is in an open state. Whether or not the vehicle has been closed and whether or not the vehicle has been closed are determined by using the front door frame counter area 364 to determine the passage of the opening specific reference period and the closing specific reference period. This is due to the following reason. That is, in this pachinko machine 10, the opening specific reference period and the closing specific reference period are set longer than the period until it is determined that a winning has occurred. In this case, if a method for determining whether or not a prize has occurred is applied to the determination of the open state and the closed state of the front door frame 14, it is necessary to provide a large storage area for determination such as the current register 381. This leads to an extreme increase in storage capacity, which is not preferable. In particular, since the storage capacity of the register of the CPU 311 is relatively small, it is difficult to perform using the register. Furthermore, since it is necessary to perform an information shift process as shown in step S604 of the read process (FIG. 27), if a large storage area for determination is provided, the processing load for the shift process increases accordingly. On the other hand, regarding the determination of the passage of the opening specific reference period and the closing specific reference period, by using the front door frame counter area 364, it is possible to improve the determination of the opening specific reference period and the closing specific reference period. It can be carried out.

  In the main body frame opening signal monitoring process in step S804, description of specific processing contents for specifying the open state and the closed state of the main body frame 13 is omitted, but basically the front door frame opening signal monitoring process. The same processing is executed.

<Prize ball permission signal monitoring process>
Next, the winning ball permission signal monitoring process in step S806 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, the winning ball permission signal will be described.

  In the pachinko machine 10, as already described, the power from the power supply unit 321 c at the time of power interruption of the power supply and launch control board 321 is supplied to the RAM 313 of the main control board 301, but to the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. Is not supplied. With this configuration, the capacity of the power interruption unit 321c can be reduced, and accordingly, the cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

  However, in this configuration, when the power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped, all the information stored in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is erased (destroyed). In this case, if all the information on the number of unpaid prize balls is stored in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 as in the conventional pachinko machine, the pachinko machine 10 can be connected to the pachinko machine 10 in a situation where there are unpaid prize balls. When the power supply is stopped, all the unpaid prize balls are erased without being paid out. If it does so, it will cause a great disadvantage to a player.

  On the other hand, in this pachinko machine 10, unpaid prize ball information is basically stored in the prize ball counter area 361 of the RAM 313 of the main control board 301, and the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 stores the payout control board 322. When a prize ball permission signal is input from the CPU 331, a prize ball command is output to the CPU 331. Then, in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 is the maximum number of prize balls (15 prize balls) for one winning at a maximum. The output start timing and output stop timing of the winning ball permission signal are set so as to be the sum of the permitted reference number. In addition, this permission reference number is the minimum number of winning balls for one winning or less. Thereby, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped in a situation where a large number of unpaid prize balls remain, it is possible to reduce the number of prize balls to be erased as much as possible. That is, the prize ball permission signal is information output from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 in order to specify the output timing of the prize ball command in the CPU 311 of the main control board 301.

  In the prize ball permission signal monitoring process, first, in step S1001, it is determined whether or not prize ball permission information indicating that a prize ball permission signal is input is stored in the seventh bit D7 of the first input port 351. To do. In the prize ball permission signal monitoring process, the information of the first input port 351 may be stored in a general-purpose register or a dedicated register of the CPU 311. In this case, whether or not the prize ball permission information is stored in the register. Is determined.

  If the winning ball permission information is stored, the value stored in the winning ball permission counter area (permission trigger grasping means) 365 of the RAM 311 of the main control board 301 is “5” in step S1002. It is determined whether or not. The prize ball permission counter area 365 means that the prize ball permission signal is actually output from the payout control board 322 when the prize ball permission information is stored in the first input port 351. This is for the CPU 311 to specify whether the data is stored due to noise or the like.

  If the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is “5” or more, an affirmative determination is made in step S1002, and the present winning ball permission signal monitoring process is terminated. On the other hand, if the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is less than “5”, a negative determination is made in step S1002, and the process proceeds to step S1003. In step S1003, after 1 is added to the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365, the winning ball permission signal monitoring process is terminated.

  Here, since the prize ball permission signal monitoring process is executed as a part of the normal process, its execution cycle is about 4 msec. Therefore, when a prize ball permission signal is output from the payout control board 322 and the value of the prize ball permission counter area 365 is less than “5”, the value of the prize ball permission counter area 365 is set to 1 at a cycle of about 4 msec. Is added. Further, by executing the processing of step S1002, the value of the prize ball permission counter area 365 becomes “5” or more even in a situation where the output of the prize ball permission signal from the payout control board 322 is continued. In the case where the winning ball is permitted, the process of adding the value in the winning ball permission counter area 365 is not executed.

  If it is determined in step S1002 that no winning ball permission information is stored, the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is cleared to “0” in step S1004, and then the present winning ball permission signal monitoring process is performed. Exit. That is, in a situation where no prize ball permission signal is output from the payout control board 322, the value of the prize ball permission counter area 365 is maintained at “0”.

<Output processing for withdrawal>
Next, the payout output process executed in step S508 of the normal process (FIG. 22) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. The payout output process is a process for outputting various commands from the CPU 301 of the main control board 301 to the CPU 332 of the payout control board 322.

  In the payout output process, first, in step S1101, it is determined whether or not the front door frame state change flag is stored in the front door frame state change flag storage area of the RAM 313 of the main control board 301. If the front door frame state change flag is stored, the front door frame state change flag is erased in step S1102, and a front door frame open command or front door frame close command is issued in step S1103. The output processing for the payout is finished after the output.

  On the other hand, if the front door frame state change flag is not stored in the front door frame state change flag storage area of the RAM 313 in step S1101, a negative determination is made, and the process proceeds to step S1104. In step S1104, it is determined whether or not the front door frame opening flag is stored in the front door frame opening flag storage area of the RAM 313. If the front door frame opening flag is stored, the payout output process is terminated as it is.

  If the front door frame release flag is not stored, it is determined in step S1105 whether or not the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 of the RAM 313 is “5” as the number of times for output permission reference. Here, as described above, the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is the value when the winning ball permission signal is output from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 and the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is less than “5”. Is incremented by 1 with a period of about 4 msec. The value of the prize ball permission counter area 365 is cleared to “0” when the output of the prize ball permission signal from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 is stopped. Therefore, in step S1105, it is determined whether or not the output of the winning ball permission signal from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 has continued for 20 msec as the output permission continuation period.

  If the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is not “5”, the payout output process is terminated as it is. If the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is “5”, whether or not winning ball information is stored in any of the various counter areas 361a to 361d in the winning ball counter area 361 of the RAM 313 in step S1106. Determine whether or not. If no prize ball information is stored in any of them, the payout output process is terminated as it is.

  If prize ball information is stored in any of the various prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d, the value of the prize ball permission counter area 365 is cleared to “0” in step S1107. Thereafter, a prize ball command output process is executed in step S1108, and the payout output process ends.

  Here, the prize ball command output processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S1201, it is determined whether or not the value of the 15 prize ball counter area 361a in the RAM 313 is "0". If it is not “0”, it means that incomplete information of prize balls is stored for 15 prize balls, so that 15 prize ball commands are output to the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 in step S1202. At the same time, 1 is subtracted from the value of the counter area 361a for 15 prize balls. Thereafter, the prize ball command output process is terminated.

  If the value of the 15 prize ball counter area 361a is “0” in step S1201, the process proceeds to step S1203. In step S1203, it is determined whether or not the value of the four prize ball counter area 361c in the RAM 313 is "0". If it is not “0”, it means that incomplete information on prize balls is stored for the four prize balls, so that the four prize ball commands are output to the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 in step S1204. At the same time, 1 is subtracted from the value of the counter area 361c for four prize balls. Thereafter, the prize ball command output process is terminated.

  If the value of the four award ball counter area 361c is “0” in step S1203, the process proceeds to step S1205. In step S1205, it is determined whether or not the value of the three prize ball counter area 361d in the RAM 313 is “0”. If it is not “0”, it means that incomplete information of prize balls is stored for three prize balls, and therefore, in step S1206, three prize ball commands are output to the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322. At the same time, 1 is subtracted from the value of the counter area 361d for three prize balls. Thereafter, the prize ball command output process is terminated.

  If the value of the three prize ball counter area 361d is “0” in step S1205, the process proceeds to step S1207. In step S1207, the 10 award balls command is output to the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322, and the value of the 10 award ball counter area 361b is decremented by 1. Thereafter, the prize ball command output process is terminated.

  As described above, even if the prize ball permission information is stored in the first input port 351, the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 cannot immediately specify that the output of the prize ball command is permitted in the payout control board 322. If the award ball permission information is confirmed continuously for the number of output permission reference times set as a plurality of times, that is, it is confirmed that the award ball permission signal is output over the output permission reference period of 20 msec. If it is determined that the output of the prize ball command is permitted (identify that the output is permitted). Then, by specifying that the output of the winning ball command is permitted, one winning ball command corresponding to one winning is output to the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322. Since the output permission reference period is set in this way, as described above, when prize ball permission information is stored in the first input port 351, it is sent from the payout control board 322 as a prize ball permission signal. The CPU 311 can specify whether the data is stored due to the output of the "?" Or stored due to noise or the like. Therefore, when the prize ball permission information is stored due to noise or the like, it is possible to prevent the prize ball command from being output.

  In particular, as will be described later, the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 cannot store a prize ball number exceeding a predetermined maximum reference number. In this case, if the prize ball permission information is stored due to noise or the like and a prize ball command is output for that information, the number of prize balls corresponding to the prize ball command is erased without actually being paid out. End up. This will be detrimental to the player. On the other hand, according to this configuration, it is possible to prevent such inconvenience.

  Here, as shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, whether or not a winning has occurred is determined by calculating each piece of input information in units of bytes, but whether or not a prize ball command is output. This determination is made by determining the elapse of the output permission reference period using the prize ball permission counter area 365. This is due to the following reason. That is, in this pachinko machine 10, the output permission reference period is set to be longer than the period until it is determined that a winning has occurred. In this case, if a method for determining whether or not a winning has occurred is applied to the winning ball permission signal, it is necessary to provide a large storage area for determination such as the current register 381. This leads to an extreme increase in storage capacity, which is not preferable. In particular, since the storage capacity of the register of the CPU 311 is relatively small, it is difficult to perform using the register. Furthermore, since it is necessary to perform an information shift process as shown in step S604 of the read process (FIG. 27), if a large storage area for determination is provided, the processing load for the shift process increases accordingly. On the other hand, when determining whether the output permission reference period has elapsed, by using the prize ball permission counter area 365, it is possible to satisfactorily determine whether the output permission reference period has elapsed.

  Further, when the process of step S1104 is executed in the payout output process (FIG. 33), when the front door frame 14 is in the open state, the period during which the prize ball permission signal is input reaches the output permission reference period. No prize ball command is output. In the pachinko machine 10, when the front door frame 14 is in an open state, the payout of game balls is stopped. In this case, by preventing the prize ball command from being output when the front door frame 14 is in the open state, it is possible to prevent the prize ball command from being newly output in a situation where the payout of the game ball is stopped. It becomes possible.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the power supply from the external power supply is stopped, the information stored in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is erased. When the power is output, when the power supply is stopped with the front door frame 14 in the open state, the winning ball corresponding to the winning ball command is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented. It is not essential to prohibit the output of the prize ball command when the front door frame 14 is in the open state, and the prize ball command may be output when the front door frame 14 is in the open state.

  In the prize ball command output process (FIG. 34), priorities are set as follows for command output for a plurality of types of prize ball information. That is, the priority is set in the order of (1) 15 prize ball information → (2) 4 prize ball information → (3) 3 prize ball information → (4) 10 prize ball information ((1) is The highest priority is (4) is the lowest priority).

  In the pachinko machine 10, the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d of the RAM 313 of the main control board 301 are composed of 1 byte, and there is an upper limit to the number of prize ball information that can be stored, and each upper limit number is constant. It has become. On the other hand, the output of a prize ball command may be prohibited as in the case where the front door frame 14 is in an open state. On the other hand, by setting the priority with respect to the output of the prize ball command as described above, the prize ball information corresponding to the prize is added to the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d even though the prize has occurred. The possibility of inconvenience of being erased without being performed is reduced.

  In other words, among the general prize opening 82, the variable prize winning device 83, the upper operation opening 84a, and the lower operation opening 84b, it is highly likely that a large number of winnings will occur in a short time. The variable winning apparatus 83 → the lower operation opening 84b → The upper operating port 84a → the general winning port 82 (the possibility of the variable winning device 83 is the highest, and the possibility of the general winning port 82 is the lowest). And it can be said that there is a high possibility that the above-mentioned inconveniences occur as the possibility that a large number of winnings will occur in a short time. On the other hand, by setting the priority as described above, a prize ball command is output in preference to prize ball information corresponding to a prize that is likely to cause a large number of prizes in a short time. The possibility of the occurrence of the above inconvenience is reduced.

  Note that the variable winning device 83 is in an open state in the case of a big win state, and when it is in an open state, a large number of wins are generated in a short time. The lower operating port 84b is opened when the frequency is improved, and a large number of winnings are generated in a short time when the lower operating port 84b is opened. However, the number of winnings per unit time in the open state is larger in the variable winning device 83. The upper operating port 84a is always in a state where a winning can be made, but there is no member for supporting winning such as the variable winning device 83 and the lower operating port 84b. The number of winnings per unit time when the opening 84b is in the open state is smaller in the upper operating port 84a than in the variable winning device 83 and the lower operating port 84b. Furthermore, although the general winning opening 82 is always in a state where a winning is possible, the nail 88 is in a state in which it is harder to win than the upper operation opening 84a.

<Processing Configuration in CPU 331 of Dispensing Control Board 322>
Next, a processing configuration in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 will be described. The processing of the CPU 331 can be broadly divided into main processing that is started when the power is turned on, input interrupt processing that is started by inputting a command from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301, and periodically (in this embodiment). There is a timer interrupt process activated at a cycle of 2 msec.

<Main processing>
The main process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. This main process is started upon reset at power-on.

  First, in step S1301, initial setting associated with power-on is executed. In the subsequent step S1302, initial display processing is executed. In the initial display process, “0” is displayed on the 7-segment display 242a provided on the payout control board 322 as an initial display.

  In subsequent step S1303, RAM access is permitted, and in step S1304, an external interrupt vector is set. Thereafter, the entire area of the RAM 333 is cleared to “0” in step S1305, and the CPU peripheral device is initialized in step S1306. In the subsequent step S1307, an interrupt is permitted. The series of processes from step S1301 to step S1307 corresponds to the start-up process in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322, and 300 msec is required until the start-up process is completed. The time required for the start-up process is not limited to 300 msec, and is arbitrary as long as it is shorter than the time required for the start-up process in the CPU 311 of the main control board 301.

  Thereafter, the process of step S1307 is repeatedly executed until the power is completely shut off and the process cannot be executed. Note that, by repeatedly executing the interrupt permission setting process in step S1307 in this way, even if the interrupt permission setting is canceled due to the influence of noise or the like and the non-permitted setting is made, the interrupt permission state is restored. Can be set again.

<Interrupt processing at input>
Next, the interruption process at the time of input executed by the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. Here, the interrupt process at the time of input is started by inputting a command from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 as described above. In this case, the command input from the CPU 311 is temporarily stored in a ring buffer provided in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. In the input interrupt process, a command stored in the ring buffer is read, and a process corresponding to the read command is executed.

  In the input interrupt process, first, it is determined whether or not the command input in step S1401 is an initial command. If it is an initial command, the initial display cancellation process is executed in step S1402, and then the interrupt process at the time of this input is terminated. In the initial display cancellation process, the initial display on the 7-segment display 242a is terminated.

  If the input command is not an initial command, it is determined in step S1403 whether or not it is a prize ball command. If the command is a prize ball command, the command storing process is executed in step S1404, and then the interrupt process at the time of this input is terminated. In the command storage process, the prize ball command input this time is stored in the command storage area 373 of the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322.

  If the input command is not a prize ball command, it is determined in step S1405 whether or not it is a front door frame opening command. If it is a front door frame opening command, the front door frame opening flag (payment side front body opening information) is stored in the front door frame opening flag storage area (payment side front body opening information storage means) of the RAM 333 in step S1406. After storing, interrupt processing at the time of this input ends.

  If the input command is not a front door frame opening command, it is determined in step S1407 whether or not it is a front door frame closing command. If it is a front door frame closing command, the front door frame opening flag is erased from the front door frame opening flag storage area of the RAM 333 in step S1408, and then the interrupt processing at the time of this input is terminated. If it is not a front door frame release command, the interrupt processing at the time of this input is terminated as it is.

  The processing contents of the interrupt process at the time of input may be executed as a command determination process in a timer interrupt process to be described later, and only the command is read into the ring buffer in the interrupt process at the time of input.

<Timer interrupt processing>
Next, timer interrupt processing started by the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 every 2 msec, for example, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S1501, the state return switch 245 is checked, and if it is determined that the state return operation has started, the state return operation is executed. Thereafter, in step S1502, a full tank process is executed as a process related to the full state of the lower plate 34, a ball useless process is executed in step S1503 as a process related to the non-ball state of the tank 221, and a prize ball is received in step S1504. A prize ball setting process is executed as a process related to the number setting, a ball rental setting process is executed as a process related to the setting of a loan in step S1505, and a payout number setting process is executed as a process related to setting the number of payouts in step S1506. In step S1507, the payout control process is executed as a process related to the game ball payout. In step S1508, the award ball permission signal setting process is executed as a process related to the setting of the prize ball permission signal. To do.

  Hereinafter, a full tank process in step S1502, a ball non-use process in step S1503, a winning ball setting process in step S1504, a rent setting process in step S1505, a payout number setting process in step S1506, a payout control process in step S1507, and step S1508. Will be described in detail.

<Process for full tank>
First, the full tank process in step S1502 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the full tank process, it is determined whether or not the lower plate 34 is full based on the detection result of the full tank detection sensor 59 provided on the front door side lower plate 52 to the lower plate 34, and various processes are executed. The Then, when the game ball is not detected by the full tank detection sensor 59, the processing after step S1602 is executed, and when the game ball is detected, the processing after step S1609 is executed. In the following description, for the sake of convenience, the processing after step S1609 will be described and then the processing after step S1602 will be described.

  In the full tank process, first, in step S1601, it is determined whether a full tank detection signal is input from the full tank detection sensor 59 or not. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the full tank detection information indicating that the full tank detection signal is input is stored in the input port of the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322.

  If a full tank detection signal has been input, the second full counter area in the full tank counter area 371 of the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is cleared to “0” in step S1609. The second full tank counter area is a counter for measuring a period during which the full tank detection signal is not continuously input from the full tank detection sensor 59. Thereafter, in step S1610, the value of the first full counter area in the full counter area 371 is incremented by one. The first full tank counter area is a counter for measuring a period during which a full tank detection signal is continuously input from the full tank detection sensor 59.

  After step S1610, it is specified in step S1611 whether or not the first full counter area is “850” as the count value corresponding to the first full specific identification period. Here, this full tank process is executed as a part of the timer interrupt process, and the timer interrupt process is started at a cycle of 2 msec as described above. Therefore, when a full tank detection signal is input from the full tank detection sensor 59, 1 is added to the first full tank counter area at a cycle of about 2 msec, and therefore the full tank detection signal is set to about 1.7 sec (step S1611). It is determined whether it continues over the 1st full tank specific reference period).

  When the first full tank counter area is “850”, it is determined that the lower plate 34 is full, and the process proceeds to step S1612. That is, when the lower tray 34 is full, the game balls are lined up in the lower door 52 on the front door side, so that the game balls are continuously detected by the full tank detection sensor 59 and a full tank detection signal is output. Will continue. And about 1.7 sec continues in this state, it is specified that the lower pan 34 is a full tank state. As described above, the period for which the lower tray 34 is specified to be full is set to 1.7 sec. If the period is extremely long, the game balls are connected to the position of the payout device 224 and the payout motor 257 and the like are set. This is because there is a risk of failure, and if the period is extremely short, it may be specified that the lower tray 34 is in a full state although it is not full.

  In step S1612, it is determined whether or not a full tank flag (full tank state information) is stored in the full tank flag storage area (full tank state information storage means) of the RAM 333. If the full tank flag is stored, the full tank process is terminated as it is. If the full tank flag is not stored, the full tank flag is stored in step S1613 and the full tank process is terminated after setting the full tank state. When the full tank state is set, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 starts to output a full tank signal to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 and outputs a full tank signal while the full tank state is set. State is maintained.

  On the other hand, if the value of the first full counter area is not “850” in step S1611, the first full counter area in step S1614 is “0” as the count value corresponding to the second full tank specific reference period. It is determined whether or not “400”. As described above, since the first full counter area is incremented by 1 with a period of about 2 msec, whether or not the full tank detection signal is continuously input for about 0.8 sec (second full tank specific reference period) in step S1614. Judging.

  If the first full tank counter area is not “400”, the full tank processing is ended as it is. If the first full counter area is “400”, it is determined that the lower tray 34 may be full, and the process proceeds to step S1615. In step S1615, the full tank low speed flag (full tank low speed information) is stored in the full tank low speed flag storage area (full tank low speed information storage means) of the RAM 333. Thereafter, the full tank processing is terminated.

  By storing the full tank low speed flag, the CPU 331 sets the payout speed of the payout motor 257 as will be described later from the normal period until that time (specifically, the game ball is paid out at intervals of 60 msec). (Specifically, the game ball is paid out at intervals of 800 msec).

  The reason why the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched to the low speed cycle in this way is as follows. That is, the full tank detection sensor 59 is configured to continuously output a full tank detection signal while the game ball is being detected. Therefore, when the interval between game balls that are continuously paid out becomes narrow, the full tank detection sensor 59. From the viewpoint, the end of the detection period of one game ball is later than the start of the detection period of the next game ball. Then, although the lower plate 34 is not in the full state, the full tank detection signal is continuously output from the full tank detection sensor 59. And if this state continues, it will be specified that the lower pan 34 is a full tank state.

  On the other hand, as described above, by switching the payout speed of the payout motor 257 to the low speed cycle, the interval between the game balls passing through the front door side lower pan 52 continuously becomes wide. More specifically, this interval exceeds the detection range of the full tank detection sensor 59. Therefore, since the output of the full tank detection signal that has been continued is interrupted, it is possible to prevent the lower tray 34 from being identified as being full even though it is not full.

  Returning to the description of the full tank process, if the full tank detection signal is not input from the full tank detection sensor 59 in step S1601, the first full counter area is cleared to “0” in step S1602. Thereafter, in step S1603, it is determined whether or not the full tank low speed flag is stored in the full tank low speed flag storage area of the RAM 333. If the full tank low speed flag is not stored, the process proceeds to step S1605 as it is. If the full tank low speed flag is stored, the full tank low speed flag is deleted in step S1604, and then the process proceeds to step S1605.

  By erasing the full tank low speed flag, the CPU 331 basically changes the payout speed setting of the payout motor 257 from the low speed cycle to the normal cycle. That is, in the situation where the full tank detection signal is continuously output from the full tank detection sensor 59, the output of the full tank detection signal is interrupted by changing the payout speed of the payout motor 257 to a low speed cycle. The payout speed immediately returns to the normal cycle. Thereby, in the configuration in which the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is changed to a low speed cycle as necessary, the time required for paying out the game ball is prevented from becoming extremely long.

  In subsequent step S1605, 1 is added to the second full counter area. Thereafter, in step S1606, it is determined whether or not the second full counter area is “250”. Here, in the second full tank counter area, when a full tank detection signal is not input from the full tank detection sensor 59, 1 is added at a cycle of about 2 msec. Therefore, in step S1606, it is determined whether or not the state where no full detection signal is input continues for about 0.5 sec.

  If the second full tank counter area is not “250”, the full tank processing is ended as it is. On the other hand, if the second full tank counter area is “250”, it is determined in step S1607 whether the full tank flag is stored in the full tank flag storage area of the RAM 333. If the full tank flag is not stored, the full tank process is terminated as it is. If the full tank flag is stored, the full tank flag is deleted in step S1608 and the full tank release state is set. By setting the full tank release state, the output of the full tank signal from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 is stopped and the full tank release state is set while the full tank release state is set. The signal output stop state is maintained.

  Here, the process of step S1608 is executed after waiting for about 0.5 sec since the output of the full tank detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 59 is stopped in step S1606, and so on. It can be determined that the full tank state has not been released even though the game ball is actually waiting in the detection range of the full tank detection sensor 59 due to the influence of.

  In addition, it is good also as a structure which determines whether it is more than a determination value in step S1606, step S1611, and step S1614, respectively.

<Useless ball>
Next, the ball useless process in step S1503 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the ball-free process, it is determined whether the tank 221 is in a ball-free state based on the detection result of the ball-free detection sensor 223a provided on the case rail 223, and various processes are executed. Then, when a game ball is detected by the ball non-detection sensor 223a, the processing after step S1702 is executed, and when the game ball is not detected, the processing after step S1708 is executed. In the following description, for the sake of convenience, the processing after step S1708 will be described and then the processing after step S1702 will be described.

  First, in step S1701, it is determined whether or not a sphere non-detection signal is input from the sphere non-detection sensor 223a. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the ball non-detection information indicating that the ball non-detection signal is input is stored in the input port of the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322.

  If the ball non-detection signal is input, in step S1708, the second ball non-counter area in the ball non-counter area 372 of the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is cleared to “0”. The second sphere non-counter area is a counter for measuring a period during which no sphere non-detection signal is continuously input from the sphere non-detection sensor 223a. Thereafter, in step S1709, 1 is added to the value of the first non-sphere counter area in the non-sphere counter area 372. The first non-sphere counter area is a counter for measuring a period during which a non-sphere detection signal is continuously input from the non-sphere detection sensor 223a.

  After step S1709, it is specified in step S1710 whether or not the first sphere non-counter area is “5000” as the count value corresponding to the first sphere non-specific reference period. Here, the ball useless process is executed as a part of the timer interrupt process, and the timer interrupt process is started at a cycle of 2 msec as described above. Therefore, when a sphere non-detection signal is input from the sphere non-detection sensor 223a, 1 is added to the first sphere non-counter area at a cycle of about 2 msec. It is determined whether or not the sphere continues for the unspecified standard period.

  If the first full ball-free counter area is “5000”, it is determined that the tank 221 is free of balls, and the process proceeds to step S1711. In other words, when the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball, the game balls are not lined up in the case rail 223, so that the game ball is not continuously detected by the ball non-detection sensor 223a and the output of the ball non-detection signal is continued. The Then, in this state, about 10 sec continues, and it is specified that the tank 221 is in a ball-free state.

  In step S1711, it is determined whether or not a sphere-less flag (sphere-less state information) is stored in the sphere-less flag storage area (sphere-less state information storage unit) of the RAM 333. If the ball no flag is stored, the ball useless processing is terminated as it is. If the no-sphere flag is not stored, the no-sphere flag is stored in step S1712 and the non-sphere state is set, and then the main ball useless process is terminated. By setting the no-ball state, the CPU 331 of the pay-out control board 322 starts to output a pay-out abnormality signal to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 and outputs the pay-out abnormality signal while the no-ball state is set. State is maintained.

  On the other hand, if the value of the first sphere non-counter area is not “5000” in step S1710, the first sphere non-counter area is set to “0” as the count value corresponding to the second sphere non-specific reference period in step S1713. It is determined whether or not “500”. As described above, since 1 is added to the first sphere non-counter area at a period of about 2 msec, whether or not the sphere non-detection signal is continuously input for about 1.0 sec (second sphere non-specific reference period) in step S1713. Judging.

  If the first ball no-counter area is not “500”, the main ball useless process is terminated. When the first ball-free counter area is “500”, it is determined that the tank 221 may be in a ball-free state, and the process proceeds to step S1714. In step S1714, a sphere no low speed flag (sphere no low speed information storage unit) in the RAM 333 is stored with a sphere no low speed flag (sphere no low speed information). Thereafter, the main ball useless process is terminated.

  By storing the ball no-low speed flag, the CPU 331 sets the payout speed of the payout motor 257 from the normal cycle until that time (specifically, the game ball is paid out at intervals of 60 msec) as described later. (Specifically, the game ball is paid out at intervals of 800 msec).

  The reason why the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched to the low speed cycle in this way is as follows. In other words, the tank 221 may be clogged with balls. On the other hand, the tank 221 is provided with a vibration motor for vibrating the tank 221 in order to eliminate the ball clogging when the ball clogging occurs. If the ball clogging is not severe, the ball clogging is eliminated by vibrating the tank 221 with a vibration motor. And it is considered that the elimination of the ball clogging is completed within 10 seconds.

  In this situation, when about 1.0 sec, which is the first ball unspecified reference period, has elapsed during which the game ball is not detected by the ball no-detection sensor 223a, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched to the low speed cycle. Thus, the possibility that the ball clogging is eliminated at the timing before all the game balls waiting on the upstream side of the rotating body 256 of the payout device 224 disappears is increased. When all the game balls waiting on the upstream side of the rotating body 256 of the payout device 224 are lost, when the game balls are replenished from the tank 221 side toward the rotating body 256 again, It falls through the case rail 223 and directly collides with the rotating body 256, and there is a concern that the rotating body 256 may fail. On the other hand, the possibility that such an inconvenience occurs is reduced by switching the payout speed to the low speed cycle as described above.

  Returning to the description of the non-sphere processing, if the non-sphere detection signal is not input from the non-sphere detection sensor 223a in step S1701, the first non-sphere counter area is cleared to “0” in step S1702. Thereafter, in step S1703, 1 is added to the second non-sphere counter area. Thereafter, in step S1704, it is determined whether or not the second ball-free counter area is “1500”. Here, the second non-sphere counter area is incremented by 1 with a period of about 2 msec when no non-sphere detection signal is input from the non-sphere detection sensor 223a. Therefore, in step S1704, it is determined whether or not the state where no ball detection signal is input continues for about 3.0 seconds.

  If the second ball no-counter area is not “1500”, the main ball useless process is terminated. On the other hand, if the second ball-less counter area is “1500”, the ball-less low speed flag is erased from the ball no-low speed flag storage area of the RAM 333 in step S1705. By deleting the ball no low speed flag, the CPU 331 basically changes the setting of the payout speed of the payout motor 257 from the low speed cycle to the normal cycle.

  In a succeeding step S1706, it is determined whether or not the ballless flag is stored in the ballless flag storage area of the RAM 333. If no ball flag is stored, the ball useless process is terminated. If the ball no flag is stored, the ball no flag is erased in step S1707 and the ball no release state is set, and then the main ball useless process is terminated. By setting the ball non-release state, the output of the payout abnormality signal from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 is stopped and the payout abnormality is performed while the ball non-release state is set. The signal output stop state is maintained.

  Here, the process of step S1705 and step S1707 is executed after waiting for about 3.0 seconds after the output of the ball non-detection signal from the ball non-detection sensor 223a is stopped in step S1704. Due to the influence of noise or the like, it can be determined that the ball-free state has not been released even though the game ball is not actually waiting in the detection range of the ball-free detection sensor 223a.

<Prize ball setting process>
Next, the winning ball setting process of step S1504 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the winning ball setting process, the number of winning balls is specified from the winning ball command input from the CPU 331 of the main control board 301, and the specified winning ball number is added to the winning ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. Is executed.

  In the winning ball setting process, first, in step S1801, it is determined whether or not a winning ball command is stored in the command storage area 373 of the RAM 333. If no prize ball command is stored, the prize ball setting process is terminated. If a prize ball command is stored, the process advances to step S1802.

  In step S1802, a calculation process for a prize ball command is executed. Specifically, prize ball command addition processing is executed. Here, as described above, four types of prize ball commands are set: three prize ball commands, four prize ball commands, ten prize ball commands, and 15 prize ball commands. As shown in FIG. 25 (b), it is composed of 2 bytes composed of upper information and lower information. Each prize ball command is set so that the information format is “11111111” from 1 byte when the addition process of the upper information and the lower information is executed.

  In step S1802, the above addition processing is executed for the prize ball command stored in the command storage area 373 of the RAM 333. Specifically, the CPU 331 is set with a register for addition and a register for addition. In step S1802, of the high-order information and low-order information of the prize ball command stored in the command storage area 373, the high-order information is read to the register for addition, and the low-order information is read to the addition register. Then, addition processing for adding the information stored in the addition register to the information stored in the register for addition is performed. The addition result is stored and held in the register for addition. Note that the lower information may be read to the register for addition, and the higher information may be read to the addition register.

  In the subsequent step S1803, the winning ball command stored in the command storage area 373 is deleted. In a succeeding step S1804, it is determined whether or not the result of the addition process is normal. Specifically, in step S1802, it is determined whether or not the information stored in the register for addition of the CPU 331 is “11111111” (hexadecimal “FF”). More specifically, it is determined whether or not “1” is stored in all bits. Note that the determination method is not limited to the above-described method, and a logical product operation is performed on all bits stored in the register for addition, and 1-bit information as a result of the operation is “1”. You may make it determine whether it is.

  It is determined whether or not the result calculated in step S1802 is “11111111” (“FF” in hexadecimal). If it is “11111111”, it means that the current prize ball command is normal, and thus the process proceeds to step S1805.

  On the other hand, if it is not “11111111”, the present prize ball command is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like in the middle of the command transmission path from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 to the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322. This means that the award ball setting process is terminated as it is. In this case, the current prize ball command is deleted without being added to the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 as information on the number of prize balls. Thereby, when the prize ball command is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, damage to the game hall or the like can be reduced. That is, in the prize ball command, the lower information corresponds to the information on the number of prize balls, but the lower information is rewritten. For example, the number of prize balls should be 100 although the number of prize balls should be three. There is a risk that. On the other hand, as described above, by not adding the prize ball command as prize ball number information to the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333, information rewritten by the noise or the like is added. The damage to game halls will be reduced.

  Returning to the description of the winning ball setting process, in step S1805, a winning ball number specifying process is executed. Specifically, based on the information stored in the prize ball table storage area 332a of the ROM 332, it is specified which number of prize balls corresponds to the prize ball command input this time. In this case, the low-order information of the prize ball command is compared with the prize ball table storage area 332a, and the number of prize balls is specified. The number of prize balls specified here is stored in a general-purpose register of the CPU 331 instead of information on the prize ball command.

  In a succeeding step S1806, a mask process at the time of addition is executed. In the addition time mask process, the logical product is calculated so that the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 is equal to or less than a predetermined number of prize balls for correction at the time of addition.

  Here, as will be described later, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 outputs the prize ball permission signal when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 becomes three or less as the permitted reference number. And the prize ball command corresponding thereto is input from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 and the information of the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 becomes four or more, so that a prize ball permission signal is output. To stop. Therefore, when a prize ball command is input from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 and information on the number of prize balls is added to the prize ball number storage area 374, the number is equal to or less than the permitted reference number stored in the prize ball number storage area 374. It should be (specifically, 3 or less).

  However, in the pachinko machine 10, noise or the like may occur at various timings, and the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 starts outputting the prize ball permission signal and before executing the prize ball number adding process. There is a possibility that information in the winning ball number storage area 374 may be rewritten. For example, if the information in the prize ball number storage area 374 is originally 3 pieces but is rewritten to 131 pieces or the like, it will cause a great disadvantage to the game hall. End up.

  On the other hand, in the addition mask processing in step S1806, the logical product is calculated so that the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is three or less as the number of prize balls for correction at the time of addition. Perform the operation. In the present configuration, the number of prize balls for correction at the time of addition coincides with the permitted reference number.

  Specifically, the ROM 332 of the payout control board 322 stores in advance correction information for addition composed of 1 byte which is the same byte unit as the prize ball number storage area 374. The correction information at the time of addition is “00000011”. This is expressed in decimal notation “3”. In the mask process at the time of addition, the information of the 1-byte prize ball number storage area 374 is called to the dedicated register for mask processing in the CPU 331, and the logical product of the called information and the correction information at the time of addition is calculated. Then, the calculation result is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374.

  In this case, for example, if the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “00000011” corresponding to three, the operation result of the logical product with the correction information at the time of addition is “ 000000011 "and remains three. In addition, when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “00000010” corresponding to two, the operation result of the logical product with the correction information at the time of addition is “00000010”. Two remain. The information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is maintained as it is in the case of one and zero.

  On the other hand, for example, even if the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like and becomes “10000011” corresponding to 131 pieces, By performing a logical product operation, “00000011” is obtained.

  As described above, when the number of prize balls is added, even if the information stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 exceeds the permitted reference number due to the influence of noise, the information is set to the permitted reference number or less. be able to. Therefore, it can suppress that a game hall suffers a disadvantage. In addition, when the permitted reference number is exceeded, it is not invalidated (that is, set to “0”), but is a number obtained by performing a logical product operation with the correction information at the time of addition. It is also possible to suppress the covering.

  By the way, the timing for starting the output of the prize ball permission signal is different from that described above. For example, when the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is 5 or less, the prize ball permission signal is output. When starting, when information on the number of prize balls is added to the prize ball number storage area 374, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is five or less. In this case, the correction information for addition may be “00000111”. In the case of this configuration, the number of prize balls for correction at the time of addition is 7, which is larger than the permitted reference number of 5, but the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is 5 or less. In this case, the stored information on the number of prize balls after the addition mask processing is maintained as it is. Therefore, the player is not disadvantaged by the mask process at the time of addition. In addition, if the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is a number that greatly exceeds seven such as 131, it can be corrected to seven or less, so noise or the like Even if the information on the number of prize balls is rewritten due to the influence of the game, it is possible to prevent the gaming hall from suffering a disadvantage.

  In other words, the correction information at the time of addition maintains the information on the number of prize balls after the mask process at the time of addition when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is equal to or less than the permitted reference number. In addition, when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 exceeds the permitted reference number, the number is set to be equal to or smaller than the permitted reference number. Just do it. More specifically, when the correction information at the time of addition is configured in units of bytes, “1” is continuously stored from the lower bit to the upper bit, and the decimal number is used. In this case, it is only necessary to store “1” up to the bit immediately after reaching or exceeding the permitted reference number.

  As described above, when the permitted reference number is 5, the addition correction information is “00000011” (corresponding to 3), “00000100” (corresponding to 4), “00000101” (5 Each piece of information) may be stored. In this case, in the addition mask process, the information in the 1-byte configured prize ball number storage area 374 is called into the dedicated register of the CPU 331, and the above-mentioned correction information at the time of addition is individually calculated for the called information. To do. Then, among the calculated values, the maximum number of winning balls may be stored in the winning ball number storage area 374. In this case, even if the permission reference number is five, the permission reference number can be matched with the correction-use prize ball number.

  Returning to the description of the winning ball setting process, after the addition mask process is executed in step S1806, information on the number of winning balls to be added in step S1807, that is, information on the number of winning balls specified in step S1805 is obtained. It is determined whether it is 1 or more. If the information on the number of prize balls to be added is “0”, the prize ball setting process is terminated. If the information on the number of prize balls to be added is not “0”, the process proceeds to step S1808.

  In step S1808, it is determined whether the information on the number of prize balls to be added is less than “16”. If the information on the number of prize balls to be added is “16” or more, the prize ball setting process is terminated. If the information on the number of prize balls to be added is less than “16”, the process proceeds to step S1809. By executing the processing of steps S1807 and S1808 as described above, if the information on the number of prize balls to be added is abnormal, it can be invalidated.

  In the subsequent step S1809, an award ball number addition process is executed. In the addition process, the information on the number of prize balls specified in step S1805 is added to the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 after the addition mask process in step S1806.

  In subsequent step S1810, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 after the addition process is executed in step S1809 is stored in advance in the ROM 332 of the payout control board 322. It is determined whether or not the upper limit number of winning balls of 374 is exceeded. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “19” or more.

  If the information on the number of winning balls is less than “19”, the process proceeds to step S1812 as it is. If the information on the number of winning balls is “19” or more, the process proceeds to step S1811. In step S1811, post-addition correction processing is executed. Specifically, the information on the number of prize balls in the prize ball number storage area 374 is corrected to “18”. Thereby, when the information stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 exceeds the upper limit prize ball number due to the influence of noise or the like, it can be corrected to the upper limit prize ball number. Therefore, it can suppress that a game hall suffers a disadvantage. In addition, when the upper limit number of winning balls is exceeded, it is not invalidated (that is, set to “0”), and the player may suffer a disadvantage by correcting to the upper limit winning ball number. Absent.

  It should be noted that the abnormality in the number of prize balls can be carefully eliminated by executing the processes of step S1806, step S1807, step S1808, and step S1811. However, it is not essential to execute all these processes. For example, the processes in steps S1807 and S1808 may not be executed. Even in this case, the anomalies in the number of prize balls can be resolved by executing the processes in steps S1806 and S1811.

  In the subsequent step S1812, it is determined whether or not a prize ball low speed flag (prize ball low speed information) is stored in the prize ball low speed flag storage area (prize ball low speed information storage means) of the RAM 333. The prize ball low speed flag is a switching reference number (specifically, “2”) in which information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is stored in advance in the ROM 332 of the payout control board 322. It is a flag that is stored in the event of a failure, and is erased when the switching reference number is exceeded.

  Here, when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 becomes the switching reference number, the pachinko machine 10 sets the payout speed of the payout motor 257 in the normal cycle until then. It is comprised so that it may change into a low speed cycle. This is due to the following reason. That is, in the situation where the information on the number of prize balls is not stored in the prize ball number storage area 374, the driving of the payout motor 257 is stopped for power saving. In this case, if a single winning is repeatedly generated at predetermined intervals, it is necessary to repeatedly start and stop driving the payout motor 257. Since driving of the payout motor 257 requires a larger driving force than when the driving state of the payout motor 257 is maintained, it is not preferable that the driving start and stop of the payout motor 257 are repeatedly performed as described above. . On the other hand, when the information on the number of winning balls stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 becomes the switching reference number, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched to a low speed cycle so that a single winning can be achieved. Even if it repeatedly occurs at a predetermined interval, the possibility that the next winning will occur while executing the switching reference number of winning balls in a low-speed cycle is increased, and the start and stop of driving of the payout motor 257 are repeated. The possibility of being done is reduced.

  Although a configuration in which the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is always low is conceivable, in this case, the payout speed of the game ball is chronically slowed down, and the player receives a prize ball in spite of the occurrence of a win. It takes a considerable amount of time to receive, which is not preferable.

  If the prize ball low speed flag is not stored in the prize ball low speed flag storage area in step S1812, the process directly proceeds to step S1814. On the other hand, if the prize ball low speed flag is stored, the prize ball low speed flag is erased from the prize ball low speed flag storage area in step S1813, and then the process proceeds to step S1814. When the prize ball low speed flag is deleted, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 becomes the switching reference number, so that the payout speed of the payout motor 257 set to the low speed period is the normal period. It will return to.

  In step S1814, an error flag erasing process is executed. For example, the error flag is a flag stored when a command that cannot be analyzed is input from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 or when a command is not input from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 for a predetermined period. The error flag is erased in step S1814 when a winning ball command is normally input and a winning ball setting process for the winning ball command is executed. After the error flag erasing process is executed in step S1814, the winning ball setting process is terminated.

  In the present embodiment, addition processing is performed using upper information and lower information in step S1802. You may perform logical sum or logical product using upper information and lower information, but in this case, even if the winning ball command is rewritten due to the influence of noise etc., the winning ball command is normal May be determined to be.

  For example, a gaming machine that determines whether or not a prize ball command is normal using a logical sum and determines that the prize ball command is normal when the result of the logical sum is “11111111” can be considered. . In this case, even if the lower information of the ten prize ball commands is rewritten from “000001010” to “00000101”, the result of the logical sum is “11111111”, and the prize ball command is normal. There was a risk of being judged.

  Further, for example, a gaming machine that determines whether or not a prize ball command is normal using logical product, and determines that the prize ball command is normal when the result of the logical product is “00000000”. Conceivable. In this case, even if the low-order information of the ten prize ball commands is rewritten from “000001010” to “00000011”, the result of the logical product is “00000000”, and the prize ball command is normal. There was a risk of being judged.

  In the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the prize ball command is normal using the addition process. If any bit is rewritten due to the influence of noise, the result of the addition process is not “11111111” (hexadecimal “FF”). As compared with the case where it is determined whether or not it is normal, it is possible to easily find out that the prize ball command has been rewritten.

  However, even if it is determined whether or not the prize ball command is normal using the addition process, bits at a plurality of places are rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, and the addition result of the upper information and the lower information is accidentally changed. It may be “11111111” (“FF” in hexadecimal). For example, when the upper information in the three award command is rewritten from “11111100” to “11101100” and the lower information is rewritten from “00000011” to “00010011”, the result of the addition process is “11111111”. ("FF" in hexadecimal) is determined to be a normal prize ball command, and the game ball based on the prize ball command has been rewritten even though the prize ball command has been rewritten. It is conceivable that a payout will be made. Therefore, in the present embodiment, it is further determined whether or not the maximum number of prize balls output by one prize ball command is 15 or less, that is, less than 16 (step S1808). As a result, even if the result of the addition processing of the upper information and the lower information accidentally becomes “11111111”, if the number of winning balls is not less than 16, it is not determined as a normal winning ball command. As described above, since it was determined whether or not the prize ball command is normal from the result of the addition process and the number of prize balls, it was discovered that the prize ball command was rewritten by noise. It is easy. Therefore, it is possible to better pay out the game balls.

  In the case of a gaming machine that determines only the number of prize balls and determines whether or not the prize ball command is normal, even if the prize ball command is rewritten, it is identified from the prize ball command. If the number of winning balls is less than 16, it is determined that the winning ball command is normal. For this reason, for example, when three award ball commands are output, the lower information is rewritten, and even if the number of award balls specified from the award ball command becomes fifteen, the game ball remains as it is. Since 15 are paid out, there is a possibility that the game balls are not paid out normally.

  For this reason, in the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the prize ball command is normal from the result of the addition process and the number of prize balls. As described above, whether the prize ball command is normal or not is determined by two methods, so that even if the prize ball command is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, it is easy to find out It becomes possible to do.

<Rental setting process>
Next, the lending setting process in step S1505 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the ball lending setting process, the number of balls to be rented is specified based on the ball lending request signal input from the ball lending device Y through the ball lending connection terminal plate 249, and the specified number of balls to be lended in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is used. A process of adding to the ball number storage area 375 is executed.

  In the lending setting process, first in step S1901, it is determined whether or not a lending state flag (lending state information) is stored in a lending state flag storage area (lending state information storage means) in the RAM 333. The ball rental status flag is a flag used in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to identify whether or not the ball rental request signal from the ball rental apparatus Y is in an input standby state, and is in an input standby state. And is deleted when it is no longer necessary to receive a lending request signal.

  When the lending status flag is not stored, the lending status setting process of steps S1902 to S1906 is executed. When the lending status flag is stored, the lending status of steps S1907 to S1911 is stored. Perform state processing.

  In the lending state setting process, first, in step S1902, it is determined whether or not a lending state signal is input from the lending device Y. When the ball lending button 37 is operated (that is, when one ball lending operation is performed), the pachinko machine 10 outputs a ball lending button operation signal. When the ball lending button operation signal is input, whether or not a card is inserted into the card insertion slot H and whether or not an amount is stored to lend a game ball when a card is inserted The lending device Y determines. Then, when a card is inserted in the card insertion slot H and an amount is stored to lend a game ball to the card, a ball rental status signal is output. In other words, the ball lending status signal is output from the ball lending device Y when the ball lending button 37 is operated and a card in which the amount is stored is inserted in order to pay out the game ball.

  If the lending status signal is not input in step S1902, the lending setting process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if the lending status signal has been input, it is determined in step S1903 whether or not a payout error status has occurred. The payout error state is a state corresponding to any of the front door frame open state, the lower pan full state, the tank ball free state, or the payout device abnormal state.

  The determination is made by determining whether the front door frame opening flag is stored in the front door frame opening flag storage area of the RAM 333 for the front door frame opening state, and for the lower pan full state, This is performed by determining whether or not the full tank flag is stored in the full tank flag storage area, and for the tank ball no state, it is determined whether or not the ball no flag storage area of the RAM 333 is stored. The payout device abnormality state is determined by determining whether or not the payout device abnormality flag is stored in the payout device abnormality flag storage area of the RAM 333.

  If it is in the payout error state, the present lending setting process is terminated as it is. If it is not a payout error state, it is determined in step S1904 whether a payout operation is in progress. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the payout motor 257 is stopped. A situation in which the ball rental status flag is not stored and the payout motor 257 is operating means that a prize ball is being paid out. In other words, it can be said that it is determined in step S1904 whether or not a prize ball is being operated. It can also be said that determining whether or not the payout operation is in progress determines whether the value of the payout counter area 376 is 0 or not, and further, at least the value of the prize ball storage area 375 is 0. It can be said that the payout operation is not performed.

  If the payout operation is in progress, the present lending setting process is terminated as it is. If the payout operation is not in progress, the output state of the lending request output permission signal is set in step S1905. As a result, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 starts outputting a ball rental request output permission signal to the ball rental device Y. While the ball lending device Y recognizes that the ball lending state signal has been received by the pachinko machine 10 by inputting the ball lending request output permission signal, the ball lending request output permission signal is being input. Recognizes that the output of the lending request signal is permitted. Thereafter, after storing the lent state flag in the lent state state flag storage area of the RAM 333 in step S1906, the present lent setting process is terminated.

  That is, even if a ball lending state signal is output from the ball lending device Y based on the operation of the ball lending button 37, the pachinko machine 10 does not lend a ball until it is not in a payout error state and is not in a payout operation. The request output permission signal is not output to the ball lending device Y. Further, in this embodiment, the ball lending device Y continues to output the ball lending status signal until the ball lending request output permission signal is input, and the ball lending device Y receives the ball lending request output permission signal to thereby enter the ball lending state. Stop signal output. Accordingly, when the ball lending button 37 is operated, for example, even if the ball lending button 37 is in a payout error state, the operation of the ball lending button 37 is not invalidated, and the payout error state is resolved. In such a case, the payout of the ball based on the operation of the ball lending button 37 is started.

  Note that the operation of the ball lending button 37 may be invalidated during a payout error state or during a payout operation (YES in either step S1903 or step S1904). In this case, the ball lending device Y outputs a ball lending status signal over a certain period based on the operation of the ball lending button 37, and the ball lending device Y inputs a ball lending request signal output permission signal during that period. If there is not, the operation of the ball lending button 37 may be invalidated. Even if the operation of the ball lending button 37 becomes invalid, the amount stored in the card inserted in the ball lending apparatus Y does not decrease, and therefore the operation of the ball lending button 37 becomes invalid. There is no penalty for the player.

  In the ball lending state processing in steps S1907 to S1911, it is first determined in step S1907 whether or not a ball lending request signal is input from the ball lending apparatus Y. The ball lending request signal is a signal that is output when a ball lending device Y requests a payout of a ball, and the ball lending device Y outputs a ball lending request signal when a ball lending request permission signal is input. . If the ball rental request signal is not input, the process proceeds to step S1909. If a ball rental request signal has been input, in step S1908, addition processing to the ball rental number storage area 375 of the RAM 333 is executed, and then the flow proceeds to step S1909. In the addition process, information on the number of lent balls corresponding to 25 pieces corresponding to 100 yen is added to the rented number storage area 375. That is, the ball lending apparatus Y periodically outputs a ball lending request signal in accordance with a ball lending operation in the lending state, and the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 is predetermined every time a ball lending request signal is input. Information on the number of lent balls corresponding to the number of units is added to the rented number storage area 375. Note that the balance amount stored in the card or the like being inserted into the ball lending apparatus Y is subtracted and updated based on the normal processing in steps S1907 and S1908.

  In step S1909, it is determined whether or not an end signal is input from the ball lending apparatus Y. The end signal is a signal that is output when one ball lending operation is performed and the ball lending request signal is output five times, and the payout control that the output of the ball lending request signal for one ball lending operation is completed. This is a signal for the CPU 331 of the substrate 322 to recognize. If the end signal is not input, the present lending setting process is ended as it is. If the end signal is input, the lending status flag is deleted from the lending status flag storage area of the RAM 333 in step S1910, and the output stop status of the lending request output permission signal is set in step S1911. Later, the present lending setting process is terminated.

  As described above, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 is set in the ball lending state when the ball lending state signal is input from the ball lending device Y and the payout control board 322 is not in the payout error state and is not in a payout operation. In particular, even if a ball lending operation is performed in the ball lending operation device 36 while the payout of the prize ball is being executed, the lending state is not set during the payout operation. Priority can be given to paying out prize balls.

  Assuming a configuration in which priority is given to a ball lending operation when a ball lending operation is performed in a situation where a prize ball is being paid out, information on the number of prize balls is stored in the award ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322. However, it is necessary to stop paying out the prize balls. In this case, when the pachinko machine 10 is in the power-off state, the information on the number of winning balls is erased as the power-off power is not supplied to the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 as described above. On the other hand, the ball lending device Y has its own memory retention function when information is interrupted, so that a ball lending request signal is not input from the ball lending device Y in a situation where award balls are being paid out. Thus, the information on the number of balls lent is stored and held in the ball lending device Y, and the information on the number of balls lent is not erased even if the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. In the above circumstances, even if a ball lending operation is performed in a situation where a prize ball is being dispensed, the prize ball information will be erased without actually being dispensed by giving priority to the prize ball. It is prevented.

<Payout quantity setting process>
Next, the payout number setting process in step S1506 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. In the payout number setting process, information stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 or the rented number storage area 375 of the RAM 333 is stored in the payout number counter area of the RAM 333, which is an execution area for paying out game balls. Executed.

  In the payout number setting process, first in step S2001, a payout setting time mask process is executed. In the payout setting mask process, the logical product is calculated so that the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 is equal to or less than a predetermined number of prize balls for correction at the time of payout. .

  Here, as will be described later, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 outputs the prize ball permission signal when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 becomes three or less, which is the permitted reference number. Is received from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 and the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 becomes four or more as the non-permitted reference number. Stop outputting the prize ball permission signal. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, the maximum number of winning balls for one winning is 15. In the above configuration, the upper limit number of winning balls in the winning ball number storage area 374 is 18 which is the sum of the permitted reference number and the maximum number of winning winning balls.

  However, in the pachinko machine 10, noise and the like may occur at various timings, and after setting the number of prize balls in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 in the prize ball setting process (FIG. 40). There is a possibility that the information in the prize ball number storage area 374 may be rewritten at a stage before the payout of game balls for the number of prize balls is completed. For example, when the information in the prize ball number storage area 374 is originally 10 pieces but is rewritten to 131 pieces or the like, the game hall is greatly disadvantaged. End up.

  On the other hand, in the payout setting time mask process in step S2001, the logical product is calculated so that the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is 31 or less as the number of prize balls for correction at the time of payout. Execute the operation.

  Specifically, the ROM 332 of the payout control board 322 stores in advance payout correction information composed of 1 byte which is the same byte unit as the prize ball number storage area 374. The payout correction information is “00011111”. This is expressed as “31” in decimal. In the payout setting mask process, the information in the one-byte award ball number storage area 374 is called to the mask processing dedicated register in the CPU 331, and the logical product of the called information and the payout correction information is calculated. Then, the calculation result is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374.

  In this case, for example, when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “00010001” corresponding to 17, the result of the logical product with the payout correction information is “ 00010001 "and remains 17 pieces. In addition, when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “00000101” corresponding to five, the operation result of the logical product with the payout correction information is “00000101”. It remains five. The information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is maintained as it is as described above for all of the 18 or less maximum number of prize balls.

  On the other hand, for example, even if the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like and becomes “10000011” corresponding to 131 pieces, It becomes “00000011” by performing a logical product operation.

  As described above, when setting the payout number counter area 376, even if the information stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 exceeds the payout correction information due to noise, the payout The time correction information can be less than or equal to. Therefore, it can suppress that a game hall suffers a big disadvantage. In addition, when the upper limit number of balls is exceeded, it is not invalidated (that is, set to “0”), but is a number obtained by calculating a logical product with the payout correction information. Incurring profits can also be suppressed.

  Incidentally, the timer interrupt process is started every 2 msec by the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322, and the payout setting mask process is executed as a part of the timer interrupt process. Accordingly, the payout setting mask process is executed every 2 msec. That is, the payout setting mask process is periodically executed. The payout of game balls is basically executed at a cycle of 60 msec, whereas the payout setting mask process is executed every 2 msec as described above. Therefore, when a game ball is paid out, the payout setting mask process is executed a plurality of times before one game ball is paid out, and the influence of noise can be reduced well. Further, the payout setting time mask process is executed regardless of whether or not the game ball is being paid out.

  Returning to the description of the payout number setting process, in the subsequent step S2002, it is determined whether or not the ball removal operation is being performed. The ball removal operation refers to an operation for discharging the game balls stored in the tank 221 to the outside of the pachinko machine 10.

  Here, the procedure of the ball removing operation will be described. First, the supply from the island facility to the tank 221 is stopped. Thereafter, the front door frame 14 is opened, and a large number of game balls are put into the variable winning device 83 by hand. After that, by closing the front door frame 14, the payout control board from the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 in response to the prize ball permission signal being output from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301. A prize ball command is output to the CPU 331 of 322, and a payout of the game ball by the payout device 224 is executed.

  Thereafter, when there is no game ball stored in the tank 221, a ball non-detection signal is output from the ball non-detection sensor 223a, and the payout of the game ball by the payout device 224 is stopped. In this case, by operating a ball removal operation switch 223b provided on the case rail 223, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 sets the ball removal state. Specifically, the ball removal state flag is stored in the ball removal state flag storage area of the RAM 333. As a result, even when a ball non-detection signal is output from the ball non-detection sensor 223a, the payout of the game ball by the payout device 224 is resumed, and is downstream of the ball removal operation switch 223b and the payout device 224. The game balls connected to the position of the payout motor 257 are discharged. Then, when the game ball is discharged, the ball removal from the tank 221 is completed. At this time, the setting of the ball removal state is canceled. That is, the ball removal state flag stored in the ball removal state flag storage area of the RAM 333 is deleted.

  In step S2002, it is determined whether or not the ball removal state is set. If the ball removal state is not set, it is determined in step S2003 whether or not it is a payout error state. The payout error state has already been described. If it is in the payout error state, the payout number setting process is terminated as it is. This prevents the game ball from being paid out in the payout error state.

  If it is not a payout error state, it is determined in step S2004 whether a retry operation is in progress. The retry operation is a process of rotating the rotating body 256 in a reverse manner to the normal case when a game ball is clogged in the payout device 224. If the retry operation is in progress, the payout number setting process is terminated as it is. If the retry operation is not in progress, the process proceeds to step S2005.

  In step S2005, it is determined whether or not a ball rental operation is in progress. The renting operation is in a state where the renting status flag is stored in the renting status flag storage area of the RAM 333 or the renting number information is stored in the renting number storage area 375 of the RAM 333. Say. If the rented state flag is stored or if the number of rented balls is stored in the number of rented balls storage area 375, the information on the number of rented balls storage area 375 is stored in the payout number counter of the RAM 333 in step S2006. After updating to the area 376, the payout number setting process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if the ball rental status flag is not stored and the ball rental number storage area 375 does not store the ball rental number information, the information of the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 is stored in step S2007. After updating the payout number counter area 376 of the RAM 333, the payout number setting process is terminated. Even when the ball removal state is set in step S2002, after the information in the prize ball number storage area 374 in the RAM 333 is updated to the payout number counter area 376 in the RAM 333 in step S2007, the actual payout number setting is performed. The process ends.

<Discharge control processing>
Next, the payout control process in step S1507 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. In the payout control process, a process of paying out game balls is executed based on information stored in the payout number counter area 376 of the RAM 333.

  In the payout control process, first, a payout state setting process is executed in step S2101. Here, the payout state setting process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the payout state setting process, first, in step S2201, it is determined whether or not there is a payout error state. The payout error state has already been described. If it is in the payout error state, in step S2206, the payout motor 257 is set to a stopped state, and then the payout state setting process is terminated. Thereby, the output of the drive signal from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to the payout motor 257 is stopped, and the payout of the game ball by the payout device 224 is stopped. If the game ball has already been paid out, this state is maintained.

  If it is determined in step S2201 that there is no payout error state, it is determined in step S2202 whether or not the value in the payout number counter area 376 of the RAM 333 is “0”. If the value of the payout number counter area 376 is “0”, it means that there is no game ball to be paid out. Therefore, after the payout motor 257 is set to the stop state in step S2206, this payout is made. The state setting process ends.

  If the value in the payout number counter area 376 is not “0” in step S2202, it is determined in step S2203 whether a low speed flag is stored in any low speed flag storage area of the RAM 333. That is, it is determined whether or not the full tank low speed flag is stored in the full tank low speed flag storage area, whether or not the ball no low speed flag is stored in the ball no low speed flag storage area, and the winning ball low speed flag is determined. It is determined whether or not a prize ball low speed flag is stored in the storage area.

  If no low speed flag is stored, in step S2205, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is set to the normal cycle, and then the payout state setting process is terminated. By setting the payout speed of the payout motor 257 to the normal cycle, one game ball is paid out from the payout device 224 every 60 msec. If the normal cycle has already been set, that state is maintained.

  On the other hand, if any one of the low speed flags is stored, in step S2204, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is set to a low speed cycle, and then the payout state setting process is terminated. By setting the payout speed of the payout motor 257 to a low speed cycle, one game ball is paid out from the payout device 224 every 800 msec. If the low speed cycle is already set, this state is maintained.

  Returning to the explanation of the payout control process (FIG. 43), after the payout state setting process is executed in step S2101, the process proceeds to step S2102. In step S2102, it is determined whether or not a game ball is detected by the payout ball detection sensor 258 of the payout device 224. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a payout ball detection signal is input from the payout ball detection sensor 258. This determination is performed by determining whether or not the input continuation period of the payout ball detection signal has reached the payout detection continuation period. If the payout ball detection signal is not input, the payout control process is terminated as it is. If the payout ball detection signal has been input, the process proceeds to step S2103.

  In step S2103, it is determined whether or not a ball rental operation is in progress. When the ball lending operation is not in progress, the payout control process is terminated after the prize ball subtraction process in steps S2104 to S2108 is executed. On the other hand, if the renting operation is in progress, the payout subtraction process in steps S2109 to S2110 is executed, and then the payout control process is terminated.

  In the winning ball subtraction process, first, in step S2104, 1 is subtracted from the value of the winning ball number storage area 374 in the RAM 333, and in step S2105, 1 is subtracted from the value in the payout number counter area 376. Thereafter, in step S2106, it is determined whether or not the value in the prize ball number storage area 374 is equal to or smaller than “2”. If it is not “2” or less, the payout control process is terminated as it is. If it is “2” or less, it is determined in step S2107 whether or not the prize ball low speed flag is stored in the prize ball low speed flag storage area of the RAM 333. If the prize ball low speed flag is stored, the payout control process is terminated as it is. If the prize ball low speed flag is not stored, the prize ball low speed flag is stored in the prize ball low speed flag storage area in step S2108. After that, the payout control process is terminated.

  In the renting subtraction process, first, in step S2109, the value in the rented number storage area 375 of the RAM 333 is decremented by 1, and in the subsequent step S2110, the value of the payout number counter area 376 in the RAM 333 is decremented by 1. Then, the payout control process ends.

<Prize ball permission signal setting processing>
Next, the winning ball permission signal setting process in step S1508 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the winning ball permission signal setting process, a process of stopping and starting the output of the winning ball permission signal from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 is executed.

  In the winning ball permission signal setting process, first, in step S2301, it is determined whether or not the information on the number of winning balls stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 is three or less, which is the permission reference number. If the number is four or more, after setting a prize ball non-permission state (output non-permission state) in step S2307, the award ball permission signal setting process is terminated.

  Specifically, the setting of the winning ball disapproval state is performed in the winning ball permission state flag storage area (the winning ball permission information storage unit or the output permission information storage unit) of the RAM 333. Information) is stored, the prize ball permission state flag is deleted, and the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped (output of the prize ball permission signal from the output means for outputting the prize ball permission signal) Stop). In a state where the winning ball permission state flag is erased, the output of the winning ball permission signal from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 is stopped and the state is maintained.

  In this pachinko machine 10, since the state in which the prize ball permission signal is output is the output state of the HI level signal, the state in which the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped is the output state of the LOW level signal. . However, when the state where the prize ball permission signal is output is the output state of the LOW level signal, the state where the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped may be the output state of the HI level signal. Furthermore, the state where the output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped may be a state where no signal is output for the signal path.

  On the other hand, if the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is three or less, which is the permitted reference number, in step S2301, whether or not the ball removal operation is being performed in step S2302. Determine. If the ball removal operation is not being performed, it is determined in step S2303 whether or not there is a payout error state.

  If it is in the payout error state, the award ball permission signal setting process is terminated after the award ball disapproval state is set in step S2307. In this way, by setting the prize ball non-permission state in the payout error state, in the payout error state, the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped and the output of the prize ball command is prohibited.

  As already explained, in the payout error state, payout of the game ball is stopped. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, when the power supply from the external power supply is stopped, the information stored in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is deleted. Therefore, when a prize ball command is output in the payout error state, if the power supply is stopped while the payout error state continues, the prize ball corresponding to the prize ball command is erased without being paid out. . That is, in a configuration in which a prize ball command is output in a payout error state, there is a high possibility that a prize ball corresponding to the prize ball command is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  If it is determined in step S2303 that there is no payout error state, it is determined in step S2304 whether or not the full tank low speed flag is stored in the full tank low speed flag storage area of the RAM 333. In step S2305, it is determined whether or not the ball no low speed flag is stored in the ball no low speed flag storage area of the RAM 333.

  If either the full tank low speed flag or the ball no low speed flag is stored, after setting the award ball non-permission state in step S2307, the award ball permission signal setting process is terminated. In this way, when the full tank low speed state or the ball no low speed state is set, the prize ball disallowed state is set. Output is prohibited.

  As already described, the full tank low speed state or the ball no low speed state is a state that is set as a preceding stage when there is a high possibility of a payout error state thereafter. Then, in the payout error state, payout of the game ball is stopped. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, when the power supply from the external power supply is stopped, the information stored in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is deleted. Therefore, when a prize ball command is output in the payout error state, if the power supply is stopped while the payout error state continues, the prize ball corresponding to the prize ball command is erased without being paid out. . That is, in a configuration in which a prize ball command is output in a payout error state, there is a high possibility that a prize ball corresponding to the prize ball command is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, as in this configuration, when it is determined that there is a high possibility of a payout error state, the payout error state is disabled by stopping the output of the prize ball permission signal and prohibiting the output of the prize ball command. It is possible to prohibit the output of the prize ball command before it becomes, and the possibility of the occurrence of the above inconvenience is drastically reduced.

  If the full tank low speed flag is not stored in step S2304, and if the ball no low speed flag is not stored in step S2305, the winning ball permission state (output permission state) is set in step S2306. Later, the winning ball permission signal setting process is terminated. Even when the ball removal operation is being performed in step S2303, after setting the winning ball permission state in step S2306, the present winning ball permission signal setting process is terminated.

  Specifically, for setting the winning ball permission state, when the winning ball permission state flag is not stored in the winning ball permission state flag storage area of the RAM 333, the winning ball permission state flag is stored, and the winning ball permission signal is output. (The output of the prize ball permission signal from the output means for outputting the prize ball permission signal is started). In the state where the prize ball permission state flag is stored, the output of the prize ball permission signal from the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 to the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 is started, and this state is maintained. That is, in a state where the ball removal operation is not being performed, the information on the number of winning balls stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333 is three or less, which is the permitted reference number, and further, a payout error state, a full tank low speed When the state and the ball no low speed state are not established, the output of the prize ball permission signal is continued.

<About the output of the prize ball command in response to the prize ball permission signal>
Next, the manner in which a prize ball command is output in response to a prize ball permission signal will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG. In the following description using the time chart, the CPU 311 of the main control board 301 is referred to as the main CPU 311, and the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 is referred to as the payout CPU 331. The RAM 313 of the main control board 301 is referred to as a main side RAM 313, and the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is referred to as a payout side RAM 333. In the explanation using FIG. 46, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that only a winning corresponding to four award balls among a plurality of kinds of winnings is generated.

  First, a case where a single winning occurs will be described.

  In a situation where a winning ball permission signal has already been output from the payout side CPU 331 to the main side CPU 311, when a winning occurs at the timing t <b> 1, four winning ball commands are output from the main side CPU 311 to the payout side CPU 331. As a result, the information on the number of the four winning balls is stored in the payout side RAM 333, and the output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped when the permitted reference number is exceeded (the non-permitted reference number is reached). Payment is started.

  Thereafter, by paying out one game ball at the timing of t2, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes three of the permitted reference number. Thereby, the output of the prize ball permission signal is started. Thereafter, the payout of one game ball is further executed at the timing of t3, so that the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes two of the switching reference numbers. As a result, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle. Thereafter, by paying out two game balls by the timing of t4, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes zero. As a result, the output of the drive signal to the payout motor 257 is stopped, and the payout of the prize ball is ended.

  Next, a case will be described in which a win is generated again in a situation where the payout speed of the payout motor 257 has a low speed cycle after a single win has occurred.

  In a situation where a winning ball permission signal has already been output from the payout side CPU 331 to the main side CPU 311, when a winning occurs at the timing t5, four winning ball commands are output from the main side CPU 311 to the payout side CPU 331. As a result, information on the number of four winning balls is stored in the paying-out RAM 333, and when the permitted reference number is exceeded, the output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped and the payout of the game ball is started.

  Thereafter, by paying out one game ball at the timing of t6, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes three of the permitted reference number. Thereby, the output of the prize ball permission signal is started. Thereafter, the payout of one game ball is further executed at the timing of t7, whereby the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes two of the switching reference numbers. As a result, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle.

  Thereafter, when a new winning is generated at timing t8 within which the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 is not zero, four prize balls are given from the main CPU 311 to the payout CPU 331. The command is output. As a result, information on the number of four prize balls is stored in the payout side RAM 333 and the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped when the permitted reference number is exceeded, and the payout motor 257 is paid out when the switching reference number is exceeded. The speed is restored from the low speed cycle to the normal cycle.

  Next, a case where winnings occur continuously will be described.

  As described above, when a new winning is generated at the timing of t8, four winning ball commands are output from the main CPU 311 to the payout CPU 331. As a result, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes five by adding a new prize ball number to the number of prize balls stored so far.

  Thereafter, by paying out two game balls by the timing of t9, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes three of the permitted reference number. Thereby, the output of the prize ball permission signal is started. In this case, winnings are continuously generated until the timing t9, and a plurality of pieces of information on four prize balls are stored in the main RAM 313. Thereafter, four prize ball commands are output from the main CPU 311 to the payout CPU 331 at a timing t10 which is a timing before the new game ball is paid out. In addition, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout-side RAM 333 at the timing of t11 becomes the permission reference number, and output of the prize ball permission signal is started. Thereafter, four prize ball commands are output from the main CPU 311 to the payout CPU 331 at a timing t12, which is a timing before a new game ball is paid out.

  That is, in a situation where the prize ball information is already stored in the main RAM 313, when the prize ball information stored in the payout RAM 333 becomes the permission reference number and the output of the prize ball permission signal is started, A prize ball command is output from the main CPU 311 to the payout CPU 331 at a timing before a new game ball is paid out, and the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout RAM 333 exceeds the permitted reference number. Become.

  This is due to the following reason. The payout speed in the normal cycle of the payout motor 257 is set so that one game ball is paid out at intervals of 60 msec. On the other hand, in the payout side CPU 331, the time required for the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 to become the permission reference number and the start of outputting the prize ball permission signal is the execution time of the timer interrupt process. It is in the range of 2 msec which is in the range of. Further, the time required for the main CPU 311 to output a prize ball command specified as being permitted to output the prize ball command based on the input of the prize ball permission signal is in the range of 20 msec to 24 msec. . Also, the time required for the payout side CPU 331 to input a prize ball command from the main side CPU 311 and add information on the number of prize balls corresponding to the prize ball command to the payout side RAM 333 is the execution time of the timer interrupt process. It is in the range of 2 msec which is in the range of. In addition, even if the time required for transmission of the prize ball permission signal and the prize ball command, the error in processing time, etc. are included, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes the permission reference number. The time required for the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout-side RAM 333 to exceed the permitted reference number by inputting a prize ball command is about 40 msec at the maximum. This is shorter than 60 msec which is the time required for paying out one game ball. That is, when the output of the winning ball permission signal is started in the situation where the winning ball information is already stored in the main RAM 313, the winning ball command is output at the timing before the new game ball is paid out. The processing time related to prize balls in the main CPU 311 and the payout CPU 331 is set so that the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout RAM 333 exceeds the permitted reference number.

  In the configuration as described above, the permission reference number that triggers the output of the prize ball permission signal from the payout side CPU 331 to the main side CPU 311 is an opportunity to switch the payout speed of the payout motor 257 from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle. One game ball is set more than the switching reference number. Thereby, in a situation where a plurality of prize ball information is stored in the main side RAM 313, the prizes stored in the payout side RAM 333 until all the output of each prize ball command corresponding to the prize ball information are executed. The information on the number of balls does not reach the switching reference number. Therefore, a prize ball permission signal is output from the payout side CPU 331 to the main side CPU 311, and only one prize ball command corresponding to one win is output from the main side CPU 311 to the payout side CPU 331. In the configuration, it is possible to prevent the payout speed of the payout motor 257 from being switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle in spite of the prize ball information being stored in the main side RAM 313, so that the game ball can be paid out smoothly. Can be done.

  Returning to the description of FIG. 46, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 at the timing of t13 becomes the authorization reference number, and the output of the prize ball permission signal is started. Further, when one game ball is paid out further at the timing of t14, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes two of the switching reference number, and the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is increased. The normal cycle is switched from the normal cycle until then. Thereafter, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout-side RAM 333 at time t15 becomes zero, the output of the drive signal to the payout motor 257 is stopped, and the payout of prize balls is completed.

<About the output of a prize ball permission signal for a predetermined restriction situation>
Next, the output state of the prize ball permission signal for a predetermined restriction situation such as the full state of the lower plate 34 or the absence of the ball of the tank 221 will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG.

  First, a description will be given of how the prize ball permission signal is output in response to a predetermined restriction situation due to the full state of the lower plate 34.

  In a situation where the payout motor 257 is paying out the game ball at the normal payout speed, the game ball waits within the detection range of the full tank detection sensor 59 at the timing t21, and the full charge from the full tank detection sensor 59 is full. The output of the tongue detection signal is started. However, at this time, the payout of the game balls at the payout motor 257 at the normal payout speed is continued. Thereafter, at the timing of t22, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout-side RAM 333 is three, which is the reference number of authorizations, and the output of the prize ball permission signal is started.

  Thereafter, at time t23, when the full continuation detection signal output continuation period reaches about 0.8 sec which is the second full tank specific reference period, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle. The output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped. After that, at the timing of t24, the output duration of the full tank detection signal reaches about 1.7 sec which is the first full tank specific reference period, so that the output of the drive signal to the payout motor 257 is stopped and the game ball is The withdrawal is stopped.

  As described above, when the second full tank specific reference period, which is shorter than the first full tank specific reference period, has passed, the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped, so that the lower plate 34 is full. The output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped at the stage when it is determined that there is a high possibility of the tongue state. When a prize ball command is output when the lower plate 34 is full, the game ball is not paid out when the lower plate 34 is full, so that the power supply is stopped while the full state continues. The winning ball corresponding to the winning ball command is erased without being paid out. That is, in the configuration in which the prize ball command is output when the lower plate 34 is full, the possibility that the prize ball corresponding to the prize ball command is erased without being paid out is increased. On the other hand, as in this configuration, when it is determined that there is a high possibility that the lower plate 34 will be full, the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped and the output of the prize ball command is prohibited. Thus, the possibility of the occurrence of the above inconvenience can be drastically reduced.

  Moreover, even if the output continuation period of the full tank detection signal reaches the second full tank specific reference period and the prize ball command is restricted from being output, the payout of the game ball in the low speed cycle is continued. Thus, the game ball is paid out in a situation where a new prize ball command is not output until the first full tank specific reference period elapses after the second full tank specific reference period elapses. Therefore, if the prize ball number information is stored in the payout side RAM 333 at the time when the second full tank specific reference period has passed, the prize ball number information corresponding to the prize ball number information before the game ball payout is stopped. It is possible to reduce the number of game balls as much as possible.

  The upper limit number of winning balls stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 of the payout-side RAM 333 is “18” as described above. On the other hand, in the low-speed cycle of the payout device 224, the game balls are paid out at intervals of 800 msec, whereas the difference between the first full tank specific reference period and the second full tank specific reference period is 900 msec. Therefore, when prize ball number information corresponding to the upper limit prize ball number is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374, the first full tank specific reference period elapses after the second full tank specific reference period elapses. In the meantime, not all of the prize balls will be paid out.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t25, the full state of the lower plate 34 is released, and the output of the full tank detection signal is stopped. However, at this time, the output of the drive signal to the payout motor 257 is not resumed, and further, the output of the winning ball permission signal is not resumed. Thereafter, at the timing of t26, when the output stop continuation period reaches about 0.5 sec which is the full tank release specific reference period, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is set to the normal cycle, and the payout of the game ball is resumed. The output of the winning ball permission signal is resumed.

  Thus, even if the output of the full tank detection signal is stopped, it is not specified that the full tank state has been released immediately, but is specified that the full tank state has been released after the full tank release specific reference period has elapsed. Thus, it can be determined that the full tank state is not released even though the game ball is actually waiting in the detection range of the full tank detection sensor 59 due to the influence of noise or the like.

  In addition, when the full state of the lower plate 34 occurs, it is conceivable that even if the full state is eliminated, the full state is reached immediately after. In this case, it is not preferable to repeatedly start and stop driving the payout motor 257 because a large driving force is required. On the other hand, the payout motor 257 is not started until the full tank release specific reference period elapses after the output of the full tank detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 59 is stopped. The possibility that the driving start and the driving stop of 257 are repeated is reduced.

  In addition, a prize ball permission signal is output immediately after the full tank state is released, and when a prize ball command is output accordingly, the timing before all the prize ball number information corresponding to the prize ball command is paid out. There is a possibility that the full state of the lower plate 34 will occur again. If the power is shut off in this state, the information on the number of winning balls is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, a state in which the output stop of the prize ball permission signal is maintained until the full tank release specific reference period elapses after the output of the full tank detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 59 is stopped. By not releasing it, the possibility of the above situation occurring is reduced.

  Next, a description will be given of how the prize ball permission signal is output when it is determined that there is a possibility that the lower tray 34 will be full when the lower plate 34 is not full.

  In a situation where the payout motor 257 is paying out a game ball at a normal payout speed, output of a full tank detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 59 is started at timing t27. After that, at the timing of t28, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes three, which is the reference number for authorization, and the output of the prize ball permission signal is started.

  Thereafter, at time t29, when the full continuation detection signal output continuation period reaches about 0.8 sec which is the second full tank specific reference period, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle. The output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped. Thereafter, the output of the full tank detection signal is stopped at a timing t30 in which the output continuation period of the full tank detection signal is within a range where the first full tank specific reference period is not reached. As a result, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is set to the normal cycle, the payout of the game ball is resumed, and the output of the prize ball permission signal is also resumed.

  That is, even if the output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped at the stage where it is determined that the lower tray 34 is likely to be full, it is determined that there is no possibility that the lower tray 34 will be full. At this stage, the output of the winning ball permission signal is resumed. Therefore, in the above configuration, it is possible to prevent the prize ball command output prohibition period from becoming extremely long.

  Next, a description will be given of how a prize ball permission signal is output in response to a predetermined restriction situation due to the absence of a ball in the tank 221.

  In a situation where the payout motor 257 is paying out a game ball at a normal payout speed, the game ball no longer exists within the detection range of the ball no-detection sensor 223a at the timing t31, and the ball no-detection sensor 223a The output of the ball non-detection signal is started. However, at this time, the payout of the game balls at the payout motor 257 at the normal payout speed is continued. Thereafter, at the timing of t32, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout-side RAM 333 becomes three, which is a reference number for permission, and output of a prize ball permission signal is started.

  After that, at the timing of t33, when the output continuation period of the ball non-detection signal reaches about 1.0 sec, which is the second ball non-specific reference period, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle. The output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped. After that, at the timing of t34, when the output continuation period of the ball non-detection signal reaches about 10 sec which is the first ball non-specific reference period, the output of the drive signal to the payout motor 257 is stopped and the game ball is paid out. Stopped.

  As described above, when the first ball unspecified reference period elapses, but when the second ball unspecified reference period shorter than the first ball unspecified reference period elapses, the output of the award ball permission signal is stopped, so that the tank 221 has no ball. The output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped when it is determined that there is a high possibility of entering the state. When a prize ball command is output in the absence of a ball in the tank 221, a game ball is not paid out in the absence of a ball in the tank 221, so that if power supply is stopped while the absence of a ball is continued, The winning ball corresponding to the winning ball command is erased without being paid out. That is, in the configuration in which the prize ball command is output when the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball, there is a high possibility that the prize ball corresponding to the prize ball command is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, as in this configuration, when it is determined that there is a high possibility that the tank 221 is in a ball-free state, the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped and the output of the prize ball command is prohibited. Thus, the possibility of occurrence of the inconvenience as described above can be drastically reduced.

  Further, even when the output continuation period of the ball non-detection signal reaches the second ball non-specific reference period and the prize ball command is regulated so as not to be output, the payout of the game ball in the low speed cycle is continued. Thus, the game ball is paid out in a situation where a new prize ball command is not output until the first ball unspecified reference period elapses after the second ball unspecified reference period elapses. Therefore, if the prize ball number information is stored in the payout-side RAM 333 at the time when the second ball unspecified reference period has elapsed, the prize ball number information corresponds to the prize ball number before the game ball payout is stopped. It is possible to reduce the number of game balls as much as possible.

  The upper limit number of winning balls stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 of the payout-side RAM 333 is “18” as described above. On the other hand, in the low-speed cycle of the payout device 224, game balls are paid out at intervals of 800 msec, whereas the difference between the first ball unspecified reference period and the second ball unspecified reference period is 9 seconds. Therefore, when the prize ball number information corresponding to the upper limit prize ball number is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374, the first ball unspecified reference period elapses after the second ball unspecified reference period elapses. In the meantime, not all of the prize balls will be paid out.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t35, the non-ball state of the tank 221 is released, and the output of the no-ball detection signal is stopped. However, at this time, the output of the drive signal to the payout motor 257 is not resumed, and further, the output of the winning ball permission signal is not resumed. Thereafter, at time t36, the output stop continuation period reaches about 3.0 sec, which is the ball-free release specific reference period, so that the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is set to the normal cycle and the payout of the game ball is resumed. The output of the winning ball permission signal is resumed.

  Even if the output of the no-ball detection signal is stopped in this way, it is not specified that the no-ball state has been released immediately, but is specified that the no-ball state has been released by the passage of the no-ball release specific reference period. Thus, it can be determined that the absence of the ball is not determined even though the gaming ball is not actually waiting in the detection range of the ball no-detection sensor 223a due to the influence of noise or the like.

  Further, when the absence of a ball in the tank 221 occurs, even if it is resolved, it is possible that the ball 221 will be in a ballless state immediately after. In this case, it is not preferable to repeatedly start and stop driving the payout motor 257 because a large driving force is required. On the other hand, the payout motor 257 is not started until the ball no-release specific reference period elapses after the output of the ball no-detection signal from the ball no-detection sensor 223a is stopped. The possibility that the driving start and the driving stop of 257 are repeated is reduced.

  In addition, a prize ball permission signal is output immediately after the no-ball state is canceled, and when a prize ball command is output accordingly, at the timing before all the prize ball number information corresponding to the prize ball command is paid out. There is a possibility that the absence of a ball in the tank 221 may occur again. If the power is shut off in this state, the information on the number of winning balls is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, a state in which the output stop of the award ball permission signal is maintained until the non-ball release cancellation specific reference period elapses after the output of the ball non-detection signal from the ball non-detection sensor 223a is stopped. By not releasing it, the possibility of the above situation occurring is reduced.

  Next, a description will be given of how the prize ball permission signal is output when it is determined that there is a possibility that the tank 221 is in a ball-free state in a situation where the ball 221 is not in a ball-free state.

  In a situation where the payout motor 257 is paying out the game ball at a normal payout speed, output of a ball non-detection signal from the ball non-detection sensor 223a is started at the timing of t37. Thereafter, at the timing of t38, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout-side RAM 333 becomes three, which is the reference number for authorization, and the output of the prize ball permission signal is started.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t39, when the output continuation period of the ball non-detection signal reaches about 1.0 sec which is the second ball non-specific reference period, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle. The output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped. Thereafter, the output of the sphere non-detection signal is stopped at a timing t40 that is within a range where the output continuation period of the sphere non-detection signal does not reach the first sphere non-specific reference period. After that, at the timing of t41, when the output stop continuation period reaches about 3.0 sec, which is the ball-free release specific reference period, the payout speed of the payout motor 257 is set to the normal cycle, and the payout of the game ball is resumed. The output of the winning ball permission signal is resumed.

<Handling of prize ball information when power supply is started in a full tank>
Next, the handling of prize ball information when the power supply from the external power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is started while the lower plate 34 is full will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG.

  First, the case where the main CPU 311 has a standby process after the startup process will be described with reference to FIG.

  At the timing of t51, power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is started, so that start-up processing is started in each of the main CPU 311 and the payout CPU 331. Thereafter, the start-up process of the payout side CPU 331 is completed at the timing of t52. In this case, since the supply of power from the external power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is started with the lower plate 34 in a full state, the payout side CPU 331 specifies that a full tank detection signal is input from the full tank detection sensor 59. The However, at this point in time, since the payout side CPU 331 has specified that the full tank detection signal is being input, output of the winning ball permission signal is started.

  Thereafter, the startup processing of the main CPU 311 is completed at the timing of t53. However, the main CPU 311 waits without starting execution of various processes until 1 sec elapses from this point. Thereafter, at the timing t54 when the main CPU 311 stands by without starting execution of various processes, the output continuation period of the full tank detection signal in the payout CPU 331 is approximately the second full tank specific reference period. When reaching 0.8 sec, the output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t55, the main CPU 311 starts executing various processes after 1 second has elapsed since the startup process. However, since the output of the winning ball permission signal has already been stopped, even if the winning ball information is stored in the main RAM 313, the winning ball command is not output, and the number of winning balls to the payout RAM 333 is information. Is not remembered. Thereafter, the power supply is cut off at the timing of t56.

  As described above, according to this configuration, even if the power is turned on when the lower plate 34 is full and the power is shut off at a relatively early stage thereafter, the prize ball command is not output. Thus, it is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the prize ball information is erased without paying out the game balls. This is because the main CPU 311 waits without starting execution of various processes until one second has elapsed after the startup process. In addition, when the power is turned on when the lower plate 34 is full and the power is shut off at a relatively early stage thereafter, or when this is repeated, the ON / OFF operation of the power switch is repeatedly performed. In addition, there may be a case where the above-described state occurs in a pseudo manner due to noise. In this configuration, the timing at which the startup process is completed in the main CPU 311 may be the same as the timing at which the startup process is started in the payout CPU 331, and the main CPU 311 is earlier in the range of 0.2 sec. It is good also as a structure completed.

  Here, the case where there is no standby processing as described above in the main CPU 311 will be described with reference to FIG.

  At the timing of t61, power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is started, so that start-up processing is started in each of the main CPU 311 and the payout CPU 331. Thereafter, the start-up process of the payout side CPU 331 is completed at the timing of t62. In this case, since the supply of power from the external power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is started with the lower plate 34 in a full state, the payout side CPU 331 specifies that a full tank detection signal is input from the full tank detection sensor 59. The However, at this point in time, since the payout side CPU 331 has specified that the full tank detection signal is being input, output of the winning ball permission signal is started.

  Thereafter, the startup processing of the main CPU 311 is completed at the timing of t63. In this case, execution of various processes is started in the main CPU 311. Then, when a prize ball permission signal is input from the payout side CPU 331 in a situation where the prize ball information is stored in the main side RAM 313, a prize ball command is output from the main side CPU 311 to the payout side CPU 331 at the timing of t64. Is done. As a result, the payout side CPU 331 stops outputting the prize ball permission signal and causes the payout side RAM 333 to store information on the number of prize balls.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t65, the power supply is cut off in a situation where the information on the number of prize balls is stored in the payout side RAM 333. As a result, the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout side RAM 333, and thus the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 is erased without actually executing the payout of game balls. Then, by repeating the operation from the timing of t61 to the timing of t65, such as from the timing of t66 to the timing of t67, the winning ball information stored in the main RAM 313 is actually paid out of the game ball. It is erased repeatedly without any problems. In this case, it causes a great disadvantage to the player. On the other hand, in this pachinko machine 10, since it is an aspect shown in FIG. 48A as already described, it is possible to prevent the above inconvenience from occurring.

<Handling of prize ball information when power supply is started without a ball>
Next, the handling of prize ball information when the supply of power from the external power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is started with the tank 221 in the absence of a ball will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG.

  First, the case where there is a standby process after the startup process in the main CPU 311 will be described with reference to FIG.

  At the timing of t71, power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is started, so that start-up processing is started in each of the main CPU 311 and the payout CPU 331. Thereafter, the start-up process of the payout side CPU 331 is completed at the timing of t72. In this case, since supply of electric power from the external power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is started while the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball, the payout-side CPU 331 specifies that a ball non-detection signal is input from the ball non-detection sensor 223a. . However, at this point, since the payout side CPU 331 has determined that the ball no detection signal is being input, output of the prize ball permission signal is started.

  Thereafter, the startup processing of the main CPU 311 is completed at the timing of t73. However, the main CPU 311 waits without starting execution of various processes until 1 sec elapses from this point. After that, at the timing of t74, which is a state of waiting without starting execution of various processes in the main CPU 311, the output continuation period of the ball non-detection signal in the payout CPU 331 is about the second ball non-specific reference period. When reaching 1.0 sec, the output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t75, the main CPU 311 starts executing various processes when 1 sec elapses after the startup process. However, since the output of the winning ball permission signal has already been stopped, even if the winning ball information is stored in the main RAM 313, the winning ball command is not output, and the number of winning balls to the payout RAM 333 is information. Is not remembered. Thereafter, the power supply is cut off at timing t76.

  As described above, according to this configuration, even if the tank 221 is turned on without a ball and the power is cut off at a relatively early stage thereafter, the prize ball command is not output. It is possible to prevent inconvenience that the prize ball information is erased without paying out the game balls. This is because the timing at which the start-up process is completed at the main CPU 311 is later than the timing at which the start-up process is completed at the payout CPU 331, and various processes are executed until 1 sec elapses after the start-up process at the main CPU 311. Due to waiting without starting.

  Here, a case where there is no standby processing as described above in the main CPU 311 will be described with reference to FIG.

  At the timing t81, power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is started, so that start-up processing is started in each of the main CPU 311 and the payout CPU 331. Thereafter, the start-up process of the payout side CPU 331 is completed at the timing of t82. In this case, since supply of electric power from the external power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is started while the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball, the payout-side CPU 331 specifies that a ball non-detection signal is input from the ball non-detection sensor 223a. . However, at this point, since the payout side CPU 331 has determined that the ball no detection signal is being input, output of the prize ball permission signal is started.

  Thereafter, the start-up processing of the main CPU 311 is completed at the timing of t83. In this case, execution of various processes is started in the main CPU 311. Then, when a prize ball permission signal is input from the payout side CPU 331 in a situation where the prize ball information is stored in the main side RAM 313, a prize ball command is output from the main side CPU 311 to the payout side CPU 331 at the timing of t84. Is done. As a result, the payout side CPU 331 stops outputting the prize ball permission signal and causes the payout side RAM 333 to store information on the number of prize balls.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t85, the power supply is cut off in a situation where the information on the number of prize balls is stored in the payout side RAM 333. As a result, the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout side RAM 333, and thus the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 is erased without actually executing the payout of game balls. Then, by repeating the operation from the timing of t81 to the timing of t85, such as from the timing of t86 to the timing of t87, the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 is actually paid out of the game ball. It is erased repeatedly without any problems. In this case, it causes a great disadvantage to the player. On the other hand, in this pachinko machine 10, since it is an aspect shown in FIG. 49A as already described, it is possible to prevent the above-described inconvenience.

<Handling of prize ball information when power supply is started with the front door frame 14 open>
Next, the handling of prize ball information when power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is started with the front door frame 14 in an open state will be described with reference to the time chart of FIG.

  First, a period (output permission reference period) from the input of the prize ball permission signal of the payout side CPU 331 to the identification of the output of the prize ball command being permitted in the main CPU 311 is the front door frame opening switch 78. Referring to FIG. 50 (a), a description will be given of a case where the period from when the front door frame opening signal is input until it is determined that the front door frame 14 is in the open state (opening specific reference period).

  By starting power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 at the timing of t91, the main CPU 311 starts the start-up process and the standby process is executed after the start-up process. Thereafter, at the timing of t92, the main CPU 311 starts executing various processes after 1 second has elapsed since the startup process. In this case, since the prize ball permission signal has already been output from the payout side CPU 331, measurement of the output permission reference period is started. In addition, since the power is turned on with the front door frame 14 in the open state this time, measurement of the open specific reference period is started.

  After that, at the timing of t93, the measurement of the opening specific reference period of the output permission reference period and the opening specific reference period is completed, and the main CPU 311 becomes in a state where the prize ball command cannot be output. Thereafter, the measurement of the output permission reference period is completed at timing t94. However, since the prize ball command cannot be output at the timing of t93, the prize ball command is not output even if the prize ball information is stored in the main side RAM 313, and the prize ball to the payout side RAM 333 is output. Number information is not stored. Thereafter, the power supply is cut off at the timing of t95.

  As described above, according to this configuration, even when the power is turned on with the front door frame 14 in the open state and the power is shut off at a relatively early stage thereafter, the prize ball command is not output. Thus, it is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the prize ball information is erased without paying out the game balls. This is because the output permission reference period is set longer than the open specific reference period.

  Here, a case where the output permission reference period is shorter than the open specific reference period in the main CPU 311 will be described with reference to FIG.

  By starting the power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 at the timing t101, the start-up process is started in the main CPU 311 and the standby process is executed after the start-up process. Thereafter, at the timing of t102, execution of various processes is started when 1 sec elapses after the startup process in the main CPU 311. In this case, since the prize ball permission signal has already been output from the payout side CPU 331, measurement of the output permission reference period is started. In addition, since the power is turned on with the front door frame 14 in the open state this time, measurement of the open specific reference period is started.

  After that, at the timing of t103, a prize ball command is output from the main CPU 311 to the payout CPU 331 by completing the measurement of the output permission reference period of the output permission reference period and the open specific reference period. Thereafter, when the measurement of the opening specific reference period is completed at the timing of t104, the main CPU 311 enters a state in which a prize ball command cannot be output. Further, in this case, when the front door frame opening command is output from the main CPU 311 to the payout CPU 331, the payout CPU 331 enters a state in which game balls cannot be paid out. Accordingly, the payout of game balls based on the prize ball command output at the timing of t103 is stopped, and the state where the information on the number of prize balls is stored in the payout side RAM 333 is maintained.

  Thereafter, at the timing of t105, the power supply is cut off in a situation where the information on the number of prize balls is stored in the payout side RAM 333. As a result, the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout side RAM 333, and thus the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 is erased without actually executing the payout of game balls. Then, by repeating the operation from the timing of t101 to the timing of t105, such as from the timing of t106 to the timing of t107, the prize ball information stored in the main side RAM 313 is stored in the payout side RAM 333 as information on the number of prize balls. It is memorized and erased repeatedly without actually paying out the game balls. In this case, it causes a great disadvantage to the player. On the other hand, in this pachinko machine 10, since it is an aspect shown in FIG. 50A as already described, it is possible to prevent the above inconvenience.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  The power from the power supply unit 321 c for power interruption of the power supply and launch control board 321 is supplied to the main RAM 313 but not supplied to the payout RAM 333. Thereby, the capacity of the power supply unit 321c for power interruption can be reduced, and the cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced accordingly.

  However, in this configuration, when the power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped, all the information stored in the payout side RAM 333 is erased. On the other hand, unpaid prize ball information is basically stored in the main RAM 313, and the main CPU 311 receives a prize ball permission signal from the payout CPU 331 to receive one prize for the CPU 331. The corresponding prize ball command is output. Then, the payout side CPU 331 stores the information on the number of prize balls corresponding to the input prize ball command in the payout side RAM 333, and drives and controls the payout device 224 based on the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333. I tried to do it. As a result, when there are a large number of unpaid prize balls, only a part thereof is stored in the payout side RAM 333 and the rest is stored in the main side RAM 313. Therefore, even if the power to the pachinko machine 10 is shut off in a situation where a large number of unpaid prize balls remain, the number of prize balls to be erased at that time can be reduced as much as possible.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which information on the number of prize balls stored in the main RAM 313 is subtracted each time a game ball is paid out by the payout device 224 without storing information on the number of prize balls in the payout RAM 333. However, in this configuration, the processing load on the main CPU 311 is extremely increased, and the effect of reducing the processing load on the main CPU 311 by providing the payout CPU 331 separately from the main CPU 311 disappears. End up. On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present embodiment, the above-described excellent effect can be obtained while obtaining the effect of providing the payout side CPU 331 separately from the main side CPU 311.

  When the information on the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes the permission reference number, output of the prize ball permission signal from the payout side CPU 331 to the main CPU 311 is started, and the output permitted state of the prize ball command is set. I did it. Thereby, the information on the number of prize balls is replenished smoothly to the payout side RAM 333, and the game balls are smoothly paid out accordingly.

  In addition, when the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 has reached the permitted reference number, if the prize ball command is output and exceeds the permitted reference number (when the permitted reference number is reached), the payout The output of the winning ball permission signal from the side CPU 331 to the main side CPU 311 is stopped and the output is not permitted. Thereby, a part of the number of unpaid prize balls is stored in the payout side RAM 333 and the rest is stored in the main side RAM 313. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the number of winning balls that are erased when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off in a situation where a large number of unpaid winning balls remain.

  Further, by setting the permission reference number to “3” which is a number of 1 or more, the output permission state is set at a timing before the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes “0”. Can do. In addition, when the output of the winning ball permission signal is started in a situation where the winning ball information is already stored in the main RAM 313, the payout from the main CPU 311 is performed at a timing before a new game ball is paid out. A prize ball command is output to the side CPU 331 so that the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 exceeds the permitted reference number. Thus, for example, in the situation where game balls are being paid out, when a new winning occurs, the main ball is paid out at the timing before all payout of the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 is completed. It is possible to output a prize ball command from the side CPU 311 and add a new number of prize balls to the payout side RAM 333. Therefore, the above-mentioned excellent effect can be obtained while making the payout of game balls continuous.

  In particular, in the pachinko machine 10, the payout device 224 is stopped when the number of prize balls stored in the payout RAM 333 becomes “0” for power saving. In this case, if game balls are not paid out continuously in a situation where prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313, it is necessary to repeatedly start and stop driving of the payout device 224. This is not preferable because the driving of the dispensing device 224 requires a larger driving force than the case where the driving state of the dispensing device 224 is maintained. On the other hand, in the situation where the prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313, the payout of the game ball is continuous as described above, so that the drive start and drive stop of the payout device 224 can be repeated. Is reduced.

  On the other hand, the permitted reference number is set to be equal to or less than the minimum number of winning balls among the number of winning balls set as the number of winning balls for winning. Thereby, in the configuration in which the payout of game balls is continuous as described above, the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 can be reduced as much as possible. Therefore, it is possible to minimize the number of prize balls that are erased when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off in a situation where a large number of unpaid prize balls remain.

  Furthermore, when the payout of the game ball corresponding to the prize ball information is started, the payout of the game ball corresponding to the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 and the number of prize balls stored in the payout RAM 333 is performed. All will be done. In addition, when a game ball corresponding to the prize ball information is paid out, a ball rental request signal is not input. As a result, the payout of game balls corresponding to the prize ball information is started, and when the prize ball information is stored in the main side RAM 313, the game balls are paid out until all the game balls are paid out based on the prize ball information. The ball request signal is not input. If the winning ball command and the lending request signal are simultaneously input in the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322, the gaming balls are paid to both the lending number storage area 375 and the winning ball number storage area 374 of the payout side RAM 333. If the information is stored to be released and the power is cut off, the information in both the number-of-balls storage area 375 and the number-of-a-balls storage area 374 will be erased. According to the above embodiment, when the payout of the game ball corresponding to the prize ball information is started, the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 and the number of prize balls stored in the payout RAM 333 are set. Since all of the game balls corresponding to the information are paid out, it can be said that the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 inputs the ball rental request signal after the prize ball command is not input. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 from simultaneously inputting a prize ball command and a ball rental request signal.

  The CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 is set to the ball lending state when the ball lending state signal is input from the ball lending device Y and the payout operation is not being performed. In particular, even if a ball lending operation is performed in the ball lending operation device 36 while the payout of the prize ball is being executed, the lending state is not set during the payout operation. Priority can be given to paying out prize balls.

  Assuming a configuration that prioritizes the payout of game balls based on the ball lending operation when a ball lending operation is performed in a situation where award ball payout is being executed, the number of award balls stored in the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 is stored. Although the information on the number of prize balls is stored in the area 374, it is necessary to stop paying out the prize balls. In this case, when the pachinko machine 10 is in the power-off state, the information on the number of winning balls is erased as the power-off power is not supplied to the RAM 333 of the payout control board 322 as described above. On the other hand, the ball lending device Y has its own memory retention function when information is interrupted, so that a ball lending request signal is not input from the ball lending device Y in a situation where award balls are being paid out. Thus, the information on the number of balls lent is stored and held in the ball lending device Y, and the information on the number of balls lent is not erased even if the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. In the above circumstances, even if a ball lending operation is performed in a situation where a prize ball is being dispensed, the prize ball information will be erased without actually being dispensed by giving priority to the prize ball. It is prevented.

  Further, the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322 sets the ball rental state when the ball rental device Y receives a ball rental status signal and it is not in the payout error state. In other words, even if a ball lending operation is performed, a ball lending request signal is not input if the payout error state is present. If a ball rental request signal is input in a payout error state, if the payout error state is not solved and the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off while the game ball payout is restricted, the loan The information on the number of loans corresponding to the ball request signal is deleted without paying out the game balls based on the information on the number of loans. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  In addition, the ball lending operation is performed by the player, and it is conceivable that the player performs the ball lending operation when the possessed game ball runs out or almost disappears. On the other hand, the payout of the game ball corresponding to the information on the number of prize balls is performed based on the game ball having entered the entrance part. If a game ball is paid out based on a ball lending operation once, the game ball corresponding to the information on the number of prize balls may be paid out several times before the game ball runs out. Conceivable. Thereby, in the payout of game balls corresponding to the information on the number of prize balls and the payout of game balls based on the ball lending operation, the game balls corresponding to the information on the number of prize balls are paid out. It is possible that the frequency is higher. In this embodiment, when a ball lending operation is performed, in order to determine whether or not a game ball corresponding to the information on the number of prize balls has been paid out, a payout corresponding to the information on the number of prize balls is performed. The processing load on the pachinko machine 10 is reduced as compared with the configuration for determining whether or not the ball lending operation is performed when it is determined that the payout is not performed. It becomes possible.

  When the number of prize balls stored in the payout-side RAM 333 becomes the switching reference number, the payout speed setting of the payout device 224 is changed from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle. In the pachinko machine 10, as described above, in a situation where the number of prize balls is not stored in the payout side RAM 333, the driving of the payout device 224 is stopped for power saving. In this case, when it is necessary to repeatedly start and stop driving the payout device 224 when a single winning is repeatedly generated at a predetermined interval, the payout device 224 may be started by driving the payout device 224. This is not preferable because a larger driving force is required than when the driving state is maintained. On the other hand, when the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes the switching reference number, the payout speed of the payout device 224 is switched to a low speed cycle so that a single win is placed at a predetermined interval. Even if it occurs repeatedly, there is a higher possibility that the next winning will occur while the reference ball of the switching reference number is being executed at a low speed cycle, and driving start and stop of the payout device 224 may be repeatedly performed. Is reduced.

  In this configuration, the permission reference number that triggers the setting change from the output disapproval state of the prize ball command to the output permission state is set to a number greater than the switching reference number that triggers the switching to the low speed cycle of the payout device 224. . In addition, when the output of the winning ball permission signal is started in a situation where the winning ball information is already stored in the main RAM 313, the payout from the main CPU 311 is performed at the timing before a new gaming ball is paid out. A prize ball command is output to the side CPU 331 so that the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 exceeds the permitted reference number. Thereby, in a situation where a plurality of prize ball information is stored in the main side RAM 313, the prizes stored in the payout side RAM 333 until all the output of each prize ball command corresponding to the prize ball information are executed. The information on the number of balls does not reach the switching reference number. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the payout speed of the payout device 224 from being switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle even though the prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313, and to smoothly pay out the game balls. It can be carried out.

  In particular, the permission reference number is set to be one more than the switching reference number (permission reference number = switching reference number + 1). Thereby, the number of prize balls stored in the payout-side RAM 333 can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the permission reference number is set to a number that is two or more more than the switching reference number. By reducing the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 in this way, the number of prize balls that are erased when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut down can be reduced as much as possible.

<Second Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, each processing configuration of the main process, information determination process, and prize ball permission signal monitoring process in the main CPU 311 is different from that in the first embodiment. Therefore, these different processing configurations will be described below.

  First, the main process in the present embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the main process, first, a start-up process associated with power-on is executed in step S2401. Specifically, in order to wait for the slave control board (such as the payout control board 322) to be operable, it waits for about 500 msec, for example. Here, in the main process (FIG. 21) in the first embodiment, the process in step S402 is executed after the start-up process, and the process waits for 1 sec. The process is not executed in the process.

  Thereafter, after executing the processing of step S2402 to step S2412, the main processing is terminated. In this case, each process of step S2402 to step S2409 and step S2411 to step S2412 is the same as each process of step S403 to step S412 of the main process (FIG. 21) in the first embodiment. Description is omitted.

  However, in the present embodiment, unlike the first embodiment, the process of step S2410 is executed before the interrupt permission setting (step S2411) is executed. In step S2410, the non-permission flag (main side non-permission information) is stored in a non-permission flag storage area (main side non-permission information storage means) provided in the main side RAM 313. This non-permission flag is a flag for identifying in the main CPU 311 that the output of the prize ball command is prohibited after the power is turned on.

  Next, the information determination process in this Embodiment is demonstrated, referring the flowchart of FIG.

  In the information determination process, first, in step S2501, it is determined whether or not winning information is stored in any of the bits W0 to W6 of the current register 381 in the main CPU 311. If no winning information is stored in any of the bits W0 to W6, the information determination process is terminated as it is. If winning information is stored in any of the bits W0 to W6, the process proceeds to step S2502.

  In step S2502, it is determined whether or not a non-permission flag is stored in the non-permission flag storage area of the main RAM 313. If the non-permission flag is not stored, the process proceeds directly to step S2504. On the other hand, if the non-permission flag is stored, the non-permission flag is erased in step S2503, and the process proceeds to step S2504.

  Then, after executing the processing after step S2504, the information determination processing is terminated. Since each process of step S2504 to step S2517 is the same as each process of step S701 to step S714 of the information determination process (FIG. 52) in the first embodiment, description thereof is omitted here.

  Next, the winning ball permission signal monitoring process in the present embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the winning ball permission signal monitoring process, first, in step S2601, it is determined whether or not a non-permission flag is stored in the non-permission flag storage area of the main RAM 313. If the non-permission flag is stored, the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is cleared to “0” in step S2605, and then the present winning ball permission signal monitoring process is terminated. As a result, while the non-permission flag is stored, output of a prize ball command is prohibited even if a prize ball permission signal is input from the payout side CPU 331. The non-permission flag is stored in the main process executed by the main CPU 311 when the power is turned on as described above, and then a winning is generated and prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313. If erased. Therefore, until the game is started after the power is turned on and a prize is generated, no prize ball command is output even if prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313 when the power is turned on.

  On the other hand, if the non-permission flag is stored, it is determined in step S2602 whether or not prize ball permission information indicating that a prize ball permission signal is input is stored in the seventh bit D7 of the first input port 351. Determine whether. If prize ball permission information is stored, whether or not the value stored in the prize ball permission counter area (permission grasping means) 365 of the main RAM 311 is “5” in step S2603. Determine. When the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is “5” or more, the present winning ball permission signal monitoring process is ended as it is. If the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is less than “5”, the value of the winning ball permission counter area 365 is incremented by 1 in step S2604, and then the present winning ball permission signal monitoring process is terminated.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when the power is turned on, the non-permission flag is stored in the main RAM 313, so that even if the prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313 when the power is turned on, The command is not output. The state where the output of the prize ball command is prohibited is maintained until the game is started after the power is turned on and a prize is generated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the winning ball information stored in the main RAM 313 from being erased without executing the game ball payout when the power is turned on and off repeatedly. .

  In particular, in the configuration according to the present embodiment, since the non-permission flag is used as described above regardless of whether the game ball is restricted from being restricted or not restricted, the power is turned on and the power is turned off. Is repeatedly performed, it is possible to prevent the award ball information stored in the main RAM 313 from being erased without the game ball being paid out.

  In addition, in a state where the output of the prize ball command is prohibited, a game is started after the power is turned on and a winning occurs (the game content becomes a payout game content or the passage detection target passage portion provided in the game area is The game ball is released when it passes). Since repeated power-on and power-off are considered to occur in a situation where no game is played or a game cannot be played, by setting the cancellation condition for the prize ball command output prohibition state as described above, Thus, it is possible to reliably prevent the winning ball information stored in the main RAM 313 from being erased without executing the game ball payout.

  It should be noted that the release condition of the output prohibition state of the prize ball command is not limited to the above, and for example, the release condition may be that the game ball launch handle 41 is operated. In this case, the output prohibition state may be canceled based on the detection result of the touch sensor or the handle operation sensor provided on the game ball launching handle 41. Further, the release condition may be that a game ball has been fired, that a game ball has been discharged from the game area, or that a game ball has been discharged from the pachinko machine 10. In this case, a ball detection sensor may be provided at the entrance or exit of the game area or the discharge port to the island facility in the pachinko machine 10, and the output prohibition state may be canceled based on the detection result of the ball detection sensor.

<Third Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the processing configuration of the reading process in the main CPU 311 is different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the first embodiment, when a game ball is detected by the ball detection sensors 152 to 155, the main CPU 311 uses the detection start timing of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 as a reference to play a game. In this embodiment, the presence / absence of the passing of the game ball is identified based on the detection end timing in the ball detection sensors 152 to 155. The processing configuration will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 54 and the explanatory diagram of FIG.

  In the present embodiment, no winning ball permission signal is input to the seventh bit D7 of the first input port 351, and the first input port 351 is blank. Accordingly, in the reading process, the current input information masking process (step S602) in the first embodiment is not executed.

  In the reading process, first, in step S2701, a process of acquiring information on the first input port 351 as current input information is executed. Specifically, as in the first embodiment, information on the first input port 351 is stored in the current register 381 of the main CPU 311.

  For example, when the second prize opening sensor 152b is ON and the others are OFF, the information form of the current input information stored in the current register 381 is shown in FIG. Thus, “00100000” is obtained.

  In subsequent step S2702, information stored in the previous area 362 of the main RAM 313 is acquired as previous input information, and information stored in the previous use area 363 of the main RAM 313 is acquired as previous input information. Execute. Specifically, as in the first embodiment, information on the previous area 362 is stored in the previous register 382 of the main CPU 311 and information on the previous use area 363 is stored in the previous CPU 311 register. It is stored in 383.

  For example, in the previous reading process, when the lower working port sensor 154b, the count sensor 153, the second winning port sensor 152b, and the third winning port sensor 152c are ON, and the other are OFF, The information form of the previous input information stored in the previous register 382 is “01100101” as shown in FIG. In addition, in the reading process of the last time, when the lower operation port sensor 154b, the count sensor 153, and the second winning port sensor 152b are turned on and the others are turned off, they are stored in the last time use register 383. As shown in FIG. 55 (c), the information format of the input information two times before is “00100101”.

  In a succeeding step S2703, a next writing process is executed. Since this is the same as in the first embodiment, description thereof is omitted here.

  In a succeeding step S2704, the current input information inversion process is executed. Specifically, the value of each bit of the current register 381 is inverted. For example, when the input information this time is “00100000” as shown in FIG. 55A, the inverted information becomes “11011111” as shown in FIG. 55D.

  In the subsequent step S2705, an AND process is performed on the information in the current register 381 inverted in step S2704 and the previous input information stored in the previous register 382. That is, the logical product of the information in the current register 381 inverted in step S2704 and the previous input information stored in the previous register 382 is calculated. Then, the information of the calculation result is updated as information of the current register 381.

  For example, if the inverted information is “11011111” as shown in FIG. 55 (d) and the previous input information is “01100101” as shown in FIG. 55 (b), an AND process is performed in step S2705. The information of the result is “01000101” as shown in FIG.

  In subsequent step S2706, AND processing is performed on the information obtained as a result of the AND process in step S2705 and the previous input information stored in the previous register 383. That is, the logical product of the information in the current register 381 obtained in step S2705 and the information in the previous register 383 obtained in step S2702 is calculated. Then, the result of the calculation is updated as information in the current register 381.

  For example, the information in the current register 381 obtained in step S2705 is “01000101” as shown in FIG. 55 (e), and the information in the previous-use register 383 obtained in step S2702 is shown in FIG. 55 (c). Thus, in the case of “00100101”, the information on the result of AND processing in step S2706 is “00000101” as shown in FIG. 55 (f).

  In a succeeding step S2707, an information determination process is executed. Since this is the same as in the first embodiment, description thereof is omitted here. Thereafter, the reading process is terminated.

  As described above, in the mode shown in FIG. 55, the detection information indicating that the game ball has been detected in the previous operation and the previous operation is confirmed for the lower working port sensor 154b and the count sensor 153, and the game ball is detected this time. Non-detection information indicating that it has not been confirmed. That is, the detection end timing of the game ball in the lower working port sensor 154b and the count sensor 153 corresponds to the timing of the current reading process. Therefore, after the current reading process, the winning information is stored in the bits corresponding to the lower operation port sensor 154b and the count sensor 153 of the current register 381.

  On the other hand, although the bit corresponding to the third prize opening sensor 152c of the previous input information stores “1” on a one-time basis due to the influence of noise or the like, no winning information is stored for that. In addition, detection information is continuously input from the second prize opening sensor 152b two times before the last time, and “1” is stored in all the bits corresponding to the second prize opening sensor 152b two times before, last time, and this time. For this, no winning information is stored.

  As described above, even if the detection end timings in the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 are used as a reference, it is possible to specify whether or not a game ball has passed by executing the above calculation process. However, the processing configuration in the first embodiment is preferable in that the presence of passage is specified as soon as possible.

<Fourth embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the processing configuration of the reading process in the main CPU 311 is different from that in the first embodiment. Specifically, in the first embodiment, when detection information indicating that a game ball is detected is input from the ball detection sensors 152 to 155, the corresponding bit of the first input port 351 is set. However, in this embodiment, when the detection information indicating that a game ball is detected is input from the ball detection sensors 152 to 155, the first input port 351 is used. “0” is stored in the corresponding bit of. Along with this change, the processing configuration of the reading process is changed. The processing configuration will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 56 and the explanatory diagram of FIG.

  In the present embodiment, no winning ball permission signal is input to the seventh bit D7 of the first input port 351, and the first input port 351 is blank. Accordingly, in the reading process, the current input information masking process (step S602) in the first embodiment is not executed.

  In the reading process, first, in step S2801, a process of acquiring information on the first input port 351 as current input information is executed. Specifically, as in the first embodiment, information on the first input port 351 is stored in the current register 381 of the main CPU 311.

  For example, when the lower working port sensor 154b, the count sensor 153, and the second winning port sensor 152b are ON and the others are OFF, the current input information stored in the current register 381 is stored. The information form is “01011010” as shown in FIG.

  In the subsequent step S2802, information stored in the previous area 362 of the main RAM 313 is acquired as previous input information, and information stored in the previous use area 363 of the main RAM 313 is acquired as previous input information. Execute. Specifically, as in the first embodiment, information on the previous area 362 is stored in the previous register 382 of the main CPU 311 and information on the previous use area 363 is stored in the previous CPU 311 register. It is stored in 383.

  For example, in the previous reading process, when the lower working port sensor 154b, the count sensor 153, the second winning port sensor 152b, and the third winning port sensor 152c are ON, and the other are OFF, The information form of the previous input information stored in the previous register 382 is “00011010” as shown in FIG. Also, when the second prize opening sensor 152b is turned on and the others are turned off in the reading process of the last time, the information form of the previous time input information stored in the previous time register 383 is shown in FIG. As shown in 57 (c), “0101111” is obtained.

  In a succeeding step S2803, a next writing process is executed. Since this is the same as in the first embodiment, description thereof is omitted here.

  In a succeeding step S2804, inversion processing of the current input information and the previous input information is executed. Specifically, the value of each bit of the current register 381 is inverted. For example, when the input information this time is “01011010” as shown in FIG. 57A, the inverted information is “10100101” as shown in FIG. 57D. Further, the value of each bit of the previous register 382 is inverted. For example, when the previous input information is “00011010” as shown in FIG. 57B, the inverted information becomes “11100101” as shown in FIG.

  In the subsequent step S2805, an AND process is performed on the information in the current register 381 reversed in step S2804 and the information in the previous register 382 reversed in the same manner. That is, the logical product of the information in the current register 381 inverted in step S2804 and the information in the previous register 382 that has been inverted is calculated. Then, the information of the calculation result is updated as information of the current register 381.

  For example, when the input information inverted this time is “10100101” as shown in FIG. 57 (d), and the information inverted last time is “11100101” as shown in FIG. 57 (e). In step S2805, the information on the result of AND processing is “10100101” as shown in FIG.

  In subsequent step S2806, AND processing is performed on the information obtained as a result of the AND process in step S2805 and the previous input information stored in the previous register 383. That is, the logical product of the information in the current register 381 obtained in step S2805 and the information in the previous register 383 obtained in step S2802 is calculated. Then, the result of the calculation is updated as information in the current register 381.

  For example, the information in the current register 381 obtained in step S2805 is “10100101” as shown in FIG. 57 (f), and the information in the previous register 383 obtained in step S2802 is shown in FIG. 57 (c). Thus, in the case of “01011111”, the information on the result of the AND process in step S2806 is “00000101” as shown in FIG.

  In a succeeding step S2807, an information determination process is executed. Since this is the same as in the first embodiment, description thereof is omitted here. Thereafter, the reading process is terminated.

  As described above, in the mode shown in FIG. 57, the detection information indicating that the game ball has been detected this time and the previous time is confirmed for the lower working port sensor 154b and the count sensor 153, and the game ball is detected two times before. Non-detection information indicating that it has not been confirmed. Therefore, after the current reading process, the winning information is stored in the bits corresponding to the lower operation port sensor 154b and the count sensor 153 of the current register 381.

  On the other hand, although the bit corresponding to the third prize opening sensor 152c of the previous input information stores “0” on a one-time basis due to the influence of noise or the like, no winning information is stored for that. Further, detection information is continuously input from the second prize opening sensor 152b two times before the previous time, and “0” is stored in all the bits corresponding to the second prize opening sensor 152b two times before, last time, and this time. For this, no winning information is stored.

  As described above, when detection information indicating that a game ball is detected is input from the ball detection sensors 152 to 155, “0” is stored in the corresponding bit of the first input port 351. In addition, it is possible to specify whether or not a game ball has passed by executing the above arithmetic processing. However, the processing configuration in the first embodiment is preferable in that the number of pieces of information to be reversed is reduced as much as possible.

<Fifth embodiment>
In this embodiment, the permitted reference number is different from that in the first embodiment, and accordingly, the processing configuration of the addition-time mask process by the payout side CPU 331 is also different. Therefore, this difference will be described below. FIG. 58 is a flowchart showing the addition mask processing in the present embodiment.

  In the present embodiment, the output start timing of the prize ball permission signal is different from that in the first embodiment, and the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is 5 or less. Output of a prize ball permission signal is started. Therefore, when adding information on the number of prize balls, the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is five or less.

  Thus, in the configuration in which the permission reference number is set to 5, the payout-side ROM 332 has “00000011” (corresponding to 3) corresponding to the first addition correction information as addition correction information, Each information of “00000100” (corresponding to four) corresponding to the second addition correction information and “00000101” (corresponding to five) corresponding to the third addition correction information is stored. Incidentally, the first addition correction information corresponds to the main correction information, and the second addition correction information and the third addition correction information correspond to the sub correction information.

  In the addition mask process, first, in step S2901, the information in the 1-byte configured award ball number storage area 374 is called to the first dedicated register of the payout CPU 331, and the above information is added to the first addition time. Calculate the logical product with the correction information. Then, the calculation result is stored in the first dedicated register.

  Thereafter, in step S2902, the information in the 1-byte award ball number storage area 374 is called to the second dedicated register of the payout side CPU 331, and the called information is logically ANDed with the second addition correction information. Is calculated. Then, the calculation result is stored in the second dedicated register.

  Thereafter, in step S2903, the information in the 1-byte prize ball number storage area 374 is called to the third dedicated register of the payout CPU 331, and the logical product of the called information and the third addition correction information is obtained. Is calculated. Then, the calculation result is stored in the third dedicated register.

  Thereafter, in step S2904, a comparison process is executed. Specifically, it is specified which of the information stored in the first dedicated register, the second dedicated register, and the third dedicated register of the payout side CPU 331 is information corresponding to the maximum number of game balls. Thereafter, in step S2905, the information on the maximum number of game balls specified in step S2904 is updated in the prize ball number storage area 374. Thereafter, the mask process at the time of addition is terminated.

  According to this configuration, even if the permission reference number is five, the permission reference number can be matched with the correction-use prize ball number (addition correction reference number). That is, when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “00000011” corresponding to three, the calculation result in step S2901 is “00000011” (corresponding to three). The calculation result in step S2902 is “00000000” (corresponding to 0), and the calculation result in step S2903 is “00000001” (corresponding to 1). Then, the calculation result in step S2901 is maximized, and information corresponding to the calculation result is updated in the prize ball number storage area 374. This information is the same as the information on the number of prize balls stored before the mask process.

  If the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “00000101” corresponding to five, the calculation result in step S2901 is “00000001” (corresponding to one). The calculation result in step S2902 is “00000100” (corresponding to four), and the calculation result in step S2903 is “00000101” (corresponding to five). Then, the calculation result in step S2903 is maximized, and information corresponding to the calculation result is updated in the prize ball number storage area 374. This information is the same as the information on the number of prize balls stored before the mask process.

  As described above, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is maintained as it is.

  On the other hand, for example, data 1 is set in the most significant bit for the information (“00000101”) corresponding to five prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 due to the influence of noise or the like. It can be considered that the corresponding value is “10000101”. In this case, the calculation result in step S2901 is “00000001” (corresponding to one), the calculation result in step S2902 is “00000100” (corresponding to four), and the calculation result in step S2903 is “00000101”. (Corresponding to 5). Then, the calculation result in step S2903 is maximized, and information corresponding to the calculation result is updated in the prize ball number storage area 374. This information is the same as the information on the number of prize balls stored before being rewritten due to noise.

  As described above, when the number of prize balls is added, even if the information stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 exceeds the permitted reference number due to the influence of noise, it is less than the permitted reference number. Thus, it is possible to return to the information before being rewritten due to the influence of noise. Therefore, it can suppress that a game hall suffers a disadvantage, and it can also suppress that a player suffers a disadvantage.

  In particular, in the above configuration, “1” (data 1) is set for each of the bits from the lower order bit to the bit in the specific order as correction information at the time of addition, and “0” (data 0) is set for the other bits. By adopting the configuration having the set first correction information for correction (main correction information), the above-described excellent effect can be obtained even if the correction reference information for the number of permission standards is not included. . That is, the above-described excellent effects can be obtained while reducing the storage capacity of the payout-side ROM 332 and reducing the processing load on the payout-side CPU 331.

<Sixth Embodiment>
In the present embodiment, the processing configuration of the payout setting time mask process by the payout side CPU 331 is different. Therefore, this difference will be described below. FIG. 59 is a flowchart showing a payout setting mask process according to the present embodiment.

  In the present embodiment, the upper limit number of winning balls in the winning ball number storage area 374 is 18 as the sum of the permitted reference number and the maximum number of winning winning balls as in the first embodiment. In this case, the payout-side ROM 332 stores “00001111” (corresponding to 15) corresponding to the first payout correction information and “00010000” corresponding to the second payout correction information as payout correction information. ”(Corresponding to 16 pieces),“ 00010001 ”(corresponding to 17 pieces) corresponding to the third payout correction information,“ 00010010 ”(corresponding to 18 pieces) corresponding to the fourth payout correction information, and Each information is stored. Incidentally, the first payout correction information corresponds to the main correction information, and the second payout correction information, the third payout correction information, and the fourth payout correction information correspond to the sub correction information.

  In the payout setting mask process, first, in step S3001, the information in the 1-byte configured award ball number storage area 374 is called to the first dedicated register of the payout CPU 331, and the first payout is performed on the called information. The logical product with the time correction information is calculated. Then, the calculation result is stored in the first dedicated register.

  Thereafter, in step S3002, the information in the 1-byte prize ball number storage area 374 is called to the second dedicated register of the payout CPU 331, and the logical product of the called information and the second payout correction information is obtained. Is calculated. Then, the calculation result is stored in the second dedicated register.

  Thereafter, in step S3003, the information in the 1-byte prize ball number storage area 374 is called to the third dedicated register of the payout CPU 331, and the logical product of the called information and the third payout correction information is obtained. Is calculated. Then, the calculation result is stored in the third dedicated register.

  Thereafter, in step S3004, the information in the 1-byte prize ball number storage area 374 is called to the fourth dedicated register of the payout CPU 331, and the logical product of the called information and the fourth payout correction information is obtained. Is calculated. Then, the calculation result is stored in the fourth dedicated register.

  Thereafter, in step S3005, a comparison process is executed. Specifically, which of the information stored in the first dedicated register, the second dedicated register, the third dedicated register, and the fourth dedicated register of the payout side CPU 331 is information corresponding to the maximum number of game balls. To identify. Thereafter, in step S3006, the information on the maximum number of game balls specified in step S3005 is updated in the prize ball number storage area 374. Thereafter, the mask process at the time of the actual payout setting is finished.

  According to this configuration, it is possible to make the upper limit prize ball number coincide with the number of prize balls for correction at the time of payout (the reference number for correction at the time of payout). That is, when the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “00010010” corresponding to 18 pieces, the calculation result in step S3001 is “00000010” (corresponding to 2 pieces). The calculation result in step S3002 is “00010000” (corresponding to 16), the calculation result in step S3003 is “00010000” (corresponding to 16), and the calculation result in step S3004 is “00010010” (corresponding to 18). Equivalent). Then, the calculation result in step S3004 is maximized, and information corresponding to the calculation result is updated in the prize ball number storage area 374. This information is the same as the information on the number of prize balls stored before the mask process.

  If the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is “00000101” corresponding to five, the calculation result in step S3001 is “00000101” (corresponding to five). The calculation result in step S3002 is “00000000” (corresponding to 0), the calculation result in step S3003 is “00000001” (corresponding to 1), and the calculation result in step S3004 is “00000000” (corresponding to 0). Equivalent). Then, the calculation result in step S3001 is maximized, and information corresponding to the calculation result is updated in the prize ball number storage area 374. This information is the same as the information on the number of prize balls stored before the mask process.

  As described above, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is maintained as it is in the case of 18 or less.

  On the other hand, for example, data 1 is set in the most significant bit for the information (“00000101”) corresponding to five prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 due to the influence of noise or the like. It can be considered that the corresponding value is “10000101”. In this case, the calculation result in step S3001 is “00000101” (corresponding to five), the calculation result in step S3002 is “00000000” (corresponding to zero), and the calculation result in step S3003 is “00000001”. (Corresponding to one) and the calculation result in step S3004 is “00000000” (corresponding to zero). Then, the calculation result in step S3001 is maximized, and information corresponding to the calculation result is updated in the prize ball number storage area 374. This information is the same as the information on the number of prize balls stored before being rewritten due to noise.

  As described above, when game balls are being paid out, even if the information stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 exceeds the upper limit prize ball number due to noise, It is possible to return to the information before being rewritten under the influence of noise. Therefore, it can suppress that a game hall suffers a disadvantage, and it can also suppress that a player suffers a disadvantage.

  In particular, in the above configuration, the first payout correction information in which data 1 is set for each of the lower order bits to the bits in the specific order and data 0 is set for the other bits as payout correction information. By adopting a configuration including (main correction information), the above-described excellent effect can be obtained even if the payout correction information corresponding to the number of permission standards is not included. That is, the above-described excellent effects can be obtained while reducing the storage capacity of the payout-side ROM 332 and reducing the processing load on the payout-side CPU 331.

<Seventh embodiment>
In the present embodiment, when the number of information stored in the prize ball counter area 361 exceeds the reference information number, it is taught that the information number exceeds the reference information number. These processes will be described.

  As described above, the general winning port 82, the variable winning device 83, the upper operating port 84a, and the lower operating port 84b are provided, and when a game ball enters each of the entering units, each entering unit The information that game balls have entered into the award ball counter areas 361a to 361d provided corresponding to is counted. Since each prize ball counter area 361a to 361d is composed of 8 bits, the number of memorized prize balls is 255 times.

  However, even though the number of unexecuted award balls is stored as 255 times, a game ball enters a pitched part corresponding to the counter area 361a to 361d for prize balls stored as 255 times. Such a problem that the ball has been entered becomes invalid or the state stored as 255 times becomes 0 times. In this case, it can be said that there is a disadvantage for the player because the game ball is not paid out.

  Here, the state where the number of unimplemented prize balls in this embodiment is likely to be 255 will be described. As described above, the pachinko machine 10 is set with a frequency improvement state in which the frequency per unit time in which the electric accessory 89 is in the open state is increased as a kind of special gaming state. In this frequency improvement state, winning to the lower working port 84b is likely to occur. Since winning to the lower operation port 84b is likely to occur, the number of unimplemented prize balls in the four prize ball counter area 361c is likely to be 255 times.

  The frequency improvement state will be described in detail while explaining the control performed by the electric accessory 89 in the present embodiment.

  First, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 60, in addition to the counters described above, an electric accessory release counter C4 is provided. The electric accessory release counter C4 is a loop counter like the other counters, and is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 250, for example. In addition, an electric agent initial value counter is provided, and when the value of the electric agent opening counter C4 becomes the maximum value as in the above jackpot random number counter C1, the electric agent initial value counter at that time Is read as the initial value of the electric accessory release counter C4. Although details will be described later, there is a case where a lottery is performed to determine whether or not the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be in an open state, and the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be in an open state using the electric accessory release counter C4. Decide whether or not. For example, if C4 = 0 to 190, the electric accessory 89 is controlled to the open state, and if C4 = 191 to 250, the electric accessory 89 is not controlled to the open state. The value of the electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated and stored in the accessory reserve ball storage area of the main RAM 313 at the timing when the game ball passes through the through gate 85. It should be noted that the electric accessory release counter C4 is updated in step S203 in the timer interruption process, like the other counters.

  Next, the start winning process in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the present embodiment, after performing the processing of steps S301 to S304 in the above embodiment, the accessory holding counter acquisition processing of steps S305 to S308 is performed.

  In step S305, it is determined whether or not the game ball has passed through the through gate 85. If the game ball has passed through the through gate 85, the process proceeds to step S306, and whether or not the number of retained gate balls (hereinafter referred to as the number of accessory retained balls N2) is less than the upper limit (4 in the present embodiment). Determine. The process proceeds to step S307 on the condition that the game ball passes through the through gate 85 and that the number N2 of the reserved accessory balls is smaller than 4, and the number N2 of the reserved accessory balls is incremented by one. In the subsequent step S308, the value of the above-mentioned electric accessory release counter C4 is stored in the smallest storage area of the free storage areas of the accessory holding ball storage area of the main RAM 313. Specifically, in the accessory retaining ball storage area, the first area, the second area, the third area, the fourth area, and the execution area are provided, and when the game ball passes through the through gate 85, The value of the electric accessory release counter C4 is stored in the smallest numbered area in the first to fourth areas where no information is stored. If it is not determined in step S305 that the game ball has passed through the through gate 85, in step S306, if it is determined that the value of the reserved ball number N2 is the upper limit value, the value of the electric accessory release counter 4 is set. The start winning process is terminated without storing.

  Next, the opening / closing process of the electric accessory 89 performed in the second specific lamp unit control process of step S505 in the above embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS.

  First, in step S 3101, it is determined whether an open flag is present, that is, whether an open flag is set in an open flag storage area provided in the main RAM 313. The release flag is a flag that means that the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be in an open state. If the release flag is not set, the process advances to step S3102 to determine whether there is an release winning flag, that is, whether or not the opening winning flag is set in the opening winning flag storage area provided in the main RAM 313. . The open winning flag is a flag that means that a lottery for controlling the electric accessory 89 to the open state is won. If the release winning flag is not set, the process advances to step S3103 to determine whether or not the value of the accessory timer t2 is zero. The accessory timer t2 is a counter provided in the main RAM 313, and is used when controlling the electric accessory 89.

  If the value of the accessory timer t2 is 0 in step S3103, the process proceeds to step 3104, and whether or not the value of the accessory reservation ball storage area N2 is larger than 0, that is, in the accessory reservation ball storage area N2. Determine whether the value is stored. When a value is stored in the accessory holding ball storage area, the electric accessory release lottery process in steps S3105 to S3113 is performed.

  First, in step S3105, it is determined whether or not the gaming state is a frequency improvement state. If it is determined in step S3105 that the gaming state is the frequency improvement state, an open lottery is performed in step S3106. In the open lottery, the above-described electric accessory release counter C4 is used. Specifically, when the value stored in the accessory holding ball storage area is shifted and the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 shifted to the execution area is 0 to 190, the winning lottery is selected. Become. At the same time as the open lottery, 750 is set in the accessory timer t2.

  Note that the accessory timer t2 is subtracted at a cycle of 0.2 msec. That is, when 750 is set, it becomes 0 in 1.5 seconds. The shift of the value stored in the accessory retaining ball storage area is to shift the information stored in the accessory retaining ball storage area to the area one level lower. When the value of the first area is shifted, the value is shifted to the execution area.

  In step S3107, the value set in the accessory timer t2 and the lottery result of the open lottery are transmitted as commands to the display control device 325. The display control device 325 receives the command and performs a variable display as to whether or not to open the electric accessory 89 at the lower right end portion of the symbol display device 91. Specifically, during the variable display, the symbols that the shells are open and the symbols that the shells are closed are displayed alternately, and if the variable display stops when the open lottery is won, The opened symbol is stopped, and when the open lottery is not won, the symbol with the closed shellfish is stopped when the variable display is stopped.

  If the process of step S3107 is performed, it will progress to step S3108 and it will be determined whether the open lottery of step S3106 was winning. If the open lottery has been won, the open win flag is set in the open win flag storage area in step S3109, and 3 is set in the open count counter provided in the main RAM 313. The opening number counter is a counter used for counting the number of times that the electric accessory 89 has been opened. That is, when the open lottery is won in the frequency improvement state, the electric accessory 89 is released three times. If it is determined in step S3108 that the open lottery has not been won, or if the process of step S3109 is performed, the electric accessory release process ends.

  On the other hand, if it is not determined in step S3105 that the frequency has been improved, the process proceeds to step S3110. In step S3110, the open lottery is performed as in step S3106. Also, 14750 is set in the accessory timer t2. In step S3111, the result of the open lottery performed in step S3110 and the value set in the accessory timer t2 are transmitted to the display control device 325. If the process of step S3111 is performed, it will progress to step S3112, it will be determined whether the lottery result of step S3110 was winning, and when the said lottery result was winning, an open winning flag will be set in step S3113, Set 1 to the number-of-releases counter. For example, when the open lottery is won in the normal state, the electric accessory 89 is opened once.

  If the release winning flag is set in step S3102, the process proceeds to step S3114, and it is determined whether or not the value of the accessory timer t2 is zero. If the value of the accessory timer t2 is not 0, it means that the variable display as to whether or not to release the electric accessory 89 is being performed, and thus the accessory release processing is terminated. . If it is determined in step S3114 that the value of the accessory timer t2 is 0, the process advances to step S3115 to set the release flag in the release flag storage area provided in the main RAM 313 and clear the release winning flag. If the process of step S3115 is performed, the electric utility article release process is terminated.

  If the release flag is set in step S3101, the process proceeds to step S3116, and the electric accessory opening / closing process is performed. The electric accessory opening / closing process specifically controls the electric accessory 89 to an open state in which a game ball is easy to enter or a closed state in which a game ball is difficult to enter.

  This electric accessory opening / closing process will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

  First, in step S3201, it is determined whether or not the electric accessory 89 is being opened. Whether or not the electric accessory 89 is being opened is determined based on whether or not the electric accessory solenoid provided in the electric accessory 89 is in an excited state. When the electric accessory solenoid is excited, the electric accessory 89 is opened. If the electric accessory 89 is opened, the process proceeds to step S3202, and it is determined whether or not the value of the accessory timer t2 is zero. If the value of the accessory timer t2 is 0, the process proceeds to step S3203, a closing process for controlling the electric accessory 89 to the closed state is performed, and 250 is set in the accessory timer t2. If the accessory timer t2 is set, the process advances to step S3204 to decrement the value of the release counter by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3205, and it is determined whether or not the value of the release counter is zero. If the value of the release counter is 0, the process proceeds to step S3206, and the release flag is cleared. If the accessory timer t2 is not 0 in step S3202, if the release counter is not 0 in step S3205, or if the release flag is cleared in step S3206, the electric accessory opening / closing process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S3201 that the electric accessory 89 is not open, the process advances to step S3207 to determine whether or not the value of the accessory timer t2 is zero. In other words, the winning combination lottery is won in step S3106 and step S3110 in the electric accessory release processing, and whether or not the value of the accessory timer t2 set in each step is 0 or whether the electric accessory opening and closing is performed. It is determined whether or not the value of the accessory timer t2 set in step S3203 in the process is zero. If it is determined in step S3207 that the value of the accessory timer t2 is not 0, the electric accessory opening / closing process is terminated. If the value of the accessory timer t2 is 0, the process proceeds to step S3208, and an electric accessory release process for controlling the electric accessory 89 to the open state is performed.

  That is, when the open lottery is won in the frequency improvement state, 750 is set in the accessory timer t2, so that the electric accessory 89 becomes open after 1.5 seconds, but the open lottery in the normal state. Even if the winning combination is made, 14750 is set in the accessory timer t2, so that the electric accessory 89 is not opened until 29.5 seconds have elapsed. In addition, once the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be in the closed state, 250 is set in the accessory timer t2, and the electric accessory 89 is not controlled to be in the open state until the value becomes zero. Thereby, when the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be in the closed state, the closed state is maintained for at least 0.5 seconds.

  If the electric accessory 89 is controlled to the open state, the process proceeds to step S3209, and the gaming state is determined. If it is determined in step S3209 that the gaming state is the frequency improving state, 800 is set in the accessory timer t2 in step S3210, and if it is determined in step S3209 that the gaming state is not the frequency improving state. 100 is set in the accessory timer t2. That is, when the frequency is improved, the electric accessory 89 is maintained in the open state for 1.6 seconds, and when not in the frequency improved state, the electric accessory 89 is maintained in the open state for 0.2 seconds. Further, as described above, when the open lottery is won in the frequency improvement state, the electric combination 89 is released in 1.5 seconds, whereas in the normal state, the electric combination is not passed until 29.5 seconds. 89 is not released. Thereby, it can be said that it is easy for a game ball to enter the lower operation port 84b because the electric accessory 89 is set to be open for a long time in the frequency improvement state. When a value is set in the accessory timer t2 in step S3210 or step S3211, the electric accessory opening / closing process and the electric accessory releasing process are ended.

  Note that, as described in the first embodiment, the frequency improvement state is a predetermined number of games after the end of the jackpot state (the number of symbol variations displayed on the symbol display device 91) or until the next jackpot occurs. Although it continues, the frequency | count of a frequency improvement state is arbitrary. Furthermore, a high probability state in which the probability that a jackpot will occur is higher than the normal state as the frequency improvement state.

  Further, in parallel with the electric accessory release process, the main controller 162 performs the process of switching the color displayed on the second specific lamp unit 94 described above, and is elected for the open lottery of the electric accessory 89. Is displayed red after a predetermined time.

  Here, the state in which the electric accessory 89 is controlled to the open state or the closed state will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

  FIG. 64A shows a state in which the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be closed. In this case, the game ball can be entered only from almost directly above.

  FIG. 64B shows a state in which the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be in an open state. In this case, the angle at which the game ball can enter the lower operation port 84b is increased by the amount that the electric combination 89 is controlled to be open compared to the case where the electric combination 89 is controlled in the closed state. . As a result, when the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be in the open state, the game ball can be entered not only from directly above, but also from the upper left direction and the upper right direction.

  In the frequency improvement state, since the electric accessory 89 is controlled to be in an open state for a longer period than in the normal state, a game ball enters the lower operation port 84b in the frequency improvement state as compared with the normal state. It becomes easy.

  Here, the frequency of occurrence of entering the entering portion in each gaming state will be described.

  The variable winning device 83 enters the ball at a rate of about 1 per 1.5 seconds in the big hit state, and does not enter the ball in the normal state and in the frequency improved state. In addition, the lower operation port 84b enters at a rate of one per second in the frequency improvement state, and hardly enters in the normal state and the big hit state. In addition, regardless of the gaming state, the upper operating port 84a enters the ball at a rate of about 10 seconds. Furthermore, even if it is in any game state in the general winning opening 82, the ball is entered at a rate of about one in about 300 seconds. Since three general winning openings 82 are provided in the game area, when combined, one ball is entered at a rate of about 100 seconds. Thus, in the big hit state, the game ball easily enters the variable winning device 83, and in the frequency improved state, the game ball easily enters the lower operation port 84b. That is, in the big hit state, information is easily stored in the 15 prize ball counter area 361a, and in the improved frequency state, information is easily stored in the 4 prize ball counter area 361d. It should be noted that the rate at which game balls enter is not limited to the above, and it goes without saying that the rate at which the game balls enter may be set in any manner.

  As described above, in the frequency improvement state, it is easier for the game ball to enter the lower operation port 84b than in the normal state, and in the big hit state, it is easier for the game ball to enter the variable winning device 83. For example, if the game is continued in the frequency improvement state in spite of the payout error state, the number of unimplemented prize ball information stored in the four prize ball counter area 361c is 255 times or more. Therefore, it is conceivable that there will be a disadvantage to the player due to the game balls not being paid out. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a warning sound is given to the player so that the game is interrupted when the number of unimplemented prize ball information is stored in the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d more than a predetermined number of times. generate. A specific process for generating a warning sound will be described in detail with reference to FIGS.

  First, reading processing by the CPU 312 of the main control board 301 in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

  In the present embodiment, unlike the above-described embodiments, after performing the information determination process in step S608, the process proceeds to step S609, and a prize ball information storage number confirmation process is performed. When the prize ball information storage number confirmation process is performed, the reading process is terminated.

  Here, the prize ball information storage number confirmation processing will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

  First, in step S3301, it is determined whether or not there is a warning state. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a warning flag is set in a warning flag storage area provided in the main RAM 313. If the warning flag is not set, the process advances to step S3302 to determine whether or not the value of the 15 prize ball counter area 361a is greater than 150. If it is determined in step S3302 that the value is 150 or less, the process advances to step S3303 to determine whether or not the value of the four prize ball counter area 361c is greater than 150. If it is determined in step S3303 that the value is 150 or less, the process advances to step S3304 to determine whether or not the value of the three prize ball counter area 361d is greater than 150. If it is determined in step S3304 that the value is 150 or less, the process advances to step S3305 to determine whether or not the value of the ten award ball counter area 361b is larger than 150. If it is determined in step S3305 that it is 150 or less, the award ball information storage number confirmation process is terminated. Whether or not the value is larger than 150 in steps S3302 to S3305 is determined based on whether or not the value input to each of the counter areas 361a to 361d is larger than “10010110”.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in any of steps S3302 to S3305 that it is greater than 150 (YES in any of steps S3302 to S3305), the process proceeds to step S3306 to set a warning flag in the warning flag storage area and Perform sound generation processing. Specifically, a warning sound generation command is transmitted to the sound lamp control board 324 in the warning sound generation process. Upon receiving the warning sound generation command, the voice lamp control board 324 generates a warning sound from the speaker unit 26 (in this embodiment, a voice indicating that the abnormality is to be eliminated is generated). In the present embodiment, if the value stored in any one of the winning ball counter areas 361a to 361d is larger than 150, if the game is continued as it is, any of the winning ball counter areas 361a to 361d It is determined that there is a high possibility that the stored value becomes 255 (the values of the counter areas 361a to 361d are “11111111”), and a warning sound is generated.

  If it is determined in step S3301 that there is a warning state, the process advances to step S3307 to determine whether or not the value of the 15 prize ball counter area 361a is less than 100. If it is determined in step S3307 that the value is less than 100, the process advances to step S3308 to determine whether or not the value of the 4-prize ball counter area 361c is less than 100. If it is determined in step S3308 that the value is less than 100, the process advances to step S3309 to determine whether or not the value of the three prize ball counter area 361d is less than 100. If it is determined in step S3309 that the value is less than 100, the process advances to step S3310 to determine whether or not the value of the ten award ball counter area 361b is less than 100. If it is determined in step S3310 that the number is less than 100, the process proceeds to step S3311, where the warning flag stored in the warning flag storage area is cleared and a warning sound stop process is performed. Specifically, a warning sound stop command is transmitted to the sound lamp control board 324 in the warning sound stop process. The sound lamp control board 324 stops the warning sound generated from the speaker unit 26 by receiving the warning sound stop command. In the present embodiment, once the warning state is reached, it is determined that the warning state has been released when the value stored in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is less than 100, and a warning sound is generated. Will stop. Whether or not the value is smaller than 100 in steps S3302 to S3305 is determined based on whether or not the value input to each of the counter areas 361a to 361d is larger than “1100100”.

  On the other hand, if it is determined at any of step S3307 to step S3310 that the number is 100 or more (any of step S3307 to step S3310 is NO), it is determined that the warning state continues, and the number of winning ball information stored as it is. The confirmation process ends.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  When a prize ball command is output, when no prize ball information is stored in the 15 prize ball counter area 361a to pay out game balls, four prize ball commands are given priority after the 15 prize ball commands. It was set as the structure output. The four award ball commands are output based on a game ball entering the lower operation port 84b, and are the most easily award ball commands that are output in the improved frequency state. For example, in the case of a gaming machine in which four prize ball commands are not output preferentially, in the frequency improvement state, before the four prize ball commands are output, a game ball enters the lower operation port 84b a plurality of times. Therefore, it is conceivable that the prize ball information stored in the four prize ball counter area 361c increases. In this case, it is conceivable that the unexecuted count counted in the four award ball counter areas 361c is 255 times. If a game ball enters the lower operation port 84b when the number of unexecuted times is 255, the game ball is not paid out due to the game ball entering the lower operation port 84b, or four prize balls It is conceivable that the value of the counter area 361c may become 0, and a disadvantage may occur to the player. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the four prize ball commands are output preferentially, so the number of unexecuted times counted in the four prize ball counter area 361c is 255 times. Can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, although the upper operating port 84a is always in a state where it is possible to enter a ball, there is no member supporting the winning as in the lower operating port 84b, and the variable winning device 83 and the electric accessory 89 are in an open state. In this case, the number of balls entered per unit time is smaller in the upper operating port 84a than in the variable winning device 83 and the lower operating port 84b. Furthermore, although the general winning opening 82 is always in a state where a winning is possible, the nail 88 is more difficult to win than the upper operation opening 84a. The ball command is output with priority, and 10 award ball commands are output next to the 3 award ball commands. In this way, the prize ball command based on entering the entrance part that is difficult to enter has a lower priority than the prize ball command based on entering the entrance part that is easy to enter Therefore, it becomes possible to pay out the game balls satisfactorily.

  As described above, the priority order is set in the order in which the winning ball commands are output, so that the game balls can be paid out as compared with the configuration in which the winning ball commands are output in the order in which the balls have entered the pitching portion. It is possible to perform well.

  The prize ball counter area 361 counts the prize ball information entered by the game balls in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d provided corresponding to each entry part, so the information is rewritten by noise or the like. Can diversify the risk of being lost. Therefore, it is desirable to store more information in the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d than in the prize ball number counter area 374. In the present embodiment, if the winning ball permission state is not set, no new winning ball command is output and the winning ball number information is not added to the winning ball number storage area 374, whereas in the winning ball counter area 361, When a game ball enters the entrance part, new prize ball information is stored. Therefore, it is possible to store more information in the prize ball counter area 361 than in the prize ball number counter area.

  Also, information corresponding to one prize ball information was output by one output command. Thus, the maximum value of the unpaid prize ball number information stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is the sum of the maximum number of prize balls output by one output command added to the permitted reference number. Become. In addition, the permitted reference number is equal to or less than the prize ball number information output by one prize ball command (in this embodiment, “3” in decimal). As a result, even if noise is generated in the winning ball number storage area 374, the influence can be minimized.

  When the number of unexecuted times counted in any one of the prize ball counter areas 361 to 361d is more than 150, a warning sound is generated to inform that the prize ball information has reached the reference information amount. . If the number of unexecuted times counted in the four award ball counter area 361c is 255, and a game ball enters the lower operation port 84b, a game ball enters the lower operation port 84b. It is conceivable that a disadvantage may occur in the player, such as not paying out game media corresponding to this. However, according to the above embodiment, a warning sound is generated when the number of unexecuted times counted in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is greater than 150. Thereby, it is possible to prompt the player to deal with the disadvantage so that the disadvantage does not occur, and the occurrence of the disadvantage can be suppressed.

  In addition, for example, when an abnormality occurs with respect to the payout of the game ball and it is possible to play the game but the game ball is not paid out, each prize ball counter is not output without outputting the prize ball command. It is conceivable that the number of unexecuted times counted in the areas 361a to 361d increases. In this case, the amount of information stored in each of the counter areas 361a to 361d becomes enormous, and when the stored number of unexecuted times is 255, a game is entered in the ball-entry unit corresponding to the counter area. It is also possible that a ball enters. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since a warning sound is generated even in this case, it is possible to prompt the player to deal with the above disadvantage.

  Further, once the warning sound is generated, the warning sound is continuously generated until the number of unexecuted times counted in the counter areas 361a to 361d becomes less than 100 times. That is, the amount of information for starting the generation of the warning sound and the amount of information for canceling the generation of the warning sound are set so that the amount of information for canceling the generation of the warning sound is smaller than the information amount for starting the generation of the warning sound. Provided separately. If the number of unexecuted times is 150 or more, the teaching is started, and if it is less than 150, the warning sound is released. However, when the number of unexecuted times is immediately 150, the generation of the warning sound is started again. In this case, the start of the warning sound and the release of the warning sound are repeatedly performed, and it is considered that an extra processing load is applied to the gaming machine. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the warning sound is started when the number of unexecuted times is larger than 150 times, and the warning sound is not canceled until the number of unexecuted times becomes less than 100 times. It is possible to prevent the start and the release of the warning sound from occurring continuously.

  A general winning port 82, a variable winning device 83, an upper operating port 84a and a lower operating port 84b are provided, and provided when a game ball enters each of the entering parts, corresponding to each entering part. The prize ball information that the game balls entered into each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is counted. As a result, even if any prize ball information in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is erased due to the influence of noise or the like, the other prize ball counter areas are not affected. It is possible to disperse the risk of winning ball information being erased due to influence.

  The main control board 302 of the main control device 162 and the payout control board 322 of the payout control device 242 perform control related to payout of game balls. Further, by providing the counter areas 361 and 376 in the control devices 162 and 242 respectively, even if noise occurs in one of the control devices and information is rewritten, the influence is suppressed in the one counter area. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the effect of dispersing the risk that information is rewritten due to the occurrence of noise or the like.

  When a prize ball command is output, if prize ball information is counted in the 15 prize ball counter area 361a, the 15 prize ball commands are output with the highest priority. When 15 prize ball commands are output, the 15 game balls with the largest number of game balls to be paid out by one prize ball command in the present embodiment are paid out. If a large amount of unsuccessful prize ball information is stored in the 15 prize ball counter area 361a, if the information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, the influence will be great. . On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since 15 prize ball commands with a lot of game balls being paid out are output preferentially, a large amount of unfinished prize ball information is stored in the 15 prize ball counter area 361a. It can suppress being memorized. As a result, even if the information counted in the 15 prize ball counter areas 361a is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, the influence can be minimized.

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of each embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows.

  (1) In each of the above embodiments, a prize ball permission signal, which is a HI level signal, is output from the payout side CPU 331 to the main CPU 311 in the output permitted state of the prize ball command in the payout side CPU 331, and a prize is given in the output unpermitted state. Although the output of the ball permission signal is stopped and the LOW level signal is output, if the main CPU 311 can specify whether the payout CPU 331 is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state, The output mode of the ball permission signal is not limited to the above. For example, a LOW level signal may be output in an output permission state, and an HI level signal may be output in a payout disapproval state. Further, the payout side CPU 331 may output an ON signal to the main side CPU 311 in the output permission state, and stop the output in the output non-permission state. On the contrary, the payout CPU 331 may output an ON signal to the main CPU 311 in the output non-permitted state and stop the output in the output permitted state.

  (2) In each of the above-described embodiments, the reference number of permission that triggers switching from the output non-permission state of the prize ball permission signal to the output permission state is set to “3”, but is not limited thereto. For example, the permission reference number may be “0”. In this case, although the payout of game balls may be discontinuous, even if the power to the pachinko machine 10 is shut off in a situation where there are a large number of unpaid prize balls, the prizes that are erased at that time It is possible to reduce the number of balls as much as possible.

  Further, the permission reference number may be four or more, which is larger than the number of three prize balls, which is the minimum unit of the number of prize balls for one winning. Further, the permission reference number may be a number that is two or more more than the switching reference number that becomes a switching trigger when the payout speed of the payout device 224 is switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle. However, from the viewpoint of reducing the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 as much as possible, the configuration in the above embodiment is preferable.

  (3) In each of the above embodiments, the prize ball command includes information on the number of prize balls corresponding to a single prize, but this may be changed. For example, one prize ball command may include information on the sum of the number of prize balls corresponding to two or three pieces of winning information at maximum. Even in this configuration, the prize ball command includes information on the number of prize balls corresponding to some but not all of the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313. A part of the number of unpaid prize balls is stored in the payout RAM 333 and the other is stored in the main RAM 313.

  Further, for example, the main side RAM 313 stores the prize ball information as information on the total number of prize balls, and the prize ball command includes the number of prize balls equal to or less than a predetermined number of output units among the information on the number of prize balls. The information may be included. In other words, in a configuration in which the number of output units is 15, and the total number of prize balls stored in the main RAM 313 is 100, 15 prize balls are output every time one prize ball command is output. The information is output, and when the seventh prize ball command is outputted, the information of the remaining ten prize balls is outputted. Even in this configuration, a part of the number of unpaid prize balls is stored in the payout RAM 333 and the other is stored in the main RAM 313.

  However, as in the above-described embodiments, in the configuration in which the prize ball information is stored separately for each winning prize with a different number of prize balls in the prize ball counter area 361 of the main RAM 313, there is a risk of electrical noise. Distributed. That is, in the configuration in which the main RAM 313 stores the total number of winning balls, if the stored area is rewritten due to the influence of electrical noise or the like, the total number of winning balls is affected. However, according to the configuration of the above embodiment, for example, even if the three prize ball counter area 361d is rewritten, the possibility that it reaches the 15 prize ball counter area 361a is reduced. The

  (4) In each of the above embodiments, the payout speed of the payout device 224 is increased when the game balls are paid out and the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the payout RAM 333 reaches the switching reference number. Although the configuration is such that the normal cycle is switched to the low-speed cycle, the payout speed may not be switched.

  Further, by setting the first low speed cycle and the second low speed cycle lower than the first low speed cycle as the payout speed of the payout device 224, the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 reaches the permitted reference number. It is good also as a structure which switches to a 2nd low speed period by switching to a 1st low speed period and reaching the switching reference number.

  (5) In each of the above embodiments, the payout device 224 is switched when the game balls are paid out and the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the payout side RAM 333 reaches the switching reference number. The payout speed is the same as the payout speed of the payout device 224 that is switched in the previous stage in which the lower tray 34 is specified as being full and in the previous stage in which the tank 221 is specified as being free of balls. However, it is not limited to this. For example, a first low-speed cycle and a second low-speed cycle lower than the first low-speed cycle are set as the payout speed of the payout device 224. When the number of award balls reaches the switching reference number, the first low-speed cycle is switched. It may be configured to switch to the second low speed cycle in the previous stage in which 34 is specified as being full and in the previous stage in which the tank 221 is specified as having no ball.

  (6) In each of the above-described embodiments, when the output of the prize ball permission signal is started in a situation where the prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313, the payout of one game ball is completed. Although the prize ball command is output at the timing and the number of prize balls is added to the payout side RAM 333, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when the output of a winning ball permission signal is started in a situation where the winning ball information is stored in the main RAM 313, a winning ball command is output at the timing after the payout of one gaming ball is completed. In addition, the number of prize balls may be added to the payout RAM 333. In this case, a case where the normal period of the payout device 224 is set shorter than that in the above embodiment is conceivable. However, even in this configuration, the prize ball command is output and the number of prize balls is added to the payout side RAM 333 at the timing before the payout of the permitted reference number stored in the payout side RAM 333 is completed. It is preferable to adopt a configuration. By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the dispensation of the game ball from being discontinuous even though the prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313.

  (7) In each of the above embodiments, when the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 becomes the permission reference number and the output of the prize ball permission signal is started, a prize ball command is output from the main CPU 311. The output of the winning ball permission signal is stopped when the number of winning balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 exceeds the permitted reference number, but this may be changed. For example, the payout side CPU 331 may stop outputting the prize ball permission signal at the timing when a prize ball command is input from the main side CPU 311. In this case, the timing for stopping the output of the winning ball permission signal can be made earlier than in the above embodiment.

  However, in this configuration, even if the prize ball command cannot be analyzed due to electrical noise during transmission, etc., the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped. Then, the output start and output stop of the prize ball permission signal are repeated, and there is a possibility that the timing at which the number of prize balls is added to the payout side RAM 333 may be delayed. In this regard, as in the above embodiment, when a prize ball command is output from the main CPU 311 and the number of prize balls stored in the payout side RAM 333 exceeds the permitted reference number, the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped. Thus, the inconvenience as described above does not occur.

  (8) In each of the above embodiments, when the main CPU 311 specifies whether or not the payout side CPU 331 is in the output permission state based on the input of the prize ball permission signal, a prize ball permission counter area provided in the main side RAM 313. The output permission reference period is measured using 365, but this may be changed. For example, the main control board 301 may be provided with a real-time clock, and the output permission reference period may be measured using the real-time clock. Moreover, you may apply the structure of the winning determination of the various ball | bowl detection sensors 152-155 in the said embodiment.

  (9) In each of the above embodiments, the prize ball permission signal is input to the same first input port 351 as the various ball detection sensors 152 to 155, but instead, the same as the front door frame opening switch 78 and the like. You may make it input into the 2nd input port 352. FIG. Alternatively, the main CPU 311 may be provided with an input port dedicated to a prize ball permission signal, and the prize ball permission signal may be input to the input port.

  (10) In each of the above embodiments, the output of the award ball permission signal is stopped in a predetermined restriction situation such as the full state of the lower plate 34 or the absence of the ball of the tank 221. A configuration may be adopted in which the output of the winning ball permission signal is not stopped even in a restricted situation. However, in order to minimize the number of prize balls that are erased when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off, it is preferable to stop outputting the prize ball permission signal in a predetermined limit situation as in the above embodiment. .

  (11) In each of the above embodiments, the configuration is such that the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped when the front door frame 14 is in the open state, but instead the prize ball is received even when the front door frame 14 is in the open state. It is good also as a structure which does not stop the output of a permission signal. Even in this configuration, in the main CPU 311, the output of the prize ball command is not permitted when the front door frame 14 is open. Further, a signal from the front door frame opening switch 78 may be input also at the payout side CPU 331.

  (12) In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of payout devices 224 may be provided side by side, and a plurality of game balls may be paid out simultaneously. In this configuration, the payout speed of the payout device 224 is not switched from the normal cycle to the low speed cycle when the number of prize balls in the payout RAM 333 reaches the permitted reference number in a situation where the prize ball information is stored in the main RAM 313. In order to do so, it is necessary to make the difference of the switching reference number with respect to the permission reference number larger than in the above embodiment.

  (13) In each of the above embodiments, the main RAM 313 may be provided with a prize ball ring buffer (individual storage means) instead of the prize ball counter area 361. The ring buffer for prize balls has a plurality of (for example, 255) storage areas for individually storing one prize ball information for one prize. Further, a reading pointer (reading specifying means) and a reading pointer (reading specifying means) are set in the award ball ring buffer. Then, based on the read pointer, the prize ball information is stored with regularity in the plurality of storage areas, and when the prize ball information is stored in all the storage areas, the prize ball information is returned to the first storage area. Is configured to be updated. Further, based on the read pointer, the prize ball information stored in each storage area is read out from each storage area with regularity.

  (14) In each of the above-described embodiments, the prize ball information corresponding to the prize is added each time a prize is generated and the prize ball information is stored every time a prize ball command is output. The prize ball information corresponding to the command is subtracted, but if the prize ball information can be specified by the main CPU 311, the relationship between the addition and the subtraction may be reversed.

  In addition, regarding the storage of information on the number of prize balls in the payout side RAM 333, the number of prize balls corresponding to the prize ball command is added based on the input of the prize ball command, and the number of prize balls is calculated each time a game ball is paid out. Although the subtracting configuration is adopted, if the payout-side CPU 331 can specify the information on the number of prize balls, the relationship between the addition and the subtraction may be reversed.

  (15) In each of the above embodiments, a payout permission flag storage area (payout permission information storage means) is provided in the payout side RAM 333, and a payout permission flag (payout permission information) is stored in the payout permission flag storage area. It may be configured that the game ball is paid out only during the game. In this case, when the power source is turned on, a payout permission command is output from the main CPU 311 to the payout side CPU 331 so that the payout side CPU 331 stores the payout permission flag. This prevents, for example, the start of paying out a rental ball at the stage where the startup processing of the main CPU 311 is not completed.

  (16) In each of the above embodiments, when the payout side CPU 331 inputs a prize ball command from the main side CPU 311, it may output an input completion signal to the main side CPU 311. In this case, the main CPU 311 can specify that the winning ball command has been normally input to the payout CPU 331. In addition, the main CPU 311 may be configured to execute a subtraction process for prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 by inputting the input completion signal. In this case, even if the prize ball command is rewritten due to electrical noise or the like during transmission, the prize ball information for the prize ball command is prevented from being erased without being paid out.

  (17) In the first embodiment or the like, when the detection result of the front door frame opening switch 78 is input to the payout control board 322 and the front door frame 14 is opened and the power is turned on, While the standby process is being executed in the main process of the main CPU 311, the payout side CPU 331 may stop outputting the prize ball permission signal. Even in this configuration, even if the power is turned on and off repeatedly when the front door frame 14 is opened, the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 is not executed without paying out the game balls. It can prevent being erased repeatedly.

  (18) In the first embodiment, etc., the detection result of the full tank detection sensor 59 and the detection result of the ball non-detection sensor 223a are input to the main control board 301, and the power is turned on in a predetermined restricted situation. In this case, the main CPU 311 may specify that the payout side CPU 331 is in the predetermined restriction state before specifying that the payout side CPU 331 is in the output permission state. Even in this configuration, even when the power is turned on and off repeatedly in a predetermined restriction situation, the winning ball information stored in the main RAM 313 is repeatedly erased without executing the game ball payout. Can be prevented.

  (19) In the first embodiment and the like, even if the power is turned on and off repeatedly in the open state of the front door frame 14, the game ball is not paid out and stored in the main RAM 313. A configuration for preventing the prize ball information being deleted from being repeatedly erased may be applied to the main body frame 13. As a result, even when the power is turned on and off repeatedly while the main body frame 13 is open, the winning ball information stored in the main RAM 313 is repeatedly erased without the game balls being paid out. Can be prevented.

  (20) In the first embodiment, etc., even if the period during which the full side detection signal is continuously input from the full side detection sensor 59 in the payout side CPU 331 reaches the second full tank specific reference period. The payout speed of the payout device 224 may not be changed to a low speed cycle. Even in this configuration, by stopping the output of the winning ball permission signal by reaching the second full tank specific reference period, it is possible to prevent the main standby period from becoming extremely long, while maintaining a predetermined limit situation. When the power is turned on and off repeatedly, the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 can be prevented from being erased repeatedly.

  Moreover, it is good also as a structure which stops the output of a prize ball permission signal, when the 1st full tank specific reference period is reached, without setting a 2nd full tank specific reference period. However, in this configuration, in order to prevent the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 from being erased repeatedly when the power is turned on and off repeatedly in a predetermined restriction situation, It is necessary to secure the side standby period longer than that in the first embodiment.

  In addition to the first full tank specific reference period and the second full tank specific reference period, a third full tank specific reference period shorter than the second full tank specific reference period may be set. Then, when the period during which the full tank detection signal is continuously input reaches the third full tank specific reference period, the output of the winning ball permission signal may be stopped. In this configuration, the main standby period can be made shorter than that in the first embodiment.

  In the configuration in which both the first full tank specific reference period and the second full tank specific reference period are set as in the first embodiment, when the power is turned on in the full state of the lower plate 34. If the second full tank specific reference period is set so that the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped while the main standby process is being executed, these specific periods are arbitrary. .

  (21) In the first embodiment and the like, even if the period during which the payout-side CPU 331 continuously inputs the ball non-detection signal from the ball non-detection sensor 223a reaches the second ball non-specific reference period. The payout speed of the payout device 224 may not be changed to a low speed cycle. Even in this configuration, by stopping the output of the winning ball permission signal when the second ball unspecified reference period is reached, it is possible to prevent the main standby period from becoming extremely long while maintaining a predetermined limit situation. When the power is turned on and off repeatedly, the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 can be prevented from being erased repeatedly.

  Moreover, it is good also as a structure which stops the output of a prize ball permission signal, when the 1st ball | bowl unspecified reference | standard period is reached, without setting a 2nd ball | bowl unspecified reference | standard period. However, in this configuration, in order to prevent the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 from being erased repeatedly when the power is turned on and off repeatedly in a predetermined restriction situation, It is necessary to secure the side standby period longer than that in the first embodiment.

  In addition to the first sphere unspecified reference period and the second sphere unspecified reference period, a third sphere unspecified reference period shorter than the second sphere unspecified reference period may be set. Then, when the period in which the ball non-detection signal is continuously input reaches the third ball non-specific reference period, the output of the prize ball permission signal may be stopped. In this configuration, the main standby period can be made shorter than that in the first embodiment.

  In addition, in the configuration in which both the first sphere unspecified reference period and the second sphere unspecified reference period are set as in the first embodiment, when power is turned on without the sphere of the tank 221, If the second ball non-specific reference period is set so that the output of the prize ball permission signal is stopped while the main standby process is being executed, the specific period is arbitrary.

  (22) In the first embodiment or the like, when the power is turned on, the front door frame opening switch 78 inputs the front door frame opening signal to immediately set the prize ball command output prohibited state. It is good also as composition to do. In this case, although there is a possibility that the output of the prize ball command is prohibited due to noise or the like, the main-side RAM 313 is used when the power is turned on and off repeatedly while the front door frame 14 is opened. It is possible to prevent the award ball information stored in the memory from being repeatedly erased.

  (23) In the first embodiment or the like, when the power is turned on, the output of the winning ball permission signal is immediately stopped by inputting the full tank detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 59. Also good. In this case, although there is a possibility that the output of the winning ball permission signal may be stopped due to noise or the like, when the power is turned on and off repeatedly in the full state of the lower plate 34, It is possible to prevent the stored prize ball information from being erased repeatedly.

  (24) In the first embodiment or the like, when the power is turned on, the output of the winning ball permission signal is immediately stopped by inputting the ball non-detection signal from the ball non-detection sensor 223a. Also good. In this case, although the output of the winning ball permission signal may be stopped due to noise or the like, it is stored in the main RAM 313 when the power is turned on and off repeatedly without the ball of the tank 221. It is possible to prevent the awarded ball information from being erased repeatedly.

  (25) As in the second embodiment, by using the non-permission flag, the prize ball information stored in the main RAM 313 is erased when the power is turned on and off repeatedly. A configuration for preventing this may be applied to the payout side CPU 331. Specifically, in the main process of the payout side CPU 331, the non-permission flag is stored in the non-permission flag storage area of the payout side RAM 333. While the non-permission flag is stored, the output of the winning ball permission signal is prohibited. For example, the detection result of the operation detecting means for detecting that the game ball launching handle 41 is operated is input to the payout side CPU 331, and the game ball launching handle 41 is operated from the operation detecting means in the payout side CPU 331. When the detection result indicating that the image is detected is input, the non-permission flag is deleted.

  As described above, according to the present configuration, when the power is turned on, the disapproval flag is stored in the payout-side RAM 333, so that no prize ball permission signal is output. Even if ball information is stored, no prize ball command is output. The state where the output of the prize ball permission signal is prohibited is maintained until the game ball launch handle 41 is operated after the power is turned on. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the winning ball information stored in the main RAM 313 from being erased without executing the game ball payout when the power is turned on and off repeatedly. .

  (26) When the front door frame 14 is opened and the power is turned on and the output of the prize ball command is prohibited, the release condition may be different from that of the first embodiment. For example, the release condition may be that a winning occurs or the game ball launch handle 41 is operated.

  In addition, when the power is turned on while the lower plate 34 is full and the output of the prize ball command is prohibited, the cancellation condition may be different from that in the first embodiment. For example, the release condition may be that a winning occurs or the game ball launch handle 41 is operated.

  In addition, when the tank 221 is turned on without a ball and the output of a prize ball command is prohibited, the cancellation condition may be different from that in the first embodiment. For example, the release condition may be that a winning occurs or the game ball launch handle 41 is operated.

  (27) In the first embodiment and the like, the output of the prize ball permission signal from the payout side CPU 331 may not be stopped when the standby process in step S402 is completed in the main process of the main side CPU 311. A standby period for the standby process may be set. However, in the case of this configuration, a predetermined limit is set by setting the standby period so that the output of the prize ball permission signal from the payout side CPU 331 is stopped before the output permission reference period elapses after the standby process. It is possible to prevent the prize ball command from being output when the power is turned on in some circumstances.

  (28) In each of the above embodiments, when prize ball number information corresponding to the upper limit prize ball number is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the payout side RAM 333, the second full tank specific reference period has elapsed. Although a part of the number of prize balls is paid out before the first full tank specific reference period elapses after that, it is possible to change this.

  For example, even if the prize ball number information corresponding to the upper limit prize ball number is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the payout side RAM 333, the second full tank specific reference period (second limit reference period) A configuration may be adopted in which all of the number of prize balls is paid out after the elapse of time until the first full tank specific reference period (first restriction reference period) elapses.

  As a specific configuration for realizing this configuration, for example, the driving speed of the dispensing device 224 may not be changed to a low speed cycle after the second full tank specific reference period has elapsed, but a normal cycle may be maintained. However, in each of the above embodiments, the upper limit number of winning balls is “18”, the normal period is 60 msec, and the difference between the first full tank specific reference period and the second full tank specific reference period is 900 msec. If this is the case, all of the maximum number of winning balls will not be paid out. Therefore, the normal cycle is made faster than the first embodiment, the second full tank specific reference period is made shorter than the first embodiment, or the first full tank specific reference period is set to the first full period. It is necessary to make at least one modification that is longer than that of the embodiment.

  Similarly to the first embodiment, in the configuration in which the drive speed of the dispensing device 224 is changed to the low speed cycle after the second full tank specific reference period has elapsed, after the second full tank specific reference period has elapsed. Setting the payout speed of the payout device 224, or specifying the first full tank specific reference period and the second full tank so that all the upper limit prize balls are paid out before the first full tank specific reference period elapses It is necessary to set at least one of the period between the reference period.

  As described above, even if the award ball number information corresponding to the upper limit award ball number is stored in the award ball number storage area 374 of the payout side RAM 333, In the case where all the prize balls are paid out until the 1 full tank specific reference period elapses, when the lower plate 34 is in a full state and the payout of the game balls is stopped, It is possible to complete the payout of the number of game balls corresponding to the prize ball number information stored in the payout side RAM 333 at the stage before the ball payout is stopped. Therefore, when the power is cut off when the lower plate 34 is full, the possibility that the prize ball number information is erased without being paid out is reduced.

  Note that the present invention is not limited to the above configuration, and no game balls may be paid out after the second full tank specific reference period elapses until the first full tank specific reference period elapses. Good. For example, this can be realized by setting the low-speed cycle of the payout device 224 to a cycle slower than that of the first embodiment.

  (29) In each of the above-described embodiments, when the award ball number information corresponding to the upper limit award ball number is stored in the award ball number storage area 374 of the payout side RAM 333, the second ball unspecified reference period has elapsed. Although a part of the number of prize balls is paid out after the first ball unspecified reference period elapses later, all of the prize balls are not paid out, but this may be changed.

  For example, even if the prize ball number information corresponding to the upper limit prize ball number is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 of the payout side RAM 333, the second ball unspecified reference period (second limit reference period) is stored. It is good also as a structure by which all the number of prize balls is paid out after the elapse of time until the first unspecified ball reference period (first restriction reference period) elapses.

  As a specific configuration for realizing the configuration, for example, the driving speed of the dispensing device 224 may not be changed to the low speed cycle after the second non-ball specified reference period, but the normal cycle may be maintained. In each of the above embodiments, the upper limit number of balls is “18”, the normal cycle is 60 msec, and the difference between the first ball unspecified reference period and the second ball unspecified reference period is 9000 msec. All the upper limit prize balls are paid out after the elapse of the two-ball unspecified reference period and before the first ball unspecified reference period elapses.

  Similarly to the first embodiment, in the configuration in which the driving speed of the dispensing device 224 is changed to the low speed cycle after the second sphere unspecified reference period has elapsed, after the second sphere unspecified reference period has elapsed. The setting of the payout speed of the payout device 224 or the first ball unspecified reference period and the second ball unspecified so that all of the upper limit prize balls are paid out until the first ball unspecified reference period elapses. It is necessary to set at least one of the period between the reference period.

  As described above, even if the award ball number information corresponding to the upper limit award ball number is stored in the award ball number storage area 374 of the payout side RAM 333, In the case where all the prize balls are paid out until the one-ball unspecified reference period elapses, the tank 221 is in a no-ball state and the payout of the game balls is stopped. The payout of the number of game balls corresponding to the prize ball number information stored in the payout side RAM 333 can be completed before the payout of the game is stopped. Therefore, when the power supply is cut off without the ball of the tank 221, the possibility that the winning ball number information is erased without being paid out is reduced.

  Note that the present invention is not limited to the above-described configuration, and no gaming balls may be paid out after the second ball unspecified reference period elapses until the first ball unspecified reference period elapses. Good. For example, this can be realized by setting the low-speed cycle of the payout device 224 to a cycle slower than that of the first embodiment.

  (30) In each of the embodiments described above, when the front door frame 14 is in an open state, the prize ball command is not output at a timing before the game ball payout from the payout device 224 is stopped. It is good also as a structure regulated by. Specifically, when the period during which the front door frame opening signal is continuously input from the front door frame opening switch 78 (opening detection continuing period) reaches the first opening specific reference period (for example, 500 msec). By outputting a front door frame opening command to the payout side CPU 331, the payout of the game ball is stopped, and the second opening specific reference period (for example, 100 msec) in which the opening detection continuation period is shorter than the first opening specific reference period. The prize ball command is restricted from being output when the value reaches As a result, when the front door frame 14 is in an open state and the payout of the game ball is stopped, the prize ball command can be restricted from being output at a relatively early stage, and the payout of the game ball is stopped. It is possible to reliably prevent the prize ball command from being output in the situation where

  Further, in the configuration, when prize ball number information corresponding to the upper limit prize ball number is stored in the prize ball storage area 374 of the payout-side RAM 333, the first release specification after the second release specification reference period has elapsed. The upper limit prize ball number may not be paid out until the reference period elapses, or only a part of the upper limit prize ball number may be paid out. A configuration may be used. However, by adopting a configuration in which all of the upper limit prize balls are paid out, the possibility that the prize ball number information will be erased without being paid out when the power is cut off with the front door frame 14 open is reduced. Is done.

  In the above configuration, if the input of the front door frame opening signal from the front door frame opening switch 78 is stopped in the situation where the first opening specific reference period has elapsed and the payout of the game ball is stopped, Based on the fact that the state has reached the first non-restricted reference period (for example, 1 sec), the restricted state may be canceled so that the prize ball command is not output. Further, when the input of the front door frame opening signal from the front door frame opening switch 78 is stopped in the situation where the second opening specific reference period has passed but the first opening specific reference period has not passed, It may be configured to release the restricted state so that a prize ball command is not output immediately or based on the elapse of a second non-limiting reference period (for example, 500 msec) shorter than the first non-limiting reference period. .

  The configuration related to opening the front door frame 14 as described above may be applied to the configuration related to opening the main body frame 13.

  (31) In each of the above embodiments, when the lower plate 34 is in a full tank state, after the second full tank specific reference period elapses until the first full tank specific reference period elapses. When the input of the full tank detection signal is stopped, the state in which the prize ball permission signal is not output is not immediately released, but the second full tank shorter than the full tank release specific reference period. After the specific reference period has elapsed, the restricted state may be canceled so that the prize ball permission signal is not output. In this case, when the input of the full tank detection signal is stopped due to noise or the like, the possibility that the state where the prize ball permission signal is restricted so as not to be output is released is reduced. Even in this configuration, if the input of the full tank detection signal is stopped after the second full tank specific reference period elapses until the first full tank specific reference period elapses, the full tank release specific is specified. It is not necessary to wait for the reference period to elapse and the state where the prize ball permission signal is not output is released, so the period during which the output of the prize ball command is restricted will not become extremely long. can do.

  In addition, you may apply the structure which cancels | releases the state controlled so that such a prize ball permission signal may not be output regarding the state without a ball of the tank 221. On the other hand, the state in which the prize ball permission signal is not output regarding the absence of the ball of the tank 221 in the first embodiment may be applied to the full state of the lower plate 34.

  (32) In each of the above embodiments, when a predetermined restriction situation such as the full state of the lower plate 34 or the absence of a ball of the tank 221 occurs, the driving speed of the dispensing device 224 may not be changed to a low speed cycle. . Further, in a configuration in which the driving speed of the payout device 224 is changed to a low speed cycle when a predetermined restriction situation occurs, the timing at which the prize ball permission signal is not output and the driving speed of the payout device 224 May be different from the timing at which is changed to the low speed cycle. Furthermore, the timing for releasing the state in which the prize ball permission signal is not output may be different from the timing for returning the driving speed of the payout device 224 to the normal period.

  (33) The processing configuration in the case where the main CPU 311 determines whether or not a game ball is detected by each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 may be different from those of the above embodiments. For example, the passage specific reference information is stored in the main ROM 312 in advance. Specifically, information “0”, “1”, “1” is stored in advance in this order as the passage specifying reference information. Then, in the reading process of the main CPU 311, the information of the previous time and the previous time is read for each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 from the first input port 351, the previous area 362, and the previous time area 363. Then, by comparing the read-out group of information with the passage specifying reference information, it is specified whether or not a game ball is detected. That is, when the read information of one group is “0”, “1”, “1” in the order of the previous time and the last time this time, it is specified that a game ball is detected. Even in this configuration, it is possible to accurately identify the presence of the passage for each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 by performing the same calculation process on each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155. Further, it is preferable in terms of both the hardware configuration and the software configuration of the main control board 301 as compared with a configuration in which period measuring means such as a timer counter is provided for each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 individually.

  (34) In each of the above embodiments, the reference continuous number of times when the main CPU 311 specifies whether or not a game ball is detected by each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 is set to three. Instead, it may be four times or more. However, in order to reduce the number of history regions such as the previous area 362 and the previous-second-use area 363 as much as possible while reducing the influence of noise, it is preferable that the number is three times as in the above embodiments.

  (35) In each of the above embodiments, three registers of the main CPU 311 are used in the reading process, but this may be changed. For example, two registers of the main CPU 311 may be used, and the reading process may be executed by appropriately updating both registers. In the above embodiments, the specific contents of the logical operation in the reading process are arbitrary. However, in order to simplify the contents of the logical operation, it is preferable to use the logical product as in the above embodiments. .

  (36) In each of the above embodiments, a prize ball permission signal is input to the first input port 351 of the main CPU 311. Instead, the first input port 351 is connected to the game area. You may make it not input signals other than the provided ball | bowl detection sensors 152-155. In this case, unlike the above embodiments, when the number of ball detection sensors 152 to 155 provided for the game area is 8, all the signals of these ball detection sensors 152 to 155 are first input. It may be input to the port 351. The functions of the first input port 351 and the second input port 352 are provided as driver ICs separately from the main CPU 311 chip. The main CPU 311 has a single input / output port (multi-bit configuration) or input port ( In the configuration in which a multi-bit configuration is provided, the prize ball permission signal is not input to the driver IC having the function as the first input port 351 but is input to the driver IC having the function as the second input port 352. It is good also as a structure.

  (37) In each of the above embodiments, the first input port 351 of the main CPU 311 is configured to input all signals from the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 provided for the game area. May be input to the first input port 351, and the other may be input to an input port different from the first input port 351. In this case, only the first input port 351 may execute the calculation process of the reading process in each of the above embodiments, and the calculation process is executed for the first input port 351 and other input ports. You may do it.

  In addition, when only the first input port 351 performs the calculation process of the reading process in each of the above-described embodiments, a period measurement such as a timer counter is performed for a ball detection sensor that inputs a signal to another input port. The presence of passage may be specified using means. This is because the functions of the first input port 351 and the second input port 352 are provided as driver ICs separately from the chip of the main CPU 311, and the main CPU 311 has a single input / output port (multi-bit configuration) or input port. The same applies to a configuration in which a (multi-bit configuration) is provided.

  (38) The calculation process of the reading process in each of the above embodiments may be executed by the payout side CPU 331. For example, the present invention may be applied to the dispensing ball detection sensor 258 and the full tank detection sensor 59 of the dispensing device 224. However, for the full tank detection sensor 59, it is necessary to specify not only the timing at which the detection of the game ball is started but also the timing at which the detection of the game ball is completed, so that both of these timings can be specified. It is necessary to set the processing configuration of the arithmetic processing.

  (39) In each of the above embodiments, the present invention is applied to a gaming machine having control means in which 1 byte is set as 8 bits, but control in which 1 byte is set as less than 8 bits or 9 bits or more. The present invention may be applied to a gaming machine having means.

  (40) In each of the above embodiments, the calculation process in the reading process is applied only to each of the ball detection sensors 152 to 155. In addition to this, for the prize ball permission signal, the front door frame opening switch 78, etc. You may apply.

  (41) In each of the above embodiments, the present invention is applied to a gaming machine in which the ball detection sensors 152 to 155 are provided in a one-to-one correspondence with the passing portions provided in the gaming area. You may apply this invention with respect to the game machine which detects the passage of the game ball in a some passage part with one ball | bowl detection sensor.

  (42) In each of the above embodiments, the read process is executed as a part of the timer interrupt process. Alternatively, the read process may be executed as a part of the normal process. . In addition, the reading process does not need to be executed periodically as long as it is executed as a part of a series of processes executed repeatedly.

  Incidentally, the configuration related to the reading process in each of the above embodiments may be applied to a gaming machine in which power is supplied to the payout-side RAM 333 when power is interrupted. Further, the configuration relating to the reading process may be applied to a gaming machine in which the payout control board 322 is not provided, and the main CPU 311 performs drive control of the payout device 224.

  (43) Unlike the first embodiment, the timing for starting the output of the prize ball permission signal is different from that of the first embodiment. For example, the prize ball number information stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is 5 or less. The configuration may be such that the output of the permission signal is started. In this case, when the information on the number of prize balls is added, the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is five or less.

  In such a configuration in which the number of permitted references is set to five, the correction information for addition may be “00000111”. In the case of this configuration, the number of prize balls for correction at the time of addition is 7, which is larger than the permitted reference number of 5, but the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is 5 or less. In this case, the stored information on the number of prize balls after the addition mask processing is maintained as it is. Therefore, the player is not disadvantaged by the mask process at the time of addition. In addition, if the information on the number of prize balls stored in the prize ball number storage area 374 is a number that greatly exceeds seven such as 131, it can be corrected to seven or less, so noise or the like Even if the information on the number of prize balls is rewritten due to the influence of the game, it is possible to prevent the gaming hall from suffering a disadvantage.

  In the above modification, the permitted reference number is not a number corresponding to information in which “1” (data 1) is set continuously from the lower bits to the predetermined bits on the upper side. It can be similarly applied to. In this case, the correction information at the time of addition may be information in which “1” is continuously set from the lower bit to the bit immediately after reaching or exceeding the permission reference number when expressed in decimal. .

  (44) The upper limit number of winning balls in the winning ball number storage area 374 may be different from that in each of the above embodiments. For example, it corresponds to information in which “1” (data 1) is set continuously from the lower bit to the upper bit in the specific order, such as 15 or 31 upper limit prize balls. It may be a number. In this configuration, the payout correction reference number is set to information in which “1” is continuously set from the lower bit to the upper bit in the specific order, so that The upper limit number of winning balls can be matched.

  (45) In each of the above embodiments, the logical product operation is not executed in the masking process at the time of addition or the masking process at the time of payout setting, but “1” is set to a predetermined bit in the award ball number storage area 374 at a predetermined timing. ”(Data 1) may be modified to“ 0 ”(data 0). For example, in the masking process at the time of addition in the first embodiment, even if “1” is continuously set to two bits from the lower bits in the winning ball number storage area 374, it is maintained, When “1” is set in the higher-order bits than the two bits, it may be modified to “0”. Even in this configuration, even if the information in the prize ball number storage area 374 is rewritten due to noise or the like, the influence can be reduced.

  (46) In each of the above embodiments, only one of the addition mask process and the payout setting mask process may be executed.

  (47) In each of the above-described embodiments, the addition time mask process may be executed after adding the information on the number of prize balls to the prize ball number storage area 374. In this case, the same information as the correction information for payout may be used as the correction information for addition.

  (48) The timing for executing the payout setting mask process is not limited to the timing in each of the above embodiments. For example, immediately after the payout ball detection sensor 258 detects the payout of one game ball. It is good also as the timing. Further, it may be the timing immediately before or after the payout state setting process (FIG. 44). Alternatively, the payout setting mask process may be executed only when the payout motor 257 is operating. Further, the payout-time mask process may be executed only in a situation where the information on the number of prize balls is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374.

  (49) In each of the above-described embodiments, the register of the payout side CPU 331 is used in the mask process at the time of addition and the mask process at the time of payout setting. However, the register of the payout side CPU 331 may not be used. In this case, it is necessary to provide an execution storage area in the payout-side RAM 333 for storing information when executing the addition mask process and the payout setting mask process.

  (50) In each of the above embodiments, the mask process at the time of addition and the mask process at the time of payout setting are executed only for the prize ball number storage area 374. However, both or one of these mask processes is performed based on the number of rented balls. You may apply with respect to the storage area 375. FIG.

  (51) The power interruption power is not supplied to the area storing the number of winning balls in the payout side RAM 333, but the power interruption power may be supplied to the area storing the security-related information. Even in this case, the cost can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the power at the time of power interruption is supplied to both the area for storing the number of prize balls and the area for storing information on security in the payout side RAM 333.

  Incidentally, the configuration of the mask process such as the mask process at the time of addition and the mask process at the time of payout setting in each of the above embodiments may be applied to a gaming machine in which power at the time of power interruption is supplied to the payout side RAM 333. The configuration of the mask processing may be applied to a gaming machine in which the payout control board 322 is not provided and the main CPU 311 performs drive control of the payout device 224. In this case, a prize ball number storage area 374 is provided in the main side RAM 313, and the mask process is performed on the prize ball number storage area 374.

  (52) The main control board 301 and the payout control board 322 may be configured to input / output information by optical communication instead of inputting / outputting information by an electrical signal. Further, the present invention is not limited to wired communication, and may be configured to input / output information by wireless communication using radio waves or infrared rays.

  Further, in each of the above embodiments, the power from the power-on power supply unit 321a of the power supply and launch control board 321 is supplied to the VCC terminal of the payout CPU 331, and the VCC terminal and the VBB terminal are connected to the payout CPU 331. The configuration in which power is supplied from the power-on power supply unit 321a to the payout-side RAM 333 is described as being electrically connected, but this may be changed. For example, the payout-side CPU 331 may be configured such that the VCC terminal and the VBB terminal are not electrically connected. In this case, since the power is supplied to the payout side RAM 333 only from the VBB terminal, in order to supply power to the payout side RAM 333 while the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, The unit 321a and the VBB terminal of the payout side CPU 331 may be electrically connected to supply the electric power from the power-on power supply unit 321a to the VBB terminal of the payout side CPU 331.

  (53) In each of the above embodiments, when the payout error state occurs, the payout of the game ball by the payout device 224 is stopped. However, instead of this, the payout speed of the game ball by the payout device 224 is normally set. It may be configured to be extremely slower than the time (low speed cycle) so that the payout speed is substantially such that the game ball is not paid out.

  (54) In each of the above embodiments, the present invention is applied to the pachinko machine 10 that includes the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 as the outer storage unit, but instead, a single outer storage unit is provided. The present invention may be applied to a pachinko machine. In this case, the full tank detection sensor 59 is provided so as to detect whether or not the single outer reservoir is full. When it is specified that the outer reservoir is full, the game ball is paid out. To limit.

  (55) In each of the above embodiments, the power failure monitoring device may be provided separately from the main control device 162 so that the main control board 301 has a function of only the main control circuit 302.

  (56) In each of the above-described embodiments, the sound lamp control device 143 controls the display control device 325. Alternatively, the display control device 325 may control the sound lamp control device 143. . Further, a single control device having both functions of the sound lamp control device 143 and the display control device 325 may be provided.

  (57) Other types of pachinko machines different from the above-described embodiments, such as pachinko machines in which an electric accessory is released a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or games in a specific area of a special device The present invention can also be applied to a pachinko machine that generates a big hit when a ball enters, a pachinko machine equipped with another accessory, an arrangement ball machine, a sparrow ball, and the like. Further, the present invention may be applied to a pachinko machine where gaming balls are not lent through the ball lending device Y.

  Also, a non-ball-type gaming machine, for example, a plurality of reels with a plurality of types of symbols attached in the circumferential direction, starts rotation of the reel by inserting a medal and operating a start lever, and a stop switch is operated. If a specific symbol or a combination of specific symbols is established on the active line visible from the display window after the reel has stopped after a predetermined time has passed, a privilege such as paying out medals is given to the player The present invention can also be applied to a slot machine. In particular, it is more effective to apply the present invention to a slot machine that can start the next game round even in a situation where medals have not been paid out.

  In addition, a pachinko machine and a slot machine that have a take-in device and start rotation of a reel by operating a start lever after a predetermined number of game balls stored in the storage unit are taken in by the take-in device The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which is integrated. In particular, it is more effective when the present invention is applied to a gaming machine that can start the next game round even in a situation where the payout of game balls is not completed.

  (58) In each of the above embodiments, when a rented ball is paid out, the winning ball permission state is set, but this configuration is changed. In other words, when a rental ball is paid out, a prize ball is not permitted. This case will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

  In the lending permission signal setting process in this configuration, it is determined whether or not a lending request signal is input in step S3401, and if a lending request signal is not input, the process proceeds to step S3402 to store the lending number. It is determined whether or not the value of area 375 is zero. If the value of the number of rented balls storage area 375 is 0, the process proceeds to step S3403. Since the processing from step S3403 to step S3409 is the same as step S2301 to step S2307 of the winning ball permission signal setting processing in the first embodiment, description thereof is omitted.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S3401 that a ball rental request signal is input, or if it is determined in step S3402 that the value of the number of rental balls storage area 375 is not 0, the process proceeds to step S3409, and a prize ball Set to disallowed state. If a ball rental request signal is input, the ball payout will be started. If the value in the ball rental number storage area 375 is not 0, the ball payout has been performed. Become. In other words, when the lending of balls is started or when the lending of balls is being performed, the award of the prize ball is not permitted, so that the lending of balls or the lending of lending is performed. It is possible to prevent the information on the winning ball from being stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 in the case where the player has stopped. If the information about the winning ball is stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 when the paying out of the rental ball is performed, information regarding the payout is stored in both the winning ball number storage area 374 and the rental ball number storage area 375. In this case, when the power is cut off, unpaid information is stored in the winning ball number storage area 374 and the rented number storage area 375, and all the information is deleted. .

  According to the present embodiment, when a ball is paid out, the prize ball is not permitted, so that when the ball is paid out, the prize ball number area 374 receives a prize ball. Suppressing the storage of information, and even if the power supply is cut off when a rental ball is paid out, it is possible to suppress the deletion of all information on unpaid prize balls. It becomes possible. Further, it is possible to suppress the prize ball command from being output at the timing when the ball rental request signal is input. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the prize ball command from being output after the lending request signal is output until the lending number information is stored in the lending number storage area 375 based on the lending request signal.

  Note that only one of the processes in step S3401 or step S3402 may be performed. However, in the case of a gaming machine that determines whether or not to enter a prize ball non-permitted state based only on whether or not a ball rental request signal is input, a ball rental request signal is not input, but the number of ball rental storage area 375 The prize ball command is also output when the ball is paid out instead of 0. In addition, in the case of a gaming machine that determines whether or not to enter a prize ball output disapproval state based only on whether or not the value in the rent number storage area 375 is 0, a rent request signal is output, and the value in the rent number storage area 375 A prize ball command is output during a period until the value becomes zero. Therefore, it is desirable to perform both the processes in steps S3401 and S3402.

  (59) A ball rental request signal may be input to the main controller 162, and a ball rental request signal may be output from the main controller 162 to the payout controller 242. In this case, a main-side rental counter area is provided in the main-side RAM 313 of the main controller 162, and when there is a rental request signal, information corresponding to the rental request signal is displayed in the main-side rental counter area. Is input. When the game ball corresponding to the winning ball command has not been paid out, the information input in the main-side ball rental counter area is output to the payout control device 242, so that the number-of-balls storage area 375. The number of rented balls may be added.

  (60) The ball lending device Y outputs a ball lending request signal corresponding to the amount stored in the card by inserting the card into the insertion slot H. It may be inserted into the apparatus Y. In this case, the ball lending device Y outputs a ball lending request signal corresponding to the inserted cash. Even in this case, if the power supply of the ball lending device Y and the pachinko machine 10 are different, the power supply of the ball lending device Y is not cut off even if the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off. Cash information can be prevented from being erased.

  Even if the power supply of the ball lending device Y is cut off, it is desirable that the cash information inserted into the ball lending device Y is not erased. In this case, even when the power supply of the ball lending device Y is shut off in the storage area for storing the amount of money inserted into the ball lending apparatus Y, it is only necessary to supply power at the time of power interruption so that the information in the storage area is not erased. . Thereby, regardless of whether or not the power of the pachinko machine 10 and the ball lending device Y is cut off, it is possible to prevent the information on the amount of money inserted into the ball lending device Y from being erased.

  Further, a card or coin is released from the ball lending device Y based on the insertion of cash into the ball lending device Y, and a ball lending status signal is output based on the card or coin being inserted into the ball lending device Y. You may make it output. In this case, the release and insertion of cards and coins may be performed automatically. Further, when cash, a card or a coin is inserted, a ball lending state signal may be output from the ball lending device Y without determining whether or not the ball lending button 37 has been operated. A ball rental status signal may be output based on the operation of 37.

  (61) In the above embodiment, five rent request signals are output for one sphere rental operation, and when one rent request signal is input, information on the number of rents corresponding to 25 is provided. Although added to the number of rental balls storage area 375, it is not limited to this configuration.

  When a ball rental request signal is input, information on the number of rental balls corresponding to three, five, ten, twenty, and fifty may be added to the number of rental balls storage area 375.

  Further, it is not necessary to output the five ball rental request signals for one ball rental operation, and one ball rental request signal may be output for one ball rental operation. In addition, when information corresponding to a large number of game balls is output by one ball rental request signal, information corresponding to the ball rental request signal is stored in the main controller 162, and the information from the main controller 162 Is preferably output to the payout control device 242.

  (62) In the above embodiment, when a game ball is paid out based on information on the number of prize balls, the ball rental request signal is not input, but the present invention is not limited to this configuration.

  When a game ball is paid out based on the information on the number of winning balls, even if a ball lending operation is performed, the operation may be invalidated. That is, the ball rental status signal is output based on the operation of the ball rental button 37 only when the game ball is not paid out based on the information on the number of winning balls. In this case, it may be configured to determine whether or not the ball lending button 37 is operated only when it is determined in step S1904 that the payout operation is not in progress.

  (63) In each of the above embodiments, the ball rental request signal is output from the ball lending device Y provided outside the pachinko machine 10, but it is not limited to this configuration.

  Lending means for outputting a ball rental request signal may be provided inside the gaming machine. In this case, the lending means may be provided as a new device in the pachinko machine 10, or any device may have a function of outputting a lending request signal.

  For example, the main control device 162 has a function as a lending means, and a lending status signal and a lending request signal are output from the main control device 162 when the ball lending button 37 is operated. . In this case, when the ball lending button 37 is operated, it is only necessary to refer to whether the main control device 162 stores the amount of money to be paid out to the card. A card may be inserted into the device Y, or a card may be inserted into the pachinko machine 10. When a card is inserted into the lending device Y, the lending device Y functions as a device only for inserting a card. Further, when the card is inserted into the pachinko machine 10, the ball lending device Y is not necessary.

  (64) In each of the above embodiments, the prize ball command is output in the prize ball permitted state, but the prize ball permitted state and the prize ball non-permitted state are not set, and the main RAM 313 receives a prize. As soon as the ball information is stored, a prize ball command may be output.

  Even in this configuration, when a game ball is paid out based on the prize ball information, the ball rental request signal may not be input. As a result, when the game ball is paid out based on the prize ball command, the information for storing the game ball is stored in the ball number storage area 375 in order not to input the ball rental request signal. There is nothing. As a result, even if the game ball is paid out based on the prize ball command, even if the power-off state occurs, the unpaid information remains stored in the lending number storage area 375. Information can be prevented from being erased.

  (65) In the above-described embodiment, when the lending state signal is input, based on the fact that the payout operation is not being performed (NO in step S1904), the lending request output permission signal is set to the output state. When a ball rental status signal is input, it is determined whether game ball payout information is stored in the prize ball counter area 361 or whether the value in the prize ball number storage area is equal to or less than a predetermined number. And it is good also as what is set to the output state of a lending request output permission signal based on the determination result.

  That is, in step S1904, game ball payout incomplete information is stored in the prize ball counter area 361 provided in the main controller 162, or the prize ball number storage area 374 provided in the payout controller 242. It is determined whether the value of is 3 or less. If the game ball payout incomplete information is not stored in the prize ball counter area 361 and the value in the prize ball number storage area 374 is 3 or less, the output state of the ball rental request output permission signal Should be set. As a result, when the game ball payout incomplete information is not stored in the prize ball counter area 361 and the value in the prize ball number storage area 374 is 3 or less, a lending request signal is input. . Also in this configuration, information is stored in the prize ball number storage area 374, and when a game ball is paid out, it can be suppressed that a ball rental request signal is input. Therefore, it is possible to minimize unpaid information that will be erased even if the pachinko machine 10 is in a power interruption state.

  Note that a method for determining whether or not game ball payout incomplete information is stored in the prize ball counter area 361 provided in the main control device 162 in the payout control device 242 is arbitrary. For example, if game ball payout non-execution information is not stored in the prize ball counter area 361, a signal indicating that game ball payout non-execution information is not stored in the prize ball counter area 361 Is output from the main control device 162 to the payout control device 242, and it is determined by the payout control device 242 that the game ball payout incomplete information is not stored in the award ball counter area 361 by inputting the signal. Can be considered. Further, based on the fact that no prize ball command is input from the main control unit 162 for a predetermined period, the payout control unit 242 stores game ball payout incomplete information in the prize ball counter area 361. What is determined not to be considered.

  Whether or not the value of the prize ball number storage area 374 in this configuration is 3 or less may be determined as to whether or not the prize ball is permitted. Further, in this configuration, in order to determine whether or not the value of the winning ball number storage area 374 is 3 or less, when the ball lending button 37 is continuously operated, a ball lending request signal is continuously input. However, if it is determined in step S1904 in this configuration whether or not the value of the prize ball number storage area 374 is 3 or less and whether or not the value of the payout number counter area is 3 or less, When a ball is paid out, it is possible to suppress inputting a ball rental request signal. In addition, the value of the winning ball number storage area 374 in the ball rental request output permission state is not limited to 3 or less, for example, 1 or less, 2 or less, 10 or less, and the ball rental request output permission state. The prescribed number of cases is arbitrary.

  (66) According to the seventh embodiment, 15 prize ball commands are output with the highest priority, and then 4 prize ball commands are output with priority. However, the present invention is not limited to this configuration. . That is, the priority order may be determined in any way. In this case, the order of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d referred to in the prize ball command output processing may be changed.

  For example, four prize ball commands may be outputted with the highest priority, and then 15 prize ball commands may be outputted. In this case, the 4-prize ball command based on the value of the 4-prize ball counter area 361c that is easy to store in the frequency-improved state is output with the highest priority, and the frequency is improved over the seventh embodiment. In this state, it can be suppressed that the number of unsuccessful prize balls stored in the four prize ball counter area 361c is 255 times.

  In addition, although 10 prize ball commands may be output preferentially, damage caused to the player when the data in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is erased due to noise or the like. In order to alleviate this, it is desirable to preferentially output a prize ball command corresponding to the entrance portion where the entrance is easy as in the above embodiment.

  Furthermore, the prize ball command output with priority depending on the gaming state may be different. For example, in a state where the frequency is improved, it is conceivable that four prize ball commands are output with priority. In this case, the prize ball counter area referred to in the prize ball command output process may be changed for each gaming state.

  (67) According to the seventh embodiment, when the number of unexecuted prize balls stored in any of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is greater than 150, a warning state is set and a warning is given once. In this case, the warning state is not canceled unless the number of unexecuted times stored in all the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is less than 100. However, the present invention is not limited to this configuration.

  The number of unexecuted times determined as a warning state is not limited to a case where it is larger than 150 times, and the number of unexecuted times determined as a warning state is arbitrary. In addition, when the warning state is canceled, the number is not limited to less than 100 times, and the number of unexecuted times when the warning state is canceled is arbitrary. For example, the warning state may be canceled when the stored unexecuted number is 200 times or more, and the warning state may be canceled when the number is not more than 50 times. Furthermore, the number of unexecuted times in which the warning state is set may be equal to the number of unexecuted times in which the warning state is canceled. However, if the number of unexecuted times that enter the warning state is equal to the number of unexecuted states that cancel the warning state, even if the warning state is canceled, the game enters the warning state again based on the game ball entering the pitching part. Since the generation and stop of the warning sound may be repeated in a short period of time, and it is considered that an excessive processing load is applied to the sound lamp control board 324, the number of unexecuted times and the warning state that are in the warning state are canceled. It is desirable to be different from the number of unimplemented times.

  In the present embodiment, once the warning state is entered, the warning state is not set unless the number of unexecuted prize balls stored in all the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is less than 100. The number of unexecuted prize balls stored in the counter area for prize balls is referenced with reference to the counter area for prize balls in which the number of unimplemented times has exceeded 150 times when is not released but becomes a warning state The warning state may be canceled when becomes less than 100 times. For example, when the number of unexecuted times stored in the 4-prize ball counter area 361c exceeds 150, a warning state occurs, and only the unimplemented count in the 4-prize ball counter area 361c is referred to. To determine whether or not to cancel the warning state. In this case, it is not necessary to perform all the processing from step S3307 to step S3310, and any one of steps S3307 to 3310 may be performed.

  (68) According to the seventh embodiment, there is a case where a warning state is set depending on the number of unimplemented prize balls stored in any of the prize ball prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d. No matter how many unexecuted times are stored in each of the prize ball prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d, it is not necessary to be in a warning state.

  (69) In the above embodiment, one prize ball command is output in response to one game ball entering the entrance part. One prize ball command may be output in response to the ball entering.

  For example, when the number of unexecuted times counted by the three prize ball counter area 361d is 8, 15 game balls corresponding to five times of the value counted in the three prize ball counter area 361 May be output, and thereafter, prize ball commands corresponding to nine game balls may be output. Furthermore, prize ball commands corresponding to 24 game balls may be output at a time. However, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, the information stored in the payout side RAM 333 is erased. In order to reduce this risk, it is desirable to avoid storing information on the number of unpaid prize balls in the payout RAM 333 extremely.

  (70) In the above embodiment, the information stored in the payout side RAM 333 is deleted when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, but the present invention is not limited to this configuration. That is, even if the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, the information stored in the payout side RAM 333 may not be erased by supplying power to the payout side RAM 333 or the like. Further, the information stored in the main RAM 313 may be deleted when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off.

  (71) In the seventh embodiment, the frequency improvement state is set as a game state in which a game ball can easily enter the lower operation port 84b, but it is not necessary to be limited to such a configuration, and the frequency improvement state is It does not have to be set.

  (72) In each of the embodiments described above, the prize ball command is output in the prize ball permitted state, but the prize ball permitted state and the prize ball non-permitted state are not set, and the main RAM 313 receives a prize. As soon as the ball information is stored, a prize ball command may be output.

  (73) In the seventh embodiment, a warning sound is generated when the value stored in any one of the winning ball counter areas 361a to 361d is greater than 150, but the present invention is limited to this configuration. It is not a thing. That is, the warning mode performed when the value stored in any one of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is larger than 150 is not limited.

  For example, the warning sound may be generated in any manner, and a siren may be generated in addition to the sound. In addition, a message instructing to eliminate the abnormality may be displayed on the symbol display device 91, or the error display lamp unit 24 may be used to teach that a warning state is present. Furthermore, by displaying a message or the like on the symbol display device 91 in accordance with the voice, it is possible to suitably prompt the player to eliminate the abnormality. Further, the voice and the displayed message may be changed in response to the cause that the stored value is larger than 150. For example, when the lower plate 34 is full, the game ball If the payout has not been performed and the value stored in any one of the winning ball counter areas 361a to 361d is larger than 150, it may be instructed to reduce the gaming balls on the lower plate 34.

  In addition, when an abnormality has occurred with respect to payout and the value of any one of the winning ball counter areas 361a to 361d is greater than 150, an instruction to cancel the abnormality may be displayed. When it is instructed to solve the abnormality in a game hall or the like, it is conceivable that the player resolves the abnormality by calling an attendant or the like. Note that the abnormality relating to payout here includes the absence of a ball in the tank 221 and a failure of the payout device 224.

  Furthermore, if any of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d becomes larger than 150 due to a plurality of causes, such as when an abnormality relating to payout occurs and a lower-plate full state occurs, it corresponds to each The teaching may be performed, or teaching to call a staff member may be performed.

  In addition, when the warning state is output from the pachinko machine 10 to the outside, and the hall computer such as a game hall can grasp the warning state, the pachinko machine 10 in the warning state is informed. All the measures can be suitably performed.

  (74) In the above embodiment, a warning sound is generated when the value stored in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d is greater than 150, but a game ball enters each ball entry section. Each time it is done, the value in the corresponding counter area for prize balls 361a to 361d is subtracted, and when it becomes smaller than a predetermined value, a warning state may be set.

  In this case, if the warning state is set when the number of unsuccessful award balls is greater than 150, the number of unseen times stored in each of the counter areas 361a to 361d is equal to or less than 100 (that is, “1101001” in binary). In such a case, a warning state may be set. Further, if the warning state is canceled when the number of unsuccessful award balls is less than 100, the value stored in each counter area 361a to 361d is 155 (that is, “10011011” in binary number). If it is larger, the warning state may be canceled.

  (75) Also, a warning sound is generated when the value stored in any of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d exceeds 150, but is stored in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d. A warning sound may be generated when the sum of the values being set is greater than a predetermined value. That is, a warning sound may be generated when the total amount of information stored in each prize ball counter area 361a to 361d is larger than the reference information amount. In this case, the warning sound may be stopped when the total amount of information stored in each of the prize ball counter areas 361a to 361d becomes a release information amount smaller than the reference information amount.

  For example, a warning sound is generated when the total number of unimplemented prize balls stored in each prize ball counter area 361a to 361d exceeds 200, and is stored in each prize ball counter area 361a to 361d. The warning sound only needs to be canceled when the total number of unimplemented prize balls falls below 150 times. However, it is desirable that the reference information amount at which the warning sound is generated is less than 255, which is the maximum number of unexecuted times that can be stored in one prize ball counter area.

  (76) In the above embodiment, the main control device 162 and the payout control device 242 are provided. However, the present invention is not limited to this configuration. The prize ball information may be counted based on the fact that a game ball has entered the ball entry part with one control device, and the game ball may be paid out.

  Even when game balls are paid out by a single control device, it is conceivable that information relating to game ball payout is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like. Also in this case, as in the above-described embodiment, the prize ball information is counted corresponding to each entering part, and the game balls are paid out from the highest prize ball information in the counted prize ball information. In addition, it is possible to favorably pay out the game balls while distributing the risk that the prize ball information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like.

  (77) In the above embodiment, when a game ball enters each entrance part, 1 is added to the value of the prize ball counter area corresponding to the entrance part. When a game ball enters, information corresponding to the entrance may be stored in any way.

  For example, 5 game balls are paid out based on the game balls entering the lower operation port 84b, 15 game balls are paid out based on the game balls entering the variable winning device 83, In a gaming machine in which the RAM 313 is provided with a 5-ball counter area, when a winning is made to the lower operation port 84b, the value of the 5-ball counter area is incremented by 1 and the variable winning device 83 is reached. When a winning of 3 is generated, it is conceivable that 3 is added to the value of the counter area for five prize balls. In this case, if the game balls are paid out preferentially based on the information stored in the counter area for five prize balls, a game based on winning in the variable winning device 83 that is likely to occur in the big win state. It is possible to preferentially pay out a game ball based on winning a ball to the lower operating port 84b, which is likely to occur when the ball is paid out and the frequency is improved.

  As described above, the game state includes the first game state and the second game state, and a ball entry part that easily generates a ball in the first game state, and a ball that easily enters a ball in the second game state. In a configuration different from the game unit, the game information storage area for entering the ball entry unit may be shared. Furthermore, the number of award balls when a game ball enters the first entrance part where entry is likely to occur in the first game state, and the second entrance part where entry is likely to occur in the second game state. When the number of prize balls when a game ball enters is a different number and is the number obtained by multiplying the same specified number by a predetermined natural number, the common storage area has a first entrance part. Either the corresponding information of the predetermined natural number or the information of the predetermined natural number corresponding to the second incoming ball part is the first incoming ball part and the second incoming ball part where the incoming ball has occurred. It is good also as a structure updated corresponding to.

  By adopting this configuration, a different storage area is provided for each of the first and second entrance parts, and the priority of the storage areas is changed in each of the first game state and the second game state. Even if not, the priority of payout of the game information stored in the common storage area is set higher than the game information stored in other storage areas, so that Priority is given to paying out game balls based on the entrance to the first entrance part, and priority is given to paying out game balls based on the entrance to the second entrance part in the second gaming state. In addition, even in this configuration, the gaming state in which entrance is likely to occur is different between the first entrance part and the second entrance part, so that the storage capacity of the common storage area may be exceeded. It is reduced.

  In addition, for example, in a gaming machine in which a plurality of types of entrance balls are provided, and 5, 10, and 15 game balls are paid out when game balls enter the respective entrance portions. When a winning for paying out game balls occurs, the value in the counter area for winning balls is incremented by 1, and when a winning for paying out 10 or 15 game balls occurs, One in which the values are added by a few is considered.

  In addition, when winning corresponding to 5 or 15 is likely to occur, and winning corresponding to 10 or 15 is difficult to occur, information on payout corresponding to 5 or 15 is given as one award ball. The payout information corresponding to 10 pieces may be stored in a prize ball counter area different from the prize ball counter area. Furthermore, in a gaming machine provided with a ball receiving portion for paying out three, five, and eight game balls, three prize ball counter areas and five prize ball counter areas are provided. When a winning for paying out one gaming ball occurs, the value of the counter area for three winning balls is incremented by 1, and when a winning for paying out five gaming balls occurs, a counter area for five winning balls 1 is added, and when a winning in which eight game balls are paid out occurs, the value of the counter area for three or five prize balls may be incremented by one.

  (78) In the above embodiment, there are a plurality of general winning openings 82, and when a game ball enters the general winning opening 82, the value of the 10 winning ball counter areas 361b is incremented by one. However, in the configuration in which the likelihood of winning a prize to the plurality of general winning openings 82 is different, a counter area may be provided individually corresponding to the likelihood of winning. Good. In addition, in the configuration in which the number of game balls to be paid out when the game balls enter the upper operation port 84a and the lower operation port 84b is the same, a counter area is provided for each of the operation ports 84a and 84b. Alternatively, when a game ball enters one of the operation ports 84a and 84b, the value in the same counter area may be updated.

  (79) Of the high-order information and low-order information in the prize ball command, information for specifying the command is stored in the high-order information, and information on the number of game balls is stored in the low-order information. do not do. In other words, information may be stored in each of the upper information and the lower information.

  For example, information on the number of prize balls may be stored in the upper information. Further, information corresponding to the number of prize balls of the game ball may be stored in both the upper information and the lower information. In this case, in step S1805 in the winning ball setting process, the number of winning balls of the game ball is specified from both the upper information and the lower information. Further, it is not necessary to specify that the command is a prize ball command with 4 bits of the higher information, and for example, it may be specified that the command is a prize ball command with the upper 2 bits.

  (80) In the above embodiment, the game ball is not paid out when the result of the addition process of the higher-order information and the lower-order information in the prize ball command is not “11111111”. Is not to be done. When the result of the addition process does not become “11111111”, a predetermined number of prize balls for correction may be added to the prize ball number storage area 374 of the RAM 333. This case will be described with reference to FIG.

  If the result of the addition process is not “11111111” in step S1804 of the prize ball setting process in the above embodiment, in this embodiment, the process proceeds to step S1815 and the number of prize balls is determined as the number of prize balls for correction. To do. That is, if the result of the addition process is not “11111111”, information corresponding to the number of winning prize balls is stored in the general-purpose register of the CPU 331 instead of the information of the winning ball command. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged without the game ball being paid out when it is determined in step S1804 that the command is not a normal prize ball command.

  As the number of winning prize balls for correction, for example, a configuration in which the maximum number of winning balls (15 in the above embodiment) among those actually set as winning ball numbers for winning can be considered. In this case, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged when the winning ball command is rewritten due to noise or the like. In addition, a configuration is possible in which the minimum number of winning balls (three in the above embodiment) is set as the number of winning balls for winning. In this case, when the prize ball command is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, the minimum compensation can be made for the disadvantage of the player. Furthermore, it is good also as a structure made into the average number of winning balls of what is set as the number of winning balls with respect to winning. Also in this case, when the prize ball command is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, the game ball is not paid out to the player at all, and the player can be prevented from being disadvantaged. Furthermore, a predetermined number of prize balls may be provided as the number of prize balls for correction. In this case, one type of award ball for correction may be provided in one gaming machine. Further, a plurality of types of correction prize balls may be provided, and in a gaming machine in which a plurality of game states are set, it is conceivable that the number of correction prize balls differs for each game state. In this case, for example, in a gaming machine in which a special gaming state advantageous to the player is set, the correction prize ball is different between the special gaming state and the normal gaming state, and the special gaming state is more than the normal gaming state. It is also possible that the number of correction prize balls is set to be large.

  (82) In the above embodiment, when the result of the addition process using the upper information and the lower information is “11111111”, it is determined that the prize ball command is normal. However, the present invention is limited to this configuration. It is not something. That is, the result of the addition process of the upper information and the lower information may be set to be other than “11111111”.

  For example, when the result of the addition process of the upper information and the lower information is “11110000”, it may be determined that the command is a normal prize ball command. In this case, the upper information of the three prize ball commands is “11101101” and the lower information is “00000011”.

  Further, it may be determined whether or not the prize ball command is normal by subtraction processing using higher-order information and lower-order information instead of addition processing.

  For example, when the result obtained by subtracting the lower information from the higher information is “11110000”, it may be determined that the command is a normal prize ball command. In this case, the upper information of the three prize ball commands is “11110011” and the lower information is “00000011”.

  Further, it may be determined whether or not the prize ball command is normal by division processing or multiplication processing instead of addition processing or subtraction processing. However, when division processing or multiplication processing is used, it is conceivable that bit shift processing occurs a plurality of times as compared with addition processing or subtraction processing. Therefore, it is desirable to use addition processing or subtraction processing.

  Further, it may be determined whether or not the winning ball command is normal by using a logical operation instead of the addition process or the subtraction process. For example, when a logical sum is used, if the prize ball command in the above embodiment is used, it is determined that the result is a normal prize ball command when the result of the logical sum is “11111111”. Also, in the case of using the logical product, it is determined that the command is a normal prize ball command when the result of the logical product is “00000000”. As described above, when determining whether or not the command is a normal prize ball command using a logical operation, since the operation can be performed only by comparing in bit units, the case of performing addition processing or subtraction processing and In comparison, the processing speed can be improved.

  However, when a logical operation is used, even if the winning ball command is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, the result of the logical operation may be the same as a normal result. When performing a logical sum, for example, even if the lower information in the three prize ball commands is rewritten from “00000011” to “00000111”, the result of the logical sum is “11111111” and is a normal prize ball command. It will be determined. Also, in the case of logical product, even if the lower information in the three prize ball commands is rewritten from “00000011” to “00000001”, the result of the logical product is “00000000”, which is a normal prize ball command. It will be judged. For this reason, it is preferable to determine whether or not the prize ball command is normal in the addition process as in the above embodiment.

  (83) Also, both the logical sum and logical product may be performed. In this case, even if any bit is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like by making the results of the logical sum and logical product different in the case of a normal prize ball command, It becomes possible to make it easier to discover that the data has been rewritten.

  Specifically, the CPU 331 is set with a first logical sum register and a second logical sum register, and in step S1802, the higher-order information of the prize ball command stored in the command storage area 373 And one of the lower information is read to the first logical sum register, and the other is read to the second logical sum register. Then, the logical sum is calculated using the information stored in the first logical sum register and the information stored in the second logical sum register. The result of the logical sum is stored and held in the first logical sum register. Further, the CPU 331 is set with a first logical product register and a second logical product register. In step S1802, the higher-order information and lower-order information of the prize ball command stored in the command storage area 373 are set. Of these, one is read into the first AND register and the other is read into the second AND register. Then, the logical product is calculated using the information stored in the first logical product register and the information stored in the second logical product register. The result of the logical product is stored and held in the first logical sum register. After performing logical sum and logical product in step S1802, in step S1804, whether or not the information of the first logical sum register is “11111111”, the information of the first logical product register is “00000000”. It is determined whether or not there is. When the information in the first logical sum register is “11111111” and the information in the first logical product register is “00000000”, it is determined that the prize ball command is normal.

  If only one of logical sum or logical product is performed, for example, when performing logical sum, even if the lower information in the three award command is rewritten from “00000011” to “00000111”, The result is “11111111”, and it is determined that the command is a normal prize ball command. In addition, when logical product is performed, even if the lower information in the three prize ball commands is rewritten from “00000011” to “00000001”, the result of the logical product is “00000000” and the normal prize ball command It is determined that there is. For this reason, it is preferable to determine whether or not the prize ball command is normal in the addition process as in the above embodiment.

  On the other hand, when both logical product and logical sum are performed, if the lower information in the three prize ball commands is rewritten from “00000011” to “00000111”, the result of the logical sum is “11111111”. Even if it becomes, the result of the logical product is “00000100”, and it can be determined that the prize ball command has been rewritten. Furthermore, if the low-order information in the three award command is rewritten from “00000011” to “00000001”, the result of the logical product is “11111101” even if the logical product result is “00000000”. It can be determined that the prize ball command has been rewritten.

  As described above, when both logical sum and logical product are performed, it is possible to make it easier to find that the prize ball command has been rewritten than when only one of them is performed.

  (84) In the above embodiment, when the number of winning balls is specified, the process of step S1809 is performed when the specified number of winning balls is 1 or more and less than 16, but the present invention is not limited to this configuration. .

  For example, when the specified number of prize balls information is 3 or more and less than 18, the process of step S1809 may be performed. That is, the upper limit value and lower limit value of the prize ball number information for performing the process of step S1809 are not limited.

  The lower limit value must be 3 or less, which is the minimum number of winning balls in the above embodiment, and the upper limit value must be 15 or more, which is the maximum number of winning balls in the above embodiment. In addition, when the specified number of winning balls is not within a predetermined range, the corrected number of winning balls may be added by adding the number of winning balls.

  Further, when the number of prize balls is not more than a predetermined number, the process of step S1809 may be performed.

  For example, even if 15 game balls are paid out when a game ball enters the ball-entry unit, a game machine that outputs a prize ball command corresponding to a predetermined number of prize balls is output with one prize ball command. Can be considered. In this case, with respect to the payout of 15 game balls, a prize ball command corresponding to 10 prize ball information is output once, and a prize ball command corresponding to 5 prize ball information is output once. Will be. In the case of such a gaming machine, it may be determined that the prize ball command is normal when the information on the number of prize balls corresponding to one prize ball command is 10 or less. In this way, the present invention can be applied to a gaming machine in which the number of prize balls based on a single entry of a game ball into the ball entry part and the number of prize balls corresponding to one prize ball command are different. It becomes.

  (85) In the above embodiment, whether or not the prize ball command input is normal based on whether or not the result of the addition process is “11111111” and whether or not the number of prize balls is 1 or more and 15 or less. Although it determined, it is not limited to this structure. Whether or not the prize ball command is normal may be determined based on whether the result of the addition process is “11111111” or whether the number of prize balls is 1 or more and 15 or less.

  However, for example, when it is determined that the number of prize balls is 1 or more and 15 or less, the prize ball command is rewritten so that the number of prize balls is 1 or more and 15 or less. It is determined that the command is a normal prize ball command. Further, when it is determined that the result of the addition process is “11111111” as a normal prize ball command, a plurality of bits in the prize ball command are rewritten, and the result of the accidental addition process becomes “11111111”. If it is, it is determined that the command is a normal prize ball command. For example, when the upper information in the three award command is rewritten from “11111100” to “11101100” and the lower information is rewritten from “00000011” to “00010011”, the result of the addition process is “11111111”. Thus, it is determined that the winning ball command is normal, and the gaming ball is paid out based on the winning ball command even though the winning ball command has been rewritten. . For this reason, it is determined whether or not the prize ball command input from both of whether the result of the addition process is “11111111” and whether the number of prize balls is 1 or more and 15 or less is normal. desirable.

  (86) In addition to the means described in “Means for Solving the Problems”, the following means can also be applied. In the following, description will be made while showing effects and the like as necessary. Incidentally, each of the following means may be applied instead of means 1 to 20 of “means for solving the problem”, and any one of means 1 to 20 of “means for solving the problem”. In contrast, the following means may be applied.

Mean A1. Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content;
A payout control means (payout control board 322) that inputs the payout command information and drives and controls the payout means (payout device 224) so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is paid out;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
Game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content is the payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content is specified, the award information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and further information is provided while power is supplied to itself. Main storage means (main RAM 313) that receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state,
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Information on the number of payouts corresponding to the payout command information input from the main control means or prize payout number information specifying means for specifying the information corresponding thereto (function for executing the award ball number specifying process in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331); ,
The prize payout number information is stored as information on the number of payouts specified by the prize payout number information specifying means or information corresponding to the information, and the information can be stored and held while power is supplied to itself. A payout-side storage means (payout-side RAM 333) that does not receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout drive control means for driving and controlling the payout means so as to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means (function for executing payout state setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) When,
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the award payout number is reflected in the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. A payout update means for updating information (a function of executing the processing of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
According to the prize payout number information, permission specifying information is output to the main control means so that the main control means can specify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output non-permission state. Permission specifying information output means (function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331);
With
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. The output command information can be output when it is specified by the output permission status specifying means that the output permission status is specified,
The permission specifying information output means is configured to allow the main control means to specify that the output is permitted when the prize payout number information is not stored in at least the payout-side storage means. An output state setting means for setting the output state of the identification information (a function for executing the processing of step S2306 and step S2307 in the payout side CPU 331);
Further, when power supply from an external power source to the gaming machine is started, the payout command information is not output by the payout command information output means even if the prize information is stored in the main storage means. Restricting means (a function of executing the process of step S916 in the main CPU 311 or a function of executing the process of step S1615 or step S1714 in the payout CPU 331);
Release specifying means for specifying whether or not the state restricted so as not to output the payout command information should be released (function of executing step S905 in the main CPU 311, step S1601 in the payout CPU 331 or The function of executing the process of step S1704),
When the release specifying means specifies that the release should be released, the restriction release means for releasing the restricted state (the function of executing step S907 in the main CPU 311; step S1604 in the payout CPU 331) Or the function of executing the process of step S1705),
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  In the gaming machine of means A1, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the game content has become the payout game content. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the input payout command information is paid out. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game content becoming the payout game content.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. In this case, if the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached and all the unpaid information is erased, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, the award information that the game content has become the payout game content is stored in the main storage means, and the award payout number information that is referred to in actually executing the payout is stored in the payout storage means. Remembered. The payout control means outputs permission specifying information to the main control means, and based on the permission specifying information, the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state. The permission specifying information is output according to the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. Then, when the main control means specifies that the payout control means is in the output permission state, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. With this configuration, it is possible to pay out the game medium based on the output of the payout command information, and information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game content, and a part of the unpaid information is stored in the payout side storage means. The rest can be stored in the main storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which the power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power-off state is reached, and all the unpaid information is deleted. Can be prevented.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which the number of game media corresponding to the prize information stored in the main storage means is subtracted every time the game medium is paid out by the payout means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. However, in this configuration, the processing load of the main control means is increased more than necessary, and the effect of reducing the processing load of the main control means disappears by providing the payout control means separately from the main control means. . On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means A1, the above-described excellent effect can be obtained while obtaining the effect of providing the payout control means separately from the main control means.

  However, in the above configuration, when the power-on and power-off are repeatedly performed in a state where the award information is stored in the main storage unit, the game medium is not stored in the main storage unit without being executed. There is a possibility that the award information is erased repeatedly. In other words, when power supply is started in a state where prize information is stored in the main storage means, if the payout control means is in an output-permitted state and the payout command information is output, a prize payout is issued in the payout storage means. Number information is stored. If the power is shut off at a relatively early stage in this situation, the payout amount information stored in the payout side storage means is erased without executing the payout of game media. When such power-on and power-off are repeatedly performed, the award information stored in the main storage means is repeatedly erased without executing the game medium payout.

  On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means A1, when power supply to the gaming machine is started, the output of the payout command information may be restricted even if prize information is stored in the main storage means. Yes, the payout command information is not output until the restriction is released. That is, even when power supply to the gaming machine is started, the prize information stored in the main storage means is not stored in the payout storage means but is stored in the main storage means. Sometimes. Since the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage unit as described above, the prize information is not erased even if the power is shut off as long as the power interruption power is supplied.

  From the above, in a gaming machine in which payout of game media is executed by outputting payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, even if the memory control function at power interruption is not provided for the payout control means, The game media can be paid out favorably.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine that has a pattern display means for performing variable display of a pattern, and a game ball is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game ball It may be a stop picture.

  Further, the “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned ON and OFF, or may be information that is output as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

  Mean A2. In the means A1, the output permission state specifying means, when the input state of the permission specifying information is an input state indicating that it is the output permission state, an output permission criterion whose input duration is predetermined. A gaming machine characterized in that the output permission state is specified based on reaching a period.

  According to the means A2, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means becomes an input state indicating that the output is permitted, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permitted state. The payout command information is output based on the fact that the input state indicating that it has reached the output permission reference period. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  In addition, the main control means does not immediately specify that the payout control means is in the output-permitted state, but the payout control means is in the output-permitted state at least until the output permission reference period elapses. In this configuration, when the supply of power to the gaming machine is started, a period required until the main control unit determines that the payout control unit is in the output permitted state is secured. Thereby, for example, when a process for prohibiting the output of the payout command information is executed, there is a time margin for executing the process.

  In addition, “to specify that the output permission state is based on the fact that the input continuation period has reached a predetermined output permission reference period” is not limited to the configuration in which the input continuation period is measured using a real timer. The following configuration is also included. In the configuration in which the output permission state specifying means includes permission specifying information confirmation means for periodically checking the input state of the permission specifying information, the permission specifying information confirmation means is in the output permission state. It is good also as a structure which specifies that it is the said output permission state based on having confirmed the output permission reference | standard number of times that it is an input state which shows that. The same applies to the handling of such a “period”.

  Means A3. In the means A1 or A2, the restricting means is configured to supply power to the gaming machine from an external power source when a restricting situation that restricts payout of the game medium by the payout means has occurred. A gaming machine characterized in that the payout command information is not output by the payout command information output means.

  When a restriction situation has occurred, the power supply may be shut off while prize information is stored in the main storage means. In this case, when the power supply is started and the payout control means is in the output permission state and the payout command information is output, the prize payout number information is stored in the payout side storage means. However, since the payout of game media is still limited, the payout of game media is not executed even if prize payout number information is stored in the payout-side storage means. When the power is shut off in this situation, the payout amount information stored in the payout storage means is erased without the game medium being paid out. When such power-on and power-off are repeatedly performed, the award information stored in the main storage means is repeatedly erased without executing the game medium payout.

  On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means A3, when power supply to the gaming machine is started in a restricted situation, no payout command information is output even if prize information is stored in the main storage means. That is, in this situation, the prize information stored in the main storage means is maintained in the main storage means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. Since the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage unit as described above, the prize information is not erased even if the power is shut off as long as the power interruption power is supplied.

  Note that “restriction of game media payout by the payout means” is not limited to the situation in which game media is not paid out, but also because the payout speed of game media by the payout means is extremely slow. In other words, a situation where game media is not paid out is also included.

Means A4. In means A3, the regulating means is
Restriction specifying means (function for executing front door frame opening signal monitoring processing in the main CPU 311) for specifying that a predetermined restriction situation that is predetermined as the restriction situation has occurred, which the main control means has,
An output restricting means for restricting the payout command information from being output based on the fact that the predetermined restriction situation has been specified by the restriction specifying means; The function of executing the process of step S1104 in the main CPU 311),
With
When power supply is started from an external power supply to the gaming machine in the predetermined restriction situation, the restriction specifying unit is a timing before specifying that the output permission state specifying unit is the output permission state, A gaming machine characterized by specifying a predetermined restricted situation.

  According to the means A4, when the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the predetermined restriction situation and the prize information is stored in the main storage means, the main control means may be in the above situation. It is performed at a timing before it is specified, and further, that the specification is specified as an output permission state. As a result, the payout command information can be prevented from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A3 can be obtained. Further, according to this configuration, the payout control means does not need to execute a special process when starting the power supply to the gaming machine regarding the output of the permission specifying information.

Means A5. In means A4, the main control means has the release specifying means and the restriction release means,
The release specifying means specifies that the predetermined restriction situation is released,
The restriction canceling means cancels a state in which the output of the payout command information is not performed when it is specified by the cancel specifying means that the predetermined restriction status is cancelled. A gaming machine characterized by being.

  According to the means A5, even when the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the award information is stored in the main storage means in a predetermined restriction situation, the payout command information is not output. Thereafter, the payout command information is output based on the release of the predetermined restriction status. Therefore, in the configuration in which the effect of the means A4 and the like can be obtained, the game medium is paid out smoothly.

Means A6. In the means A4 or A5, the output permission state specifying means, when the input state of the permission specifying information is an input state indicating the output permission state, an output whose input duration is predetermined. Based on the fact that the permission reference period has been reached, the output permission state is identified,
Furthermore, it has a limit detection means (front door frame opening switch 78) for detecting the predetermined limit situation,
When the detection result of the restriction detection means is a detection result indicating that the restriction detection means is the predetermined restriction situation, the restriction specifying means is based on the fact that the restriction detection continuation period has reached a predetermined restriction reference period. To identify the predetermined restriction situation,
The gaming machine, wherein the output permission reference period is set longer than the restriction reference period.

  According to the means A6, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means becomes an input state indicating that the output is permitted, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permitted state. The payout command information is output based on the fact that the input state indicating that it has reached the output permission reference period. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  In addition, even if the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that it is a predetermined limit situation, it is not immediately identified as the predetermined limit situation, but the limit detection duration that is the detection result Is determined to be in a predetermined restriction state based on reaching the restriction reference period. As a result, the payout command information is output when the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit situation is caused due to noise or the like even though it is not actually the predetermined limit situation. It is possible to prevent the state from being broken.

  In addition, since the output permission reference period is set to be longer than the restriction reference period, the main control means is in a predetermined restriction state at a timing prior to specifying that the payout control means is in the output permission state. It is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output when the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the situation is specified and the prize information is stored in the main storage means.

  In the configuration in which the main control unit repeatedly executes a plurality of predetermined processes as a series process after power supply to the gaming machine is started from an external power source, the process is performed as a part of the series process. It is good also as a structure which performs the measurement process of an output permission reference | standard period, and the measurement process of the said restriction | limiting detection continuation period. In this case, the measurement start timing of the output permission reference period and the limit detection continuation period can be made substantially the same.

Means A7. In means A4 or A5, the output permission state specifying means comprises permission specifying information confirmation means (function for executing the processing of step S1001 in the main CPU 311) for confirming the input state of the permission specifying information. The identification information confirmation means identifies the output permission state based on confirmation of the output permission reference number of times set as a plurality of times that the input permission state indicates the output permission state. Yes,
Furthermore, it comprises a limit detection means (front door frame opening switch 78) for detecting that the predetermined limit situation has occurred,
The restriction specifying means includes restriction detection result confirmation means (function for executing the processing of step S901 in the main CPU 311) for confirming the detection result of the restriction detection means, and is restricted by the restriction detection result confirmation means. It is specified that the predetermined limit situation is based on confirmation of the limit detection reference number set as a plurality of times to be a detection result indicating a situation,
The gaming machine, wherein the output permission reference number is set to be larger than the limit detection reference number.

  According to the means A7, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means becomes an input state indicating that the output is permitted, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permitted state. The payout command information is output based on the confirmation of the output permission reference number of times that the input state indicating that there is. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  In addition, even if the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that it is a predetermined limit situation, the detection result is not immediately identified as the predetermined limit situation but the detection result. Based on the confirmation of the reference number of times, it is identified as a predetermined limit situation. As a result, the payout command information is output when the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit situation is caused due to noise or the like even though it is not actually the predetermined limit situation. It is possible to prevent the state from being broken.

  In addition, since the output permission reference count is set to be larger than the limit detection reference count, the main control means has a timing before specifying that the payout control means is in the output permission state of the payout command information. When the supply of power to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the predetermined restriction situation is identified and the prize information is stored in the main storage means in the predetermined restriction situation, the payout command information is not output. Can be.

  In the configuration in which the main control unit repeatedly executes a plurality of predetermined processes as a series process after power supply to the gaming machine is started from an external power source, the process is performed as a part of the series process. It is good also as a structure which performs the confirmation process of the information for permission specification, and the confirmation process of the said restriction | limiting detection result. In this case, the measurement start timing of the output permission reference count and the limit detection reference count can be made substantially the same.

Means A8. In means A3, the gaming machine main body (main body frame 13 and back pack unit 15) in which the payout means is installed;
The game machine main body is provided so as to be openable and closable in front of the gaming machine, and stores the display medium (window part 21) that allows the gaming contents to be visually recognized from the gaming machine front and gaming media paid out from the payout means. A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) in which an outer storage section (lower plate 34) is integrated;
Further comprising
The payout drive control means includes drive control restricting means (function to execute the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for restricting drive control of the payout means when the gaming machine front body is opened. ,
The regulating means is
An open state specifying means (a function of executing a front door frame open signal monitoring process in the main CPU 311) that the main control means has and specifies that the gaming machine front body is in an open state;
When the payout command information output means has and the open state specifying means specifies the open state, output restriction means that does not output the payout command information (the process of step S1104 in the main CPU 311) Function to execute)
With
When power supply to the gaming machine is started from an external power source in a state where the gaming machine front body is open, the open state specifying means is such that the output permission state specifying means is in the output permission state of the payout command information. A gaming machine characterized by identifying the open state at a timing prior to identifying the above.

  In the gaming machine of means A8, the display unit and the outer storage unit are integrated with the gaming machine front body. As a result, a boundary leading to the gaming machine main body side does not occur between the display unit and the outer storage unit on the front surface of the gaming machine, and it is possible to prevent an illegal act using the boundary. In addition, when the gaming machine front body is opened, even if the game medium is paid out by the payout means, it cannot be received by the outer storage part. Is limited.

  In this case, when power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the front body of the gaming machine is open and prize information is stored in the main storage means, the main control means This is performed at a timing before it is specified that the situation is present, and further, that the specification is specified as an output permission state. As a result, the payout command information can be prevented from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A3 can be obtained. Further, according to this configuration, the payout control means does not need to execute a special process when starting the power supply to the gaming machine regarding the output of the permission specifying information.

  Incidentally, when an illegal act is performed on a gaming machine, the gaming machine front body may be opened. In this case, since the main control unit has a function of controlling the game in an integrated manner, it is preferable that the main control unit specifies whether or not the front body of the gaming machine is in an open state. In this means, the main control means uses a configuration for specifying whether or not the gaming machine front body is in an open state, so that the gaming machine front body is open and prize information is stored in the main storage means. When the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where is stored, the payout command information can be prevented from being output.

  The main control means may include a specific process executing means for executing a predetermined specific process when the open state specifying means specifies that the gaming machine front body is open. Good. Moreover, as this specific process, the notification process for alert | reporting that the said game machine front body is an open state etc. can be considered.

Means A9. In means A8, the main control means has the release specifying means and the restriction release means,
The release specifying means specifies that the gaming machine front body is not opened,
The restriction release means releases a state in which the payout command information is not output when the release specifying means specifies that the gaming machine front body is not opened. A gaming machine characterized by being.

  According to the means A9, when the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the front body of the gaming machine is opened and the award information is stored in the main storage means, the payout command information is output. Even if not, the payout command information is output based on the fact that the gaming machine front body is closed thereafter. Therefore, in the configuration in which the effect of the means A8 and the like can be obtained, the game medium is paid out smoothly.

Means A10. In the means A8 or A9, the output permission state specifying means, when the input state of the permission specifying information is an input state indicating the output permission state, an output whose predetermined duration is predetermined. Based on the fact that the permission reference period has been reached, the output permission state is identified,
Furthermore, it has an opening detection means (front door frame opening switch 78) for detecting whether or not the gaming machine front body is opened,
If the detection result of the opening detection means is a detection result indicating that the opening detection means is in the opening state, the opening state specifying means that the opening detection duration has reached a predetermined opening specifying reference period Based on the open state,
The gaming machine, wherein the output permission reference period is set longer than the opening specific reference period.

  According to the means A10, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means is an input state indicating that it is an output permission state, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permission state. The payout command information is output based on the fact that the input state indicating that it has reached the output permission reference period. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  In addition, even if the detection result of the opening detection means is a detection result indicating that it is in the open state, the detection result is not immediately determined to be in the open state, but the open detection duration period that is the detection result is open. Based on the fact that the specific reference period has been reached, an open state is identified. As a result, the payout command information is not output when the detection result of the open detection means is the open state due to noise or the like even though the open state is not actually set. It becomes possible to prevent that it will be in a state.

  In addition, since the output permission reference period is set to be longer than the open specific reference period, the main control means is in a state where the gaming machine front body is in the open state at a timing prior to specifying the output permitted state. Identify that there is. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output when power supply to the gaming machine is started in a state in which the prize information is stored in the main storage means in the open state.

  In the configuration in which the main control unit repeatedly executes a plurality of predetermined processes as a series process after power supply to the gaming machine is started from an external power source, the process is performed as a part of the series process. It is good also as a structure which performs the measurement process of an output permission reference | standard period, and the measurement process of the said open | release detection continuation period. In this case, the measurement start timing of the output permission reference period and the open detection continuation period can be made substantially the same.

Means A11. In means A8 or A9, the output permission state specifying means comprises permission specifying information checking means (function for executing the processing of step S1001 in the main CPU 311) for checking the input state of the permission specifying information. The identification information confirmation means identifies the output permission state based on confirmation of the output permission reference number of times set as a plurality of times that the input permission state indicates the output permission state. Yes,
Furthermore, it has an opening detection means (front door frame opening switch 78) for detecting whether or not the gaming machine front body is opened,
The open state specifying unit includes an open detection result confirmation unit (a function for executing the process of step S901 in the main CPU 311) for confirming a detection result of the open detection unit, and the open state detection result confirmation unit includes the open state. It is specified that it is the open state based on the confirmation of the number of times of open detection set as a plurality of times to be a detection result indicating that,
The gaming machine, wherein the output permission reference number is set as a number larger than the opening detection reference number.

  According to the means A11, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means is an input state indicating that it is an output permission state, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permission state. The payout command information is output based on the confirmation of the output permission reference number of times that the input state indicating that there is. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  Also, even if the detection result of the open detection means is a detection result indicating that it is in the open state, it is not immediately identified as being in the open state, but the detection result is that the detection result is Based on the confirmation, it is identified as being in an open state. As a result, the payout command information is not output when the detection result of the open detection means is the open state due to noise or the like even though the open state is not actually set. It becomes possible to prevent that it will be in a state.

  In addition, since the output permission reference count is set to be larger than the opening detection reference count, the main control means has a timing before specifying that the payout control means is in the output permission state of the payout command information. When the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where it is specified that the front body of the gaming machine is in the open state and the award information is stored in the main storage means, the payout command information Can be prevented from being output.

  In the configuration in which the main control unit repeatedly executes a plurality of predetermined processes as a series process after power supply to the gaming machine is started from an external power source, the process is performed as a part of the series process. It is good also as a structure which performs the confirmation process of the information for permission specification, and the confirmation process of the said open | release detection result. In this case, the measurement start timing of the output permission reference count and the open detection reference count can be made substantially the same.

Means A12. In the means A3, the main control means, the payout control means, and the power interruption time power supply means are mounted, and the gaming machine main body (game machine) attached to the attachment object (outer frame 11) so as to be opened and closed in front of the gaming machine A main part 12),
The payout drive control means includes drive control restriction means for restricting drive control of the payout means when the gaming machine main body is opened,
The regulating means is
The main control means has an open state specifying means for specifying that the gaming machine main body is in an open state;
An output restricting means that does not output the payout command information when the payout command information output means has and the open state specifying means specifies the open state;
With
When power supply is started from an external power supply to the gaming machine in a situation where the gaming machine main body is opened, the open state specifying means is such that the output permission state specifying means is in an output permission state of the payout command information. A gaming machine characterized by identifying the open state at a timing prior to identifying the game machine.

  In the gaming machine of the means A12, when the gaming machine main body is opened, the payout of gaming media by the payout means is restricted.

  In this case, if power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the gaming machine main body is open and prize information is stored in the main storage means, the main control means In addition, it is performed at a timing before it is specified that the specification is in the output permission state. As a result, the payout command information can be prevented from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A3 can be obtained. Further, according to this configuration, the payout control means does not need to execute a special process when starting the power supply to the gaming machine regarding the output of the permission specifying information.

  Incidentally, when an illegal act is performed on a gaming machine, the gaming machine main body may be opened. In this case, since the main control unit has a function of controlling the game in an integrated manner, it is preferable that the main control unit specifies whether or not the gaming machine main body is in an open state. In this means A12, the main control means uses a configuration that specifies whether or not the gaming machine main body is in an open state. When the power supply to the gaming machine is started in the stored situation, the payout command information can be prevented from being output.

  The main control means may include a specific process executing means for executing a predetermined specific process when the open state specifying means specifies that the gaming machine main body is in the open state. . Moreover, as this specific process, the notification process for notifying that the said gaming machine main body is an open state etc. can be considered.

Means A13. In any one of the means A3 to A12, the regulating means is
The payout control means has a payout side restriction specifying means for specifying that a predetermined restriction situation predetermined as the restriction situation has occurred (a function of executing a full tank process and a ball-free process in the payout CPU 331) )When,
The output state setting means has an output state of the permission specifying information being the output non-permitted state based on the fact that the predetermined restriction state is specified by the payout side restriction specifying means. A non-permission state restricting means for restricting the main control means so as to maintain an output state that can be specified (function of executing each processing of step S2304, step S2305, and step S2307 in the payout side CPU 331);
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means A13, in the predetermined restriction situation, the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to that corresponding to the output non-permission state so that the payout command information is not output from the main control means to the payout control means. As a result, it is possible to prevent new payout command information from being output in a predetermined restriction situation. When the payout command information is output in a predetermined restriction situation, if the predetermined restriction situation is not solved and the game machine power is cut off while the payout means is restricted, the new output is made. The award payout number information corresponding to the payout command information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  In addition, in this configuration, even when power supply to the gaming machine is started from an external power source in a predetermined restriction situation, it is restricted to one corresponding to the output non-permitted state by specifying the predetermined restriction situation. Is done. Thereby, it becomes possible to prevent the payout command information from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A3 can be obtained.

  Note that the “predetermined restriction status” may be a predetermined restriction situation in which the outer storage portion is filled up in a configuration further including an outer storage portion that stores the game medium paid out from the payout means. In addition, in the configuration further comprising an inner storage portion that stores game media inside the gaming machine, and the payout means pays out the game media stored in the inner storage portion, the game stored in the inner storage portion It is good also considering that a medium runs out as a predetermined restriction situation. In addition, a situation where the payout means has failed may be set as a predetermined restriction situation.

Means A14. In means A13, the payout control means has the release specifying means and the restriction release means,
The release specifying means specifies that the predetermined restriction situation is released,
The restriction canceling means cancels a state in which the output of the payout command information is not performed when it is specified by the cancel specifying means that the predetermined restriction status is cancelled. A gaming machine characterized by being.

  According to the means A14, even when the supply of power to the gaming machine is started in a situation in which the award information is stored in the main storage means in a predetermined restriction situation, the payout command information is not output. Thereafter, the payout command information is output based on the release of the situation where the payout of game media is restricted. Therefore, in the configuration in which the effect of the means A13 and the like can be obtained, the game medium is paid out smoothly.

  Means A15. In means A13 or A14, power supply from an external power source to the gaming machine is started in the predetermined restriction state, and the prize-payout number information is not stored in the payout-side storage means, so that the output is permitted. When the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that it can be specified by the main control unit, the timing before the output permission state specifying unit specifies that the output permission state is specified, The payout side restriction specifying means specifies that the predetermined restriction situation is present, and the non-permission state restriction means specifies in the main control means that the output state of the permission specifying information is the output non-permission state. A gaming machine characterized by being regulated so as to be maintained in a possible output state.

  When power supply is started from an external power source to the gaming machine, the prize payout number information is not stored in the payout side storage means, so that the main control means can specify that the output is permitted. The output status of business information is set. In this case, according to the means A15, when power supply from the external power source to the gaming machine is started in a predetermined restriction situation, the timing before the main control means specifies that the output is permitted. Thus, it is specified by the payout control means that there is a predetermined restriction status, and the output state of the permission specifying information is regulated to an output state corresponding to the output non-permitted state. Thereby, it becomes possible to prevent the payout command information from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A1 can be obtained.

Means A16. In any one of the means A13 to A15, a payout-side restriction detection means (full tank detection sensor 59, no ball detection sensor 223a) for detecting that the predetermined restriction situation has occurred is provided.
When the detection result of the payout side restriction detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation is detected, the payout side restriction specifying means has a predetermined payout side restriction reference period. Is determined based on having reached the predetermined limit situation,
The main control means waits so that at least the specification by the output permission state specifying means is not performed over a predetermined main standby period when power supply from an external power source to the gaming machine is started. Side standby means (function to execute the processing of step S401 and step S402 in the main CPU 311),
When power supply is started from an external power source to the gaming machine in the predetermined restriction situation, the predetermined restriction situation is present before the main standby period elapses and the output permission state specifying means is specified. Is determined by the payout-side restriction specifying means, and the output of the permission specifying information is restricted to an output state corresponding to the output non-permitted state by the non-permitted state restricting means. A gaming machine characterized in that a period is set.

  According to the means A16, the payout control means does not immediately specify that the detection result of the restriction detection means is the predetermined restriction situation, but does not immediately identify the predetermined restriction situation. Based on the fact that the restriction detection continuation period that has been reached the payout-side restriction reference period, it is identified as a predetermined restriction situation. As a result, the payout command information is output when the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit situation is caused due to noise or the like even though it is not actually the predetermined limit situation. It is possible to prevent the state from being broken.

  However, in the above configuration, even if the power supply from the external power supply to the gaming machine is started, the payout control means does not identify the predetermined restriction state until at least the payout-side restriction reference period is reached. On the other hand, since no power is supplied to the payout-side storage means when the power is interrupted, when the power supply to the gaming machine is started from the external power source, the award-payout number information is not stored in the payout-side storage means. In this case, the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the output permission state can be specified. Then, there is an increased possibility that the payout command information is output in spite of the predetermined restriction situation.

  On the other hand, in the main control means, when the power supply from the external power source to the gaming machine is started in a predetermined restriction situation, the specification for permission specifying is not performed over the main standby period. The main side standby period is an output in which the payout control means specifies that the predetermined restriction status is established while the main control means waits and the output state of the permission specifying information corresponds to the output non-permission state. Regulated by state. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output when power supply from the external power source to the gaming machine is started in a predetermined restriction situation.

Means A17. In means A16, when the power supply from the external power source to the gaming machine is started, the payout control means specifies the payout number information specifying means for the predetermined payout-side waiting period, and the payout drive. Driving control by the control means, updating by the updating means at the time of payout, and payout-side standby process execution means (main processing in the payout-side CPU 331) waiting so that the permission specifying information output means does not output the permission specifying information Function to execute)
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the main standby period is set to be longer than a period in which the payout standby period and the payout restriction reference period are combined.

  In the gaming machine of means A17, when power supply is started from the external power source to the gaming machine, the payout control means waits for execution of each process over the payout side waiting period. In this case, the main side standby period in the main control means is set to be longer than the total period of the payout side standby period and the payout side restriction reference period. As a result, in the configuration in which the payout-side waiting period is set in the payout control means as described above, payout command information is not output when power supply is started from an external power source to the gaming machine in a predetermined restriction situation. Can do.

  Means A18. In the means A16 or A17, the output permission state specifying means, when the input state of the permission specifying information is an input state indicating the output permission state, an output whose input duration is predetermined. A gaming machine characterized in that the output permission state is specified based on reaching a permission reference period.

  According to the means A18, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means becomes an input state indicating that the output is permitted, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permitted state. The payout command information is output based on the fact that the input state indicating that it has reached the output permission reference period. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  Also, according to the above configuration, even if power supply from the external power source to the gaming machine is started, the payout command information is not output until the output permission reference period elapses after the main standby period elapses. That is, even if the main standby period elapses, the payout command information is not output until the output permission reference period elapses thereafter. This makes it possible to prevent the main standby period from becoming extremely long. Even in a non-predetermined restriction situation as well as a predetermined restriction situation, when power supply to the gaming machine is started, normal processing in the main control means is waited until the main standby period elapses. From the viewpoint of preventing the period required for standby processing after power-on in a restricted situation from becoming extremely long, it is preferable to prevent the main-side standby period from becoming extremely long as described above.

Means A19. In any one of the means A16 to A18, the payout side restriction specifying means includes:
If the detection result of the payout-side limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit status is present, the limit detection continuation period is set based on the fact that the predetermined first limit reference period has been reached. A first restriction specifying means (function for executing the process of step S1611 or step S1710 in the payout side CPU 331) for specifying that the situation is one;
If the detection result of the payout-side limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit situation is reached, the limit detection duration has reached a second limit reference period that is shorter than the first limit reference period. Second restriction specifying means (function for executing the processing of step S1614 or step S1713 in the payout-side CPU 331) for specifying the second situation based on the situation;
With
The payout drive control means is a drive control restriction means for restricting drive control of the payout means when the first restriction specifying means specifies the first situation (the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) Function to execute)
The non-permitted state restricting unit maintains the output state of the permission specifying information in an output state corresponding to the output non-permitted state when the second restriction specifying unit specifies the second situation. Is to regulate,
When power supply to the gaming machine is started from the external power source in the predetermined restriction situation, the second situation is established before the main standby period elapses and the output permission state specifying means is specified. Is determined by the second restriction specifying means, and the standby state is set such that the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to an output state corresponding to the output non-permitted state by the non-permitted state restricting means. A gaming machine characterized in that a period is set.

  According to the means A19, payout of game media by the payout means is restricted when the first restriction reference period elapses after the detection result of the payout side restriction detection means becomes a detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction state is reached. . In this case, when the second restriction reference period shorter than the first restriction reference period elapses, the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to one corresponding to the output non-permission state. As a result, the output state of the permission specifying information is output in a predetermined restriction state while ensuring the first restriction reference period as long as possible to prevent the payout of the game medium from being restricted due to noise or the like. It is possible to shorten the second limit reference period until it is restricted to the non-permitted state as much as possible. Thus, by shortening the period until the output state of the permission specifying information is regulated to the output non-permitted state as much as possible, the main standby period can be shortened accordingly. Even in a non-predetermined restriction situation as well as a predetermined restriction situation, when power supply to the gaming machine is started, normal processing in the main control means is waited until the main standby period elapses. From the viewpoint of preventing the period required for the startup process after power-on in the restricted situation from becoming extremely long, it is preferable to shorten the main standby period as described above.

  Means A20. In means A19, the payout drive control means changes the payout speed of the payout means to a slower speed than before when the second restriction specifying means specifies the second situation. A gaming machine further comprising control means (function of executing the process of step S2204 in the payout side CPU 331).

  According to the means A20, the detection continuation period that is the detection result indicating that the detection result of the payout-side restriction detection means is in the predetermined restriction state reaches the second restriction reference period that is shorter than the first restriction reference period. Thus, the payout speed of the payout means is changed to a slower speed than before. Thereby, the interval of the game media paid out from the payout means is widened. For example, in a configuration that further includes an outer storage unit that stores game media to be paid out from the payout unit, and the outer storage unit is in a predetermined restricted state, the outer storage unit is not actually full. Nevertheless, the outer storage unit is identified as being full due to the fact that a plurality of gaming media among the game media flowing toward the outer storage unit are continuously detected by the payout side limit detection means. There is a risk that. In contrast, when the second limit reference period shorter than the first limit reference period is reached, the payout speed of the payout means is changed to a slower speed than before. The detection state is canceled and the detection duration is interrupted. Therefore, although the outer storage part is not full, the possibility that the payout of game media is restricted is reduced.

  In the above configuration, the means A19 is provided, and when the second restriction reference period elapses, the output state of the permission specifying information is set to correspond to the output non-permitted state. That is, an opportunity to change the payout speed of the payout means to a slower speed than before is also used as an opportunity to make the output state of the permission specifying information correspond to the output non-permission state. Therefore, the storage capacity related to the payout-side restriction reference period stored in the payout control means can be reduced.

Means A21. Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content;
A payout control means (payout control board 322) that inputs the payout command information and drives and controls the payout means (payout device 224) so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is paid out;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
A game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content has become a payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content is specified, the award information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and further information is provided while power is supplied to itself. Main storage means (main RAM 313) that receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state,
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Information on the number of payouts corresponding to the payout command information input from the main control means or prize payout number information specifying means for specifying the information corresponding thereto (function for executing the award ball number specifying process in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331); ,
The prize payout number information is stored as information on the number of payouts specified by the prize payout number information specifying means or information corresponding to the information, and the information can be stored and held while power is supplied to itself. A payout-side storage means (payout-side RAM 333) that does not receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout drive control means for driving and controlling the payout means so as to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means (function for executing payout state setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) When,
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the award payout number is reflected in the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. A payout update means for updating information (a function of executing the processing of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
According to the prize payout number information, permission specifying information is output to the main control means so that the main control means can specify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output non-permission state. Permission specifying information output means (function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331);
With
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. The output command information can be output when it is specified by the output permission status specifying means that the output permission status is specified,
Further, the permission specifying information output means can be specified by the main control means to be in the output permission state at least when the prize payout number information is not stored in the payout side storage means. An output state setting means for setting the output state of the permission specifying information (a function for executing the processes of steps S2306 and S2307 in the payout side CPU 331);
When power supply from an external power source to the gaming machine is started in a case where a predetermined restriction situation that is predetermined as a restriction situation in which the payout unit is restricted from paying out game media, the main memory Even if the prize information is stored in the means, the payout command information output means does not output the payout command information.

  In the gaming machine of means A21, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the game content has become the payout game content. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the input payout command information is paid out. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game content becoming the payout game content.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. In this case, if the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached and all the unpaid information is erased, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, the award information that the game content has become the payout game content is stored in the main storage means, and the award payout number information that is referred to in actually executing the payout is stored in the payout storage means. Remembered. The payout control means outputs permission specifying information to the main control means, and based on the permission specifying information, the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state. The permission specifying information is output according to the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. Then, when the main control means specifies that the payout control means is in the output permission state, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. With this configuration, it is possible to pay out the game medium based on the output of the payout command information, and information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game content, and a part of the unpaid information is stored in the payout side storage means. The rest can be stored in the main storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which the power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power-off state is reached, and all the unpaid information is deleted. Can be prevented.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which the number of game media corresponding to the prize information stored in the main storage means is subtracted every time the game medium is paid out by the payout means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. However, in this configuration, the processing load of the main control means is increased more than necessary, and the effect of reducing the processing load of the main control means disappears by providing the payout control means separately from the main control means. . On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means A21, the above excellent effect can be obtained while obtaining the effect of providing the payout control means separately from the main control means.

  When at least the payout-side information is not stored in the payout-side storage means, the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the output permission state can be specified. As described above, no power is supplied to the payout-side storage means in the power-off state, so that when the power supply to the gaming machine is started, no prize payout information is stored in the payout-side storage means. In this case, by setting the output state of the permission specifying information so that it can be specified that the output is permitted, the game content becomes the payout game content after that, so that the main control means changes the payout control means. The payout command information is output, and the payout of game media is started smoothly.

  However, in this configuration, when the power is turned on and off in a predetermined restriction situation, there is a possibility that the prize information stored in the main storage means is erased without executing the game medium payout. In other words, in a predetermined restriction situation, the power supply may be shut off while award information is stored in the main storage unit. In this case, when the power supply is started and the payout control means is in the output permission state and the payout command information is output, the prize payout number information is stored in the payout side storage means. However, since the payout of game media is still limited, the payout of game media is not executed even if prize payout number information is stored in the payout-side storage means. When the power is shut off in this situation, the payout amount information stored in the payout storage means is erased without the game medium being paid out. When such power-on and power-off are repeatedly performed, the award information stored in the main storage means is repeatedly erased without executing the game medium payout.

  On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means A21, when power supply to the gaming machine is started in a predetermined restriction situation, no payout command information is output even if prize information is stored in the main storage means. That is, in this situation, the prize information stored in the main storage means is maintained in the main storage means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. Since the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage unit as described above, the prize information is not erased even if the power is shut off as long as the power interruption power is supplied.

  From the above, in a gaming machine in which payout of game media is executed by outputting payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, even if the memory control function at power interruption is not provided for the payout control means, The game media can be paid out favorably.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine having a pattern display means for executing variable display of a pattern, and a game medium is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game medium. It may be a stop picture.

  Further, the “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned ON and OFF, or may be information that is output as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

  In addition, “the game medium payout by the payout means is restricted” is not limited to the situation in which the game medium is not paid out, but also because the game medium payout speed by the payout means is extremely slow. In other words, a situation where game media is not paid out is also included.

  Means A22. In means A21, even if power supply from an external power source to the gaming machine is started in the predetermined restriction situation and the payout command information is not output, the predetermined restriction situation is subsequently released. Based on this, the state where the output of the payout command information by the payout command information output means is canceled is released.

  According to the means A22, even when the supply of power to the gaming machine is started in a predetermined restricted situation and the prize information is stored in the main storage means, even if the payout command information is not output. Thereafter, the payout command information is output based on the release of the predetermined restriction status. Therefore, in the configuration in which the effect of the means A21 and the like can be obtained, the game medium is paid out smoothly.

Means A23. In the means A21 or A22, the main control means further includes a restriction specifying means (function for executing a front door frame opening signal monitoring process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the predetermined restriction situation has occurred. ,
The payout command information output means does not output the payout command information when it is specified by the restriction specifying means that the predetermined restriction situation is present,
When power supply is started from an external power supply to the gaming machine in the predetermined restriction situation, the restriction specifying unit is a timing before specifying that the output permission state specifying unit is the output permission state, A gaming machine characterized by specifying a predetermined restricted situation.

  According to the means A23, when the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the predetermined restriction situation and the prize information is stored in the main storage means, the main control means may be in the above situation. In addition, it is performed at a timing before it is specified that the specification is in the output permission state. As a result, the payout command information can be prevented from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A21 can be obtained. Further, according to this configuration, the payout control means does not need to execute a special process when starting the power supply to the gaming machine regarding the output of the permission specifying information.

  Note that the configuration limited by the means A6 or A7 may be applied to the means A23.

Means A24. In the means A21 or A22, the gaming machine main body (the main body frame 13 and the back pack unit 15) in which the payout means is installed;
The game machine main body is provided so as to be openable and closable in front of the gaming machine, and stores the display medium (window part 21) that allows the gaming contents to be visually recognized from the gaming machine front and gaming media paid out from the payout means. A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) in which an outer storage section (lower plate 34) is integrated;
Further comprising
The payout drive control means includes drive control restricting means (function to execute the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for restricting drive control of the payout means when the gaming machine front body is opened. ,
The main control means further includes an open state specifying means (a function for executing a front door frame open signal monitoring process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the gaming machine front body is in an open state.
The payout command information output means does not output the payout command information when the open state specifying means has specified the open state.
When power supply to the gaming machine is started from an external power source in a state where the gaming machine front body is open, the open state specifying means is such that the output permission state specifying means is in the output permission state of the payout command information. A gaming machine characterized by identifying the open state at a timing prior to identifying the above.

  In the gaming machine of means A24, the display unit and the outer storage unit are integrated with the gaming machine front body. As a result, a boundary leading to the gaming machine main body side does not occur between the display unit and the outer storage unit on the front surface of the gaming machine, and it is possible to prevent an illegal act using the boundary. In addition, when the game machine front body is opened, even if the game medium is paid out, it cannot be received by the outer storage part, and as a countermeasure, the payout of the game medium by the payout means is restricted. The

  In this case, when power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the front body of the gaming machine is open and prize information is stored in the main storage means, the main control means This is performed at a timing before it is specified that the situation is present, and further, that the specification is specified as an output permission state. As a result, the payout command information can be prevented from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A21 can be obtained. Further, according to this configuration, the payout control means does not need to execute a special process when starting the power supply to the gaming machine regarding the output of the permission specifying information.

  Incidentally, when an illegal act is performed on a gaming machine, the gaming machine front body may be opened. In this case, since the main control unit has a function of controlling the game in an integrated manner, it is preferable that the main control unit specifies whether or not the front body of the gaming machine is in an open state. In this means A24, the main control means uses the configuration for specifying whether or not the gaming machine front body is in an open state, and the gaming machine front body is open and the main storage means is awarded. When power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where information is stored, the payout command information can be prevented from being output.

  The main control means may include a specific process executing means for executing a predetermined specific process when the open state specifying means specifies that the gaming machine front body is open. Good. Moreover, as this specific process, the notification process for alert | reporting that the said game machine front body is an open state etc. can be considered.

  Further, the configuration limited in the means A10 or A11 may be applied to the means A24.

Means A25. In the means A21 or A22, the main control means, the payout control means, and the power interruption time power supply means are mounted, and the gaming machine main body (attached to the mounting target (outer frame 11) so as to be opened and closed in front of the gaming machine ( Further comprising a gaming machine main part 12),
The payout drive control means includes drive control restriction means for restricting drive control of the payout means when the gaming machine main body is opened,
The main control means further includes an open state specifying means for specifying that the gaming machine main body is in an open state,
The payout command information output means does not output the payout command information when the open state specifying means has specified the open state.
When power supply is started from an external power supply to the gaming machine in a situation where the gaming machine main body is opened, the open state specifying means is such that the output permission state specifying means is in an output permission state of the payout command information. A gaming machine characterized by identifying the open state at a timing prior to identifying the game machine.

  In the gaming machine of means A25, when the gaming machine main body is opened, the payout of game media by the payout means is restricted.

  In this case, if power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the gaming machine main body is open and prize information is stored in the main storage means, the main control means In addition, it is performed at a timing before it is specified that the specification is in the output permission state. As a result, the payout command information can be prevented from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A21 can be obtained. Further, according to this configuration, the payout control means does not need to execute a special process when starting the power supply to the gaming machine regarding the output of the permission specifying information.

  Incidentally, when an illegal act is performed on a gaming machine, the gaming machine main body may be opened. In this case, since the main control unit has a function of controlling the game in an integrated manner, it is preferable that the main control unit specifies whether or not the gaming machine main body is in an open state. In this means A25, the main control means uses a configuration for specifying whether or not the gaming machine main body is in an open state. When the power supply to the gaming machine is started in the stored situation, the payout command information can be prevented from being output.

  The main control means may include a specific process executing means for executing a predetermined specific process when the open state specifying means specifies that the gaming machine main body is in the open state. . Moreover, as this specific process, the notification process for notifying that the said gaming machine main body is an open state etc. can be considered.

Means A26. In any one of the means A21 to A25, the payout control means executes payout side restriction specifying means for specifying that the predetermined restriction situation has occurred (a full tank process and a ball-free process in the payout side CPU 331) Function)
The output state setting means maintains the output state of the permission specifying information in an output state corresponding to the output non-permitted state when the payout side restriction specifying means specifies that the predetermined restriction state exists. A game machine characterized by being regulated as described above.

  According to the means A26, in a predetermined restriction situation, the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to an output state corresponding to the output non-permitted state so that the payout command information is not output from the main control means to the payout control means. As a result, it is possible to prevent new payout command information from being output in a predetermined restriction situation. When the payout command information is output in a predetermined restriction situation, if the predetermined restriction situation is not solved and the game machine power is cut off while the payout means is restricted, the new output is made. The award payout number information corresponding to the payout command information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  Further, in this configuration, even when power supply from an external power source to the gaming machine is started in a predetermined restriction situation, the output restriction state is restricted by specifying the predetermined restriction situation. Thereby, it becomes possible to prevent the payout command information from being output in the above situation, and the effect of the means A21 can be obtained.

  As the “predetermined restriction status”, in a configuration further including an outer storage section that stores the game medium to be paid out from the payout means, the predetermined storage condition may be that the outer storage section becomes full. In addition, in the configuration further comprising an inner storage portion that stores game media inside the gaming machine, and the payout means pays out the game media stored in the inner storage portion, the game stored in the inner storage portion It is good also considering that a medium runs out as a predetermined restriction situation.

(87) Means B1. Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content;
A payout control means (payout control board 322) that inputs the payout command information and drives and controls the payout means (payout device 224) so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is paid out;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
Game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content is the payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content is specified, the award information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and further information is provided while power is supplied to itself. Main storage means (main RAM 313) that receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state,
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Information on the number of payouts corresponding to the payout command information input from the main control means or prize payout number information specifying means for specifying the information corresponding thereto (function for executing the award ball number specifying process in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331); ,
The prize payout number information is stored as information on the number of payouts specified by the prize payout number information specifying means or information corresponding to the information, and the information can be stored and held while power is supplied to itself. A payout-side storage means (payout-side RAM 333) that does not receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout drive control means for driving and controlling the payout means so as to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means (function for executing payout state setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) When,
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the award payout number is reflected in the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. A payout update means for updating information (a function of executing the processing of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
According to the prize payout number information, permission specifying information is output to the main control means so that the main control means can specify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output non-permission state. Permission specifying information output means (function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331);
With
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. And when the output permission state specifying means specifies that the output permission state is specified, the payout command information is output.
Further, restriction specifying means for specifying that a predetermined restriction situation that is predetermined as a restriction situation in which payout of game media by the payout means is restricted is executed (the process of step S916 in the main CPU 311 is executed) Or a function for executing the processing of step S1615 or step S1714 in the payout-side CPU 331),
Output restriction means (step in the main CPU 311 for preventing the output of the payout command information by the payout command information output means based on the fact that the restriction specifying means specifies the predetermined restriction situation) A function for executing the process of S1104 or a function for executing the processes of steps S2304, S2305 and S2307 in the payout-side CPU 331),
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  In the gaming machine of means B1, the payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the game contents have become payout game contents. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the input payout command information is paid out. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game content becoming the payout game content.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. In this case, if the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached and all the unpaid information is erased, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, the award information that the game content has become the payout game content is stored in the main storage means, and the award payout number information that is referred to in actually executing the payout is stored in the payout storage means. Remembered. The payout control means outputs permission specifying information to the main control means, and based on the permission specifying information, the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state. The permission specifying information is output according to the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. Then, when the main control means specifies that the payout control means is in the output permission state, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. With this configuration, it is possible to pay out the game medium based on the output of the payout command information, and information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game content, and a part of the unpaid information is stored in the payout side storage means. The rest can be stored in the main storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which the power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power-off state is reached, and all the unpaid information is deleted. Can be prevented.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which the number of game media corresponding to the prize information stored in the main storage means is subtracted every time the game medium is paid out by the payout means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. However, in this configuration, the processing load of the main control means is increased more than necessary, and the effect of reducing the processing load of the main control means disappears by providing the payout control means separately from the main control means. . On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present means B1, while obtaining the effect of providing the payout control means separately from the main control means, the above excellent effects can be obtained in addition thereto.

  In addition, there may be a predetermined restriction situation in which the gaming machine is restricted from being paid out. In this case, when the payout command information is output in a predetermined restriction situation, when the power of the gaming machine is cut off without the situation being resolved, the power at the time of power interruption is not supplied to the payout-side storage means. Then, the award payout number information corresponding to the newly output payout command information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means B1, since it is configured not to output the payout command information in a predetermined restriction situation, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of the inconvenience as described above.

  From the above, in a gaming machine in which payout of game media is executed by outputting payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, even if the memory control function at power interruption is not provided for the payout control means, The game media can be paid out favorably.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine that has a pattern display means for performing variable display of a pattern, and a game ball is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game ball It may be a stop picture.

  Further, the “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned ON and OFF, or may be information that is output as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

  In addition, the “predetermined restriction status” may be defined as a predetermined restriction situation in which the outer storage portion is filled up in a configuration further including an outer storage portion that stores game media paid out from the payout means. In addition, in the configuration further comprising an inner storage portion that stores game media inside the gaming machine, and the payout means pays out the game media stored in the inner storage portion, the game stored in the inner storage portion The predetermined limit situation may be that the medium disappears or the storage amount is equal to or less than a predetermined lower limit storage amount. Also, a gaming machine main body in which the payout means is installed, a display unit provided so as to be openable and closable in front of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine main body, and the gaming contents can be viewed from the front of the gaming machine, and the payout means In a configuration including a gaming machine front body integrated with an outer storage section for storing the paid-out gaming media, the predetermined restriction situation may be that the gaming machine front body is in an open state. Further, in a configuration including a gaming machine main body attached to an attachment target, the predetermined restriction state may be that the gaming machine main body is in an open state. In addition, a situation where the payout means has failed may be set as a predetermined restriction situation.

  Means B2. In the means B1, the output permission state specifying means, when the input state of the permission specifying information is an input state indicating that it is the output permission state, an output permission criterion whose input duration is predetermined. A gaming machine characterized in that the output permission state is specified based on reaching a period.

  According to the means B2, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means becomes an input state indicating the output permission state, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permission state. The payout command information is output based on the fact that the input state indicating that it has reached the output permission reference period. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  In addition, the main control means does not immediately specify that the payout control means is in the output-permitted state, but the payout control means is in the output-permitted state at least until the output permission reference period elapses. With the configuration in which the identification is suspended, it is ensured that the period required for the main control means to specify that the payout control means is in the output permitted state when a predetermined restriction state is reached. Thereby, for example, when a process for prohibiting the output of the payout command information is executed, there is a time margin for executing the process.

  In addition, “to specify that the output permission state is based on the fact that the input continuation period has reached a predetermined output permission reference period” is not limited to the configuration in which the input continuation period is measured using a real timer. The following configuration is also included. In the configuration in which the output permission state specifying means includes permission specifying information confirmation means for periodically checking the input state of the permission specifying information, the permission specifying information confirmation means is in the output permission state. It is good also as a structure which specifies that it is the said output permission state based on having confirmed the output permission reference | standard number of times that it is an input state which shows that. The same applies to the handling of such a “period”.

Means B3. Means B1 or B2 includes restriction detection means (a front door frame opening switch 78, a full tank detection sensor 59, a ball non-detection sensor 223a) for detecting that the predetermined restriction state is present,
When the detection result of the restriction detection means is a detection result indicating that the restriction detection means is the predetermined restriction situation, the restriction specifying means is based on the fact that the restriction detection continuation period has reached a predetermined restriction reference period. And a game machine characterized by the fact that the predetermined restricted situation is specified.

  According to the means B3, even if the detection result of the restriction detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation is detected, the detection result is not immediately identified as the predetermined restriction situation but is the detection result. Based on the fact that the limit detection continuation period has reached the limit reference period, the predetermined limit situation is identified. As a result, the payout command information is output when the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit situation is caused due to noise or the like even though it is not actually the predetermined limit situation. It is possible to prevent the state from being broken.

Means B4. In any one of the means B1 to B3, there is provided limit detection means (full tank detection sensor 59, no ball detection sensor 223a) for detecting that the predetermined limit situation is present,
The restriction specifying means includes
If the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit situation is present, the first situation is based on the fact that the limit detection duration has reached a predetermined first limit reference period. First restriction specifying means (function for executing the processing of step S1613 or step S1712 in the payout-side CPU 331);
When the detection result of the restriction detection means is a detection result indicating that the restriction state is the predetermined restriction situation, the restriction detection duration has reached a second restriction reference period shorter than the first restriction reference period. Second restriction specifying means (a function for executing the process of step S1615 or step S1714 in the payout-side CPU 331) for specifying the second situation based on;
With
The payout drive control means restricts the drive control of the payout means based on the fact that the first situation is specified by the first restriction specifying means (step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331). Function to execute the processing of)
The output restriction means prevents the payout command information from being output by the payout command information output means based on the fact that the second situation is specified by the second restriction specifying means. A gaming machine characterized by being.

  According to the means B4, payout of game media by the payout means is restricted when the first restriction reference period elapses after the detection result of the restriction detection means becomes a detection result indicating a predetermined restriction situation. In this case, when the second restriction reference period shorter than the first restriction reference period elapses, the payout command information is not output. As a result, the payout command information is not output in a predetermined restriction state while securing the first restriction reference period as long as possible so as to prevent the payout of the game medium from being restricted due to noise or the like. Thus, the period until it is regulated can be shortened as much as possible. In this way, by shortening the period until the regulation to prevent the output of the payout command information as much as possible, the payout command information is output at a relatively early stage when the payout of game media is restricted. It is possible to regulate so as not to break. As a result, it is possible to reliably prevent the payout command information from being output in a situation where the payout of game media is restricted by the drive control restricting means.

  Further, in this configuration, the game medium is continuously paid out in a situation where no new payout command information is output until the first restriction reference period elapses after the second restriction reference period elapses. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means as much as possible before the game medium payout is restricted by the drive control restriction means. Then, by reducing the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means in this way, the number of unpaid award payouts to be erased when the power is cut off is reduced. It becomes possible.

  It should be noted that “restricting the drive control of the payout means” is not limited to the situation in which the game medium is not paid out, but the game medium payout speed by the payout means is substantially slow. This includes situations where media is not paid out.

Means B5. In means B4, based on the detection result of the restriction detection means being a non-restriction detection result indicating that it is not the predetermined restriction situation, the output restriction means is restricted so that the payout command information is not output. And a restriction canceling means (a function for executing each processing of step S1604 and step S1608 in the payout-side CPU 331) for canceling the current state,
The deregulation means is
When the detection result of the restriction detection means is the non-restriction detection result when the first restriction specifying means identifies the first situation, the non-restriction detection duration is predetermined. A first restriction releasing means (a function for executing the process of step S1608 in the payout side CPU 331) for releasing the state restricted by the output restriction means based on reaching the first non-limiting reference period;
The detection result of the restriction detection means is not unrestricted when the first restriction specifying means does not specify the first situation but the second restriction specifying means specifies the second situation. When it is a detection result, the state restricted by the output restriction means is released, or the non-restricted detection continuation period has reached a second non-restricted reference period shorter than the first unrestricted reference period Based on the second restriction release means (function to execute the processing of step S1604 in the payout side CPU 331) to release the state restricted by the output restriction means,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  By providing the configuration of the means B4, the payout means pays out the game medium after the first restriction reference period has elapsed since the detection result of the restriction detection means has become the detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation has occurred. Is limited. Further, in a state where the payout of game media is restricted, the payout command information is already restricted from being output.

  In this case, according to the means B5, even if the detection result of the restriction detection means becomes an unrestricted detection result, the state in which the output of the payout command information is regulated is not immediately released, and the unrestricted detection When the continuation period reaches the first non-limiting reference period, the state where the output of the payout command information is restricted is released. If a predetermined restriction situation occurs, even if it is resolved, it is possible that a predetermined restriction situation occurs immediately. In this case, if the payout command information is output immediately after the predetermined restriction situation is resolved, the predetermined restriction situation occurs again at the timing before all the payout amount information corresponding to the payout instruction information is paid out. There is a risk that. If the power is shut off in this state, the prize payout information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, by maintaining the state in which the output of the payout command information is regulated until the first non-restriction reference period elapses after the detection result of the restriction detection means becomes the non-restriction detection result, as described above. The possibility of a new situation occurring is reduced.

  On the other hand, in a situation where the second restriction reference period has passed since the detection result of the restriction detection means has become a detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation has occurred, but the first restriction reference period has not elapsed, the restriction detection means When the detection result is an unrestricted detection result, for example, it means that the detection result of the restriction detection means becomes the restriction detection result when the predetermined restriction situation is not actually set. Therefore, in this case, it is preferable to cancel the state in which the output of the payout command information is restricted without waiting for the first non-limiting reference period to elapse. As a result, the period during which the output of the payout command information is restricted can be prevented from becoming extremely long.

Means B6. In any one of the means B1 to B3, the payout control means has the restriction specifying means, and the output state setting means of the payout control means has the output restricting means,
The output restricting means determines that the output state of the permission specifying information is the output non-permitted state based on the fact that the restriction specifying means specifies the predetermined restriction state. A gaming machine characterized by non-permitted state restricting means (a function of executing each processing of step S2304, step S2305, and step S2307 in the payout side CPU 331) for restricting the output to be maintained in an identifiable output state.

  According to the means B6, when it is specified that the predetermined restricted situation is specified, the output state of the permission specifying information is set to the output non-permitted state so that the payout command information is not output from the main control means to the payout control means. Maintained. This makes it possible to prevent new payout command information from being output in a predetermined restriction situation.

Means B7. Means B6 includes restriction detection means (full tank detection sensor 59, non-ball detection sensor 223a) for detecting the predetermined restriction situation,
The restriction specifying means includes
If the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit situation is present, the first situation is based on the fact that the limit detection duration has reached a predetermined first limit reference period. First restriction specifying means (function for executing the processing of step S1613 or step S1712 in the payout-side CPU 331);
When the detection result of the restriction detection means is a detection result indicating that the restriction state is the predetermined restriction situation, the restriction detection duration has reached a second restriction reference period shorter than the first restriction reference period. Second restriction specifying means (a function for executing the process of step S1615 or step S1714 in the payout-side CPU 331) for specifying the second situation based on;
With
The payout drive control means is a drive control restriction means for restricting drive control of the payout means when the first restriction specifying means specifies the first situation (the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) Function to execute)
When the second restriction specifying means specifies the second situation, the non-permission state restricting means determines that the output state of the permission specifying information is the output non-permission state. A gaming machine that is controlled so as to be maintained in an output state that can be specified by means.

  According to the means B7, payout of game media by the payout means is restricted when the first restriction reference period elapses after the detection result of the restriction detection means becomes the detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation is present. In this case, when the second restriction reference period shorter than the first restriction reference period elapses, the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to one corresponding to the output non-permission state. As a result, the output state of the permission specifying information is output in a predetermined restriction state while ensuring the first restriction reference period as long as possible to prevent the payout of the game medium from being restricted due to noise or the like. The period until it is restricted to the non-permitted state can be shortened as much as possible. In this way, by shortening the period until the output state of the permission specifying information is regulated to the output non-permitted state as much as possible, when the payout of the game medium is restricted, the permission specifying information is set at a relatively early stage. It becomes possible to restrict the output state to an output non-permitted state. As a result, it is possible to reliably prevent the payout command information from being output in a situation where the payout of game media is restricted by the drive control restricting means.

  Further, in this configuration, the game medium is continuously paid out in a situation where no new payout command information is output until the first restriction reference period elapses after the second restriction reference period elapses. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means as much as possible before the game medium payout is restricted by the drive control restriction means. In addition, by reducing the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means in this way, it is possible to reduce the number of prize payouts that are erased when the power is turned off. It becomes.

  It should be noted that “restricting the drive control of the payout means” is not limited to the situation in which the game medium is not paid out, but the game medium payout speed by the payout means is substantially slow. This includes situations where media is not paid out.

  Means B8. In means B7, the payout drive control means changes the payout speed of the payout means to a slower speed than before when the second restriction specifying means specifies the second situation. A gaming machine further comprising control means (function of executing the process of step S2204 in the payout side CPU 331).

  According to the means B8, when the detection continuation period that is the detection result indicating that the detection result of the restriction detection means is the predetermined restriction situation reaches the second restriction reference period that is shorter than the first restriction reference period, The payout speed of the payout means is changed to a slower speed than before. Thereby, the interval of the game media paid out from the payout means is widened. For example, in a configuration that further includes an outer storage unit that stores game media to be paid out from the payout unit, and the outer storage unit is in a predetermined restricted state, the outer storage unit is not actually full. Nevertheless, there is a risk that the outer storage unit may be identified as being full due to the continuous detection of the plurality of game media among the game media flowing toward the outer storage unit by the restriction detection means. There is. In contrast, when the second limit reference period shorter than the first limit reference period is reached, the payout speed of the payout means is changed to a slower speed than before, so that the limit detection means continuously detects it. The state that has been released is canceled and the detection duration is interrupted. Therefore, although the outer storage part is not full, the possibility that the payout of game media is restricted is reduced.

  In the above configuration, the means B7 is provided, and the output state of the permission specifying information is regulated to correspond to the output non-permitted state when the second restriction reference period elapses. That is, an opportunity to change the payout speed of the payout means to a slower speed than before is also used as an opportunity to make the output state of the permission specifying information correspond to the output non-permission state. Therefore, the storage capacity related to the restriction reference period stored in the payout control means can be reduced.

Means B9. In the means B7 or B8, when the power supply from the external power supply to the gaming machine is started, the main control means is specified by at least the output permission state specifying means over a predetermined main standby period. Main side standby means (function to execute the processing of step S401 and step S402 in the main CPU 311) to wait so as not to
When power supply to the gaming machine is started from the external power source in the predetermined restriction situation, the second situation is established before the main standby period elapses and the output permission state specifying means is specified. Is specified by the second restriction specifying means, and the main standby period is set such that the output state of the permission specifying information is controlled by the non-permission state restricting means. To play.

  In a predetermined restriction situation, the power supply may be shut off while award information is stored in the main storage unit. In this case, when the power supply is started and the payout control means is in the output permission state and the payout command information is output, the prize payout number information is stored in the payout side storage means. However, since the payout of game media is still limited, the payout of game media is not executed even if prize payout number information is stored in the payout-side storage means. When the power is shut off in this situation, the payout amount information stored in the payout storage means is erased without the game medium being paid out. When such power-on and power-off are repeatedly performed, the award information stored in the main storage means is repeatedly erased without executing the game medium payout.

  On the other hand, according to the means B9, the main control means does not specify the permission specifying information over the main standby period when the power is turned on in a predetermined restriction situation. Then, while the main control unit is waiting for the main standby period, the payout control unit regulates the output state of the permission specifying information so that it can be specified that the output is not permitted. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output when power supply from the external power source to the gaming machine is started in a predetermined restriction situation. In other words, when the power is turned on in a predetermined restriction situation, the prize information stored in the main storage means is not stored in the payout storage means but is maintained in the main storage means. Is done. Since the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage unit as described above, the prize information is not erased even if the power is shut off as long as the power interruption power is supplied. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of the inconvenience.

  In addition, since the second restriction reference period shorter than the first restriction reference period elapses, the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to one corresponding to the output non-permission state. In order to prevent the payout of the game medium from being restricted due to noise or the like, the output state of the permission specifying information is in the output non-permitted state when the first restriction reference period is secured as long as possible and in a predetermined restriction state. The period until the regulation is set to be as short as possible. Thus, by shortening the period until the output state of the permission specifying information is regulated to the output non-permitted state as much as possible, the main standby period can be shortened accordingly. Even in a non-predetermined restriction situation as well as a predetermined restriction situation, when power supply to the gaming machine is started, normal processing in the main control means is waited until the main standby period elapses. From the viewpoint of preventing the period required for the startup process after power-on in the restricted situation from becoming extremely long, it is preferable to shorten the main standby period as described above.

Means B10. In means B9, when the power supply from the external power source to the gaming machine is started, the payout control means specifies the payout number information specifying means for the predetermined payout-side waiting period, and the payout drive. Driving control by the control means, updating by the updating means at the time of payout, and payout-side standby process execution means (main processing in the payout-side CPU 331) waiting so that the permission specifying information output means does not output the permission specifying information Function to execute)
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the main standby period is set longer than a combined period of the payout standby period and the second restriction reference period.

  In the gaming machine of means B10, when power supply is started from the external power supply to the gaming machine, the payout control means waits for the execution of each process over the payout side waiting period. In this case, the main-side standby period in the main control means is set longer than the total period of the payout-side standby period and the second restriction reference period. As a result, in the configuration in which the payout-side waiting period is set in the payout control means as described above, payout command information is not output when power supply is started from an external power source to the gaming machine in a predetermined restriction situation. Can do.

Means B11. In any one of the means B7 to B10, the state restricted by the non-permitted state restriction means based on the detection result of the restriction detection means being a non-restriction detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction state is not satisfied. A restriction release means for releasing the function (a function of executing each processing of step S1604 and step S1608 in the payout-side CPU 331);
The deregulation means is
When the detection result of the restriction detection means is the non-restriction detection result when the first restriction specifying means identifies the first situation, the non-restriction detection duration is predetermined. A first restriction releasing means (a function of executing the process of step S1608 in the payout side CPU 331) for releasing the state restricted by the non-permitted state restricting means based on reaching the first unrestricted reference period;
The detection result of the restriction detection means is not unrestricted when the first restriction specifying means does not specify the first situation but the second restriction specifying means specifies the second situation. If it is a detection result, the state restricted by the non-permitted state restriction means is released, or the non-restricted detection continuation period reaches a second non-restricted reference period shorter than the first unrestricted reference period. A second restriction release means (a function of executing the process of step S1604 in the payout side CPU 331) for releasing the state restricted by the non-permission state restriction means,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  With the configuration of the means B7, the payout means pays out the game medium after the first restriction reference period has elapsed since the detection result of the restriction detection means becomes a detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation has occurred. Is limited. Further, in a state where the payout of game media is restricted, the output state of the permission specifying information is already regulated to correspond to the output non-permission state.

  In this case, according to the means B11, even if the detection result of the restriction detecting means becomes a non-restricted detection result, the state in which the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to that corresponding to the output non-permission state is immediately The restricted state is released when the non-restricted detection continuation period reaches the first non-restricted reference period. If a predetermined restriction situation occurs, even if it is resolved, it is possible that a predetermined restriction situation occurs immediately. In this case, if the payout command information is output immediately after the predetermined restriction situation is resolved, the predetermined restriction situation occurs again at the timing before all the payout amount information corresponding to the payout instruction information is paid out. There is a risk that. If the power is shut off in this state, the prize payout information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to that corresponding to the output non-permitted state until the first non-restricted reference period elapses after the detection result of the restriction detection means becomes the non-restricted detection result. By maintaining this state, the possibility of the above situation occurring is reduced.

  On the other hand, in a situation where the second restriction reference period has passed since the detection result of the restriction detection means has become a detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation has occurred, but the first restriction reference period has not elapsed, the restriction detection means When the detection result is an unrestricted detection result, for example, it means that the detection result of the restriction detection means becomes the restriction detection result when the predetermined restriction situation is not actually set. Therefore, in this case, it is preferable to cancel the state where the output state of the permission specifying information is restricted to that corresponding to the output non-permitted state without waiting for the elapse of the first non-limiting reference period. As a result, the period during which the output of the payout command information is restricted can be prevented from becoming extremely long.

  Means B12. In any one of the means B1 to B5, the output restricting means is included in the payout command information output means, and the payout command is determined based on the fact that the restriction specifying means specifies the predetermined restriction state. A gaming machine, which is output prohibiting means (a function of executing the processing of step S1104 in the main CPU 311) for prohibiting output of information.

  According to the means B12, when it is specified that the situation is the predetermined restriction state, the output of the payout command information is directly restricted by the main control means. As a result, it is possible to reliably prevent the payout command information from being output in a situation where it is specified that the situation is a predetermined restriction situation.

(88) Means C1. Passage detection means (ball detection sensors 152 to 155) for detecting the passage of a predetermined amount of game media;
A control means (main control board 301) for inputting the detection result of the passage detection means and identifying the passage of the game medium at the predetermined location based on the input detection result;
In a gaming machine equipped with
The control means includes
Input means (first input port 351) for inputting the detection result of the passage detection means;
Confirmation means for confirming the input information input to the input means every time the confirmation timing comes (function for executing the processing of step S601 in the main CPU 311);
The input information confirmed by the confirmation unit is stored as history information, and the history information is stored and held for a plurality of subsequent confirmation timings by the confirmation unit (part of the main RAM 313). Function)
Based on the history information stored in the history storage means, the passage detection means for specifying that the passage detection means detects the passage of the game medium (each process of steps S605 to S608 in the main CPU 311). Functions to be executed)
With
The history storage means uses the passage specifying means to output the detection result information corresponding to the confirmation timing for a reference number of times determined as three or more times including a predetermined confirmation timing based on the history information. The history information is stored so that it can be grasped,
The passage specifying means is information corresponding to a detection result in which one of the first time and the last time among the information of the detection result for the reference number of times does not detect a game medium, and the other is a game When it is information corresponding to the detection result of detecting the medium, the passage detection means includes an arithmetic processing execution means for executing an arithmetic processing that is an arithmetic result indicating that the passage of the game medium is detected. Based on the calculation result of the calculation processing execution means, it is specified that the passage detection means detects the passage of the game medium,
Furthermore, the input means inputs the input information individually corresponding to the detection results of the plurality of passage detection means,
The history storage means stores the history information individually corresponding to each input information,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the calculation processing execution means executes the calculation processing so as to obtain a calculation result for each of the passage detection means.

  In the gaming machine of means C1, the control means repeatedly confirms the information on the detection result of the passage detection means. In this case, even if the control means confirms the information that the passage of the game medium is detected, it is not immediately identified as passing, and if the information is confirmed multiple times, it passes. Identified. Thereby, although the game medium does not actually pass through the predetermined location, the possibility that the control means will specify that there is a pass due to the influence of noise or the like is reduced.

  Further, detection results of the plurality of passage detection means are input to the input means of the control means, and it is specified whether or not these passage detection means detect the passage of the game medium. And the influence of the said noise etc. is reduced about specification of the detection result of these passage detection means.

  In this case, the control unit stores the input information input to the input unit and confirmed at the past confirmation timing as history information. Then, based on the history information, the information of the detection result for the reference number is grasped and the calculation process is executed. In this calculation process, either the first round or the last round of the information of each detected result obtained above is information corresponding to the detection result that the game medium is not detected, and the other is the game medium detected. When the information corresponds to the detection result being played, the calculation result indicates that the passage detection means detects the passage of the game medium. Then, a calculation process is performed so as to obtain a calculation result for each of the passage detection means, and the presence or absence of the passage of the game medium is accurately specified for each of the passage detection means. As described above, the same calculation process is performed on the detection results of the plurality of passage detection units, thereby reducing the storage capacity stored in advance as the control process contents of the control unit. In addition, according to this configuration, it is not necessary to provide period measuring means such as a timer counter or a real timer individually for each passage detection means, so the hardware configuration of the control means is compared to a configuration in which the period measuring means is individually provided. And it becomes possible to make it preferable in both sides of software composition.

  By the way, as described above, the arithmetic processing is not information corresponding to the detection result in which either the first time or the last time among the information of the detection results for the reference number is not detecting the game medium. It is not the calculation result that passes. Thereby, when one game medium passes through a predetermined location, it is possible to prevent the specification that the game medium has passed through the predetermined location from occurring repeatedly.

  Note that the “confirmation timing” includes not only periodic items but also items that are executed as part of a series of repeated processes.

  The “first time” information is the oldest information of the detection results for the reference number of times, and the “last time” information is the detection result information for the reference number of times. This is the latest information.

Means C2. In means C1, the input means is constituted by a unit of bytes that are grouped by a plurality of bits, and each of the input information is stored in the corresponding bits,
The history storage means includes a history area (previous area 362, previous-use area 363) configured with the byte as a unit for the reference number of times,
In each of these history areas, each history information of the corresponding confirmation timing times is stored in a corresponding bit,
The arithmetic processing execution means performs logical operation on the information of each history area in the byte unit in the arithmetic processing, and derives a calculation result for each detection result of each passage detection means. A featured gaming machine.

  According to the means C2, the input means and each history area are all configured with bytes as one unit. In this case, the calculation result is derived for each detection result of each passage detection means by logically calculating the information of each history area in units of bytes. Thereby, it is possible to accurately specify the detection result of each passage detection unit while simplifying the software configuration of the control unit as compared with the case where the arithmetic processing is executed in units of bits.

  The “history storage means” may be configured to have a storage area that is not used for arithmetic processing.

  Means C3. In the means C2, each input information is stored in a one-to-one correspondence with each bit of the input means, and each history information has a one-to-one correspondence with each bit of the corresponding history area among the history areas. A gaming machine characterized in that it is stored in correspondence.

  According to the means C3, each input information is individually stored in each bit of the input means. That is, the information amount of each input information is 1 bit. Also, for each history area, each history information of the corresponding confirmation timing is individually stored in each bit. That is, the information amount of each history information is 1 bit. By adopting the above information form, it is possible to accurately specify the detection result of each passage detection means while reducing the storage capacity required in the control means, that is, simplifying the hardware configuration of the control means.

  Means C4. In the means C2 or C3, each history area is composed of 1 byte, respectively.

  According to the means C4, in order to derive a calculation result for each detection result of each passage detection means, it is only necessary to logically calculate information of each history area of 1 byte. Therefore, it is possible to accurately specify the detection result of each passage detection unit while simplifying the software configuration of the control unit.

  Means C5. In any one of the means C2 to C4, the control means confirms the input data when the input information is confirmed by the confirmation means and the arithmetic processing is executed by the arithmetic processing execution means or after the execution. History area updating means for updating the information of each history area so that the history information of the history area corresponding to the previous confirmation timing is stored in the history area on the side (step S604 in the main CPU 311) A gaming machine having a function of executing the processing of the above.

  According to the means C5, since the history information stored in the history area is updated as appropriate, the above logical operation is favorably performed. Further, the number of history areas can be limited to the number corresponding to the reference number, so that the storage capacity necessary for the control means can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to accurately specify the detection result of each passage detection unit while simplifying the hardware configuration of the control unit.

Means C6. In any one of the means C2 to C5, each bit of the input means stores data 0 or data 1 as the input information, and each bit of the history area has data 0 or data 1 as the history information. Is remembered,
The arithmetic processing execution means corresponds to a detection result in which one of the first time and the last time among the information of the detection result for the reference number of times does not detect a game medium. When the information corresponds to the detection result of detecting the game medium, the first corresponding to the reference number of times in the information of each history area so that the corresponding bit of the result of the logical operation becomes data 1 Invert the data 0 and data 1 of each bit for the information corresponding to one of the times or the last time, or other information, and the logical product of the inverted information and the information that was not the inversion target A gaming machine characterized by calculating

  According to the means C6, it is possible to specify whether or not the passage of the game medium is detected by each passage detection means through relatively simple logical operations such as inversion (negative) and logical product. Therefore, the detection result of each passage detection unit can be accurately specified while simplifying the software configuration of the control unit.

Means C7. In any one of the means C2 to C5, each bit of the input means stores data 0 or data 1 as the input information, and each bit of the history area has data 0 or data 1 as the history information. Is stored, and further, the data 1 is stored when the input information and the history information correspond to a detection result of detecting passage of the game medium,
The arithmetic processing execution means is information obtained by inverting data 0 and data 1 of each bit for information corresponding to either the first time or the last time of the reference number of times in the information of each history area And a logical product of the remaining information for the reference number of times,
The passage specifying means detects the passage of the game medium with respect to the passage detecting means corresponding to the bit in which the data 1 is stored based on the fact that the data 1 is stored as a result of the logical product. A gaming machine characterized by being identified as being.

  According to the means C7, it is possible to specify whether or not the passage of the game medium is detected by each passage detection means through a relatively simple logical operation such as inversion (negative) and logical product. In particular, in this configuration, inversion only needs to be performed on one piece of information in each history area, and the software configuration can be simplified compared to a configuration in which inversion is performed on a plurality of pieces of information. Therefore, the detection result of each passage detection unit can be accurately specified while simplifying the software configuration of the control unit.

  Means C8. In any one of the means C1 to C7, the number of the history regions is the number of the reference times, and is set to be smaller than the number of passage detection means in which a detection result is input as input information to the input means. A gaming machine characterized by

  According to the means C8, the number of history areas is set to be smaller than the number of passage detection means in which detection results are input as input information to the input means. For example, if it is attempted to specify whether or not the passage of the game medium is detected by the passage detection means using a period measurement means such as a timer counter, period measurement means corresponding to the number of passage detection means are required. . On the other hand, according to this configuration, it is possible to specify whether or not the passage of the game medium is detected by each of the passage detection means, using a smaller number of history regions than the number of passage detection means. Therefore, it is possible to accurately specify the detection result of each passage detection unit while reducing the storage capacity required in the control unit, that is, simplifying the hardware configuration of the control unit.

Means C9. In any one of the means C1 to C8, a game area where the game medium flows down, and a plurality of passage portions (general winning port 82, variable prize device) provided in the game area and through which the game medium flowing down the game area passes. 83, an upper working port 84a, a lower working port 84b, and a through gate 85),
The passage detection means is provided for the passage portion,
All the detection results of the passage detection means provided for the passage section are input to the input means.

  The passage detection means provided for the passing portion of the game area is intended to detect a substantially similar event of detecting a game ball flowing down the game area. Therefore, in order to reduce the influence of noise and the like, it is considered that there is no problem even if the number of confirmations necessary for specifying the presence of passage is the same. In this case, according to the means C9, all the detection results of the passage detection means provided for the passage portion are input to the input means, and the calculation processing is executed so as to obtain the calculation results for each of the passage detection means. Is done. Thereby, the presence or absence of the passage of the game medium is accurately specified for each of the passage detection means.

  Moreover, it is common that a relatively large number of passage portions are installed in the game area, and accordingly, the number of passage detection means provided for the passage portions is relatively large. In this case, the same calculation processing is executed for all detection results of the passage detection means provided for the passage portion, thereby reducing the storage capacity stored in advance as the control processing contents of the control means. Is planned. Further, since it is not necessary to provide period measurement means such as a timer counter for each passage detection means individually, it is preferable in terms of both the hardware configuration and the software configuration of the control means as compared with the configuration in which the period measurement means are individually provided. Become.

  Means C10. In any one of the means C1 to C9, the arithmetic processing execution means is information corresponding to a detection result in which the first round does not detect a game medium among the information of the result information for the reference number of times. When the other information is information corresponding to the detection result of detecting the game medium, the calculation processing that results in the calculation that the passage of the game medium is detected by the corresponding passage detection means is executed. A gaming machine characterized by being.

  According to the means C10, when the passage of the game medium is detected by the passage detection means, the control means identifies the presence of passage at the timing when the detection of the passage of the game medium is started by the passage detection means.

Means C11. In any one of the means C1 to C10, the control means inputs the input information corresponding to the detection result of the passage detection means to the input means or an input means (second input port 352) different from the input means. Is to enter different special input information,
Further, the control means includes
Special period measuring means (front door frame counter area 364, prize ball permission counter area 365) for measuring the input continuation period when the special input information is input;
Special specifying means for specifying that the special input information is input when the input duration measured by the special period measuring means reaches a predetermined special reference period (in step S916 in the main CPU 311) A function for executing the process, a function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311), and
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means C11, regarding the special input information different from the input information corresponding to the detection result of the passage detection means, the control means specifies that the special input information is input using the special period measurement means. . For example, the time required for the control means to specify that special input information has been input is secured longer than the time required for the control means to specify that the passage detection means has detected the passage of the game medium. In such a case, if the arithmetic processing by the arithmetic processing execution means is applied to the special input information, the storage capacity of the history storage means may become very large. In addition, the fact that the storage capacity of the history storage means becomes very large makes the update process complicated when the update process of the history information is executed each time a single confirmation timing elapses. On the other hand, the hardware configuration of the control means is to specify the input using the period measurement means for those that may cause inconvenience if the calculation processing by the calculation processing execution means is applied in this way. In addition, the software configuration can be improved.

Means C12. In any one of the means C1 to C10, a game area where the game medium flows down, and a plurality of award payout passing sections (general winning ports 82, which are provided in the game area and through which the game medium flows down the game area pass) A variable winning device 83, an upper operation port 84a, a lower operation port 84b, and a through gate 85),
The passage detection means is provided corresponding to the prize payout passing section, and all detection results of the passage detection means provided corresponding to the prize payout passing section are input to the input means,
The control means is a main control means for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the passage detection means specifies that the passage detection means detects the passage of a game medium,
A payout control means (payout control board 322) for driving the payout means (payout device 224) so that a predetermined number of game media are paid out based on the input of the payout command information;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
In addition to having the history storage means, the passage specifying means stores prize information when it is specified that the passage detection means has detected the passage of the game medium, and further power is supplied to itself. Main storage means (main RAM 313) that enables storage of information during the power interruption and receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state,
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Based on the input of the payout command information from the main control means, the award payout number information specifying means for specifying the payout number information or the information corresponding thereto (the award ball number specifying process of step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331 is executed) Function)
The prize payout number information is stored as information on the number of payouts specified by the prize payout number information specifying means or information corresponding to the information, and the information can be stored and held while power is supplied to itself. A payout-side storage means (payout-side RAM 333) that does not receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout drive control means for driving and controlling the payout means so as to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means (function for executing payout state setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) When,
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the award payout number is reflected in the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. A payout update means for updating information (a function of executing the processing of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
According to the prize payout number information, permission specifying information is output to the main control means so that the main control means can specify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output non-permission state. Permission specifying information output means (function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331);
With
The permission specifying information is input to the input means in the main control means or an input means different from the input means,
The main control means, when the input state of the permission specifying information is an input state indicating that the output permission state, the permission specifying measuring means (prize ball permission counter area) for measuring the input duration 365)
The payout command information output means is an output permission state for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the fact that the input continuation period in the permission specifying measurement means has reached a predetermined output permission reference period. The payout command information is output when the output means is provided with specifying means (function for executing the processing of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) and the output permission state specifying means specifies the output permission state. A gaming machine characterized in that it is obtained.

  In the gaming machine of means C12, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the passage detection means has detected the passage of the game medium. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that a predetermined number of game media are paid out based on the input of the payout command information. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game medium passing through the award payout passing section.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. In this case, if the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached and all the unpaid information is erased, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, the award information that the game content has become the payout game content is stored in the main storage means, and the award payout number information that is referred to in actually executing the payout is stored in the payout storage means. Remembered. The payout control means outputs permission specifying information to the main control means, and based on the permission specifying information, the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state. This permission specifying information is output according to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. Then, when the main control means specifies that the payout control means is in the output permission state, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. With this configuration, the game medium can be paid out based on the output of the payout command information, and information on the number of payouts for the game medium passing through the award payout passing section, and unpaid information is one of them. Can be stored in the payout-side storage means, and the remainder can be stored in the main-side storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, the information on the number of award payouts until the power-off state is reached and all unpaid information is erased. It becomes possible to stop.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which the number of game media corresponding to the prize information stored in the main storage means is subtracted every time the game medium is paid out by the payout means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. However, in this configuration, the processing load of the main control means is increased more than necessary, and the effect of reducing the processing load of the main control means disappears by providing the payout control means separately from the main control means. . On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means C12, while obtaining the effect of providing the payout control means separately from the main control means, the above excellent effect can be obtained in addition thereto.

  In addition, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means is an input state indicating that it is an output permission state, the payout command information is not output immediately, but indicates an output permission state The payout command information is output based on the fact that the input state has reached the output permission reference period. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  From the above, in a gaming machine in which payout of game media is executed by outputting payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, even if the memory control function at power interruption is not provided for the payout control means, The game media can be paid out favorably.

  Further, the passage detection means provided for the award payout passing portion in the game area is intended to detect a substantially similar event of detecting a game ball flowing down the game area. Therefore, in order to reduce the influence of noise and the like, it is considered that there is no problem even if the number of confirmations necessary for specifying the presence of passage is the same. In this case, according to the means C12, all the detection results of the passage detection means provided for the prize payout passing section are input to the input means, and calculation is performed so as to obtain calculation results for each of the passage detection means. Processing is executed. Thereby, the presence or absence of the passage of the game medium is accurately specified for each of the passage detection means.

  In addition, it is common that a relatively large number of prize payout passage portions are installed in the game area, and accordingly, the number of passage detection means provided for the prize payout passage portion is relatively large. In this case, the same calculation processing is executed for all the detection results of the passage detection means provided for the prize payout passing section, so that the control processing contents of the main control means are stored in advance. The storage capacity can be reduced. In addition, since it is not necessary to provide period measuring means such as a timer counter for each passage detecting means, it is preferable in terms of both the hardware configuration and the software configuration of the main control means compared to the configuration in which the period measuring means is provided individually. It becomes.

  In addition, the passage detection means of the award payout passing section is identified by the execution of the above calculation process without using the period measurement means, whereas the permission specifying information is calculated as described above. It was decided to use the permission specific measuring means without executing the process. As described above, the permission specifying information is information used when the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state of the payout command information, so the output timing of the payout command information is adjusted. In doing so, it may be necessary to intentionally lengthen the period until it is specified that the input state of the permission specifying information corresponds to the output permission state. In this case, if it is attempted to perform the above arithmetic processing for the permission specifying information, it is necessary to secure a large storage capacity of the history storage means, and the hardware configuration and the software configuration of the main control unit as compared with the configuration using the period measurement unit Otherwise, there is a risk of complications. On the other hand, with respect to the permission specifying information, it is possible to satisfactorily specify whether or not the output is permitted in the main control means by using the permission specifying measuring means without executing the above arithmetic processing. That is, according to the configuration of the present means, the above-described excellent effect can be obtained for the passage detection means, and the determination as to whether or not the output is permitted can be performed satisfactorily.

  The “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned on and off, or may be information that is outputted as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

  In addition, “to specify that the output permission state is based on the fact that the input continuation period has reached a predetermined output permission reference period” has a configuration other than the configuration in which the input continuation period is measured using a real timer. The following configuration is also included. In the configuration in which the output permission state specifying means includes permission specifying information confirmation means for periodically checking the input state of the permission specifying information, the permission specifying information confirmation means is in the output permission state. It is good also as a structure which specifies that it is the said output permission state based on having confirmed the output permission reference | standard number of times that it is an input state which shows that. The same applies to the handling of such a “period”.

Means C13. In means C12, a restriction detecting means (front door frame opening switch 78) for detecting that a predetermined restriction situation that is predetermined as a restriction situation where the payout means is restricted from being paid out is provided. Has
The detection result of the restriction detection means is input to the input means in the main control means or an input means (second input port 352) different from the input means,
The main control means includes
When the detection result of the restriction detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation is present, restriction specific measurement means (front door frame counter area 364) for measuring the input continuation period;
Restriction specifying means for specifying that the predetermined restriction status is based on the fact that the input continuation period in the restriction specifying measurement means has reached a predetermined restriction reference period (front door frame opening signal monitoring processing in the main CPU 311 Function to execute)
The gaming machine, wherein the output permission reference period is set longer than the restriction reference period.

  According to the means C13, even if the detection result of the restriction detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined restriction situation is detected, the detection result is not immediately identified as the predetermined restriction situation but is the detection result. Based on the fact that the limit detection continuation period has reached the limit reference period, the predetermined limit situation is identified. As a result, the payout command information is output when the detection result of the limit detection means is a detection result indicating that the predetermined limit situation is caused due to noise or the like even though it is not actually the predetermined limit situation. It is possible to prevent the state from being broken.

  In addition, since the output permission reference period is set to be longer than the restriction reference period, the main control means is in a predetermined restriction state at a timing prior to specifying that the payout control means is in the output permission state. It is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output when the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the situation is specified and the prize information is stored in the main storage means.

  In the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage means as described above, when the power-on and power-off are repeatedly performed with the award information being stored in the main-side storage means, the game medium is paid out. The award information stored in the main storage means may be erased repeatedly without being performed. In other words, when power supply is started in a state where prize information is stored in the main storage means, if the payout control means is in an output-permitted state and the payout command information is output, a prize payout is issued in the payout storage means. Number information is stored. If the power is shut off at a relatively early stage in this situation, the payout amount information stored in the payout side storage means is erased without executing the payout of game media. When such power-on and power-off are repeatedly performed, the award information stored in the main storage means is repeatedly erased without executing the game medium payout. On the other hand, as described above, the payout command information is not output when the power supply to the gaming machine is started in a situation where the predetermined restriction situation and the prize information is stored in the main storage means Therefore, the occurrence of the inconvenience is prevented.

  In this configuration, the output permission reference period needs to be set longer than the restriction reference period. In this case, if it is attempted to perform the above arithmetic processing for the permission specifying information, it is necessary to secure a large storage capacity of the history storage means, and the hardware configuration and the software configuration of the main control unit as compared with the configuration using the period measurement unit Otherwise, there is a risk of complications. On the other hand, with respect to the permission specifying information, it is possible to satisfactorily specify whether or not the output is permitted in the main control means by using the permission specifying measuring means without executing the above arithmetic processing. That is, according to the configuration of the present means, the above-described excellent effect can be obtained for the passage detection means, and the determination as to whether or not the output is permitted can be performed satisfactorily.

  In the configuration in which the main control unit repeatedly executes a plurality of predetermined processes as a series process after power supply to the gaming machine is started from an external power source, the process is performed as a part of the series process. It is good also as a structure which performs the measurement process of an output permission reference | standard period, and the measurement process of the said restriction | limiting detection continuation period. In this case, the measurement start timing of the output permission reference period and the limit detection continuation period can be made substantially the same.

Means C14. In any one of the means C1 to C13, the passage detection means outputs a HI level signal while not detecting the passage of the game medium, and a LOW level signal while detecting the passage of the game medium. Is output,
A game machine, wherein information indicating that the passage of a game medium is detected while the LOW level signal is being input from the passage detection means is input to the input means.

  According to the means C14, the influence of electrical noise can be reduced with respect to detection of the passage of the game medium in the passage detection means.

Means C15. Passage detection means (ball detection sensors 152 to 155) for detecting the passage of a predetermined amount of game media;
A control means (main control board 301) for inputting the detection result of the passage detection means and identifying the passage of the game medium at the predetermined location based on the input detection result;
In a gaming machine equipped with
The control means includes
Input means (first input port 351) for inputting the detection result of the passage detection means;
Confirmation means for confirming the input information input to the input means every time the confirmation timing comes (function for executing the processing of step S601 in the main CPU 311);
The input information confirmed by the confirmation unit is stored as history information, and the history information is stored and held for a plurality of subsequent confirmation timings by the confirmation unit (part of the main RAM 313). Function)
Based on the history information stored in the history storage means, the passage detection means for specifying that the passage detection means detects the passage of the game medium (each process of steps S605 to S608 in the main CPU 311). Functions to be executed)
With
The history storage means uses the passage specifying means to output the detection result information corresponding to the confirmation timing for a reference number of times determined as three or more times including a predetermined confirmation timing based on the history information. The history information is stored so that it can be grasped,
The passage specifying means is information corresponding to a detection result in which one of the first time and the last time among the information of the detection result for the reference number of times does not detect a game medium, and the other is a game When it is information corresponding to the detection result of detecting the medium, the passage detection means includes an arithmetic processing execution means for executing an arithmetic processing that is an arithmetic result indicating that the passage of the game medium is detected. Based on the calculation result of the calculation processing execution means, it is specified that the passage detection means detects the passage of the game medium,
Furthermore, as the passage detection means, a first passage detection means (lower operating port sensor 154b) for detecting passage of a game medium at a first predetermined location, and a game medium at a second predetermined location different from the first predetermined location. Second passage detection means (upper working port sensor 154a) for detecting passage,
The input means individually inputs first input information corresponding to a detection result of the first passage detection means and second input information corresponding to a detection result of the second passage detection means as the input information. ,
The history storage means individually stores first history information corresponding to the first input information and second history information corresponding to the second input information as the history information,
The arithmetic processing execution means executes the arithmetic processing for the first passage detection means based on the first input information and the first history information, and based on the second input information and the second history information. The game machine is characterized in that the arithmetic processing is executed for the second passage detection means.

  In the gaming machine of means C15, the control means repeatedly confirms the information of the detection result of the passage detection means. In this case, even if information indicating that the passing of the game medium is detected is confirmed in the control means, it is not immediately determined that there is a passage, and if the information is confirmed a plurality of times, it passes. Identified as being. Thereby, although the game medium does not actually pass through the predetermined location, the possibility that the control means will specify that there is a pass due to the influence of noise or the like is reduced.

  Further, both the detection result of the first passage detection means and the detection result of the second passage detection means are input to the input means of the control means, and the game medium passes through the first passage detection means and the second passage detection means. Whether or not is detected is specified. And influence of the said noise etc. is reduced about each of specification of the detection result of these 1st passage detection means, and specification of the detection result of the 2nd passage detection means.

  In this case, the control unit stores the input information input to the input unit and confirmed at the past confirmation timing as history information. Then, based on the history information, the information of the detection result for the reference number is grasped and the calculation process is executed. In this calculation process, either the first round or the last round of the information of each detected result obtained above is information corresponding to the detection result that the game medium is not detected, and the other is the game medium detected. When the information corresponds to the detection result being played, the calculation result indicates that the passage detection means detects the passage of the game medium. And the said arithmetic processing is performed with respect to each of the detection result of a 1st passage detection means, and the detection result of a 2nd passage detection means, and the presence or absence of the passage of a game medium about each of a 1st predetermined location and a 2nd predetermined location Accurately identified. By performing the same arithmetic processing in this way, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity stored in advance as the control processing contents of the control means. Further, according to this configuration, it is not necessary to provide period measuring means such as a timer counter for each passage detection means individually, so that the hardware configuration and software configuration of the control means are compared with the configuration in which the period measuring means are individually provided. This is preferable on both sides.

  By the way, as described above, the arithmetic processing is not information corresponding to the detection result in which either the first time or the last time among the information of the detection results for the reference number is not detecting the game medium. The calculation result is assumed not to pass. Thereby, when one game medium passes through a specific location, it is possible to prevent the specification that the game media has passed through the predetermined location from overlapping.

(89) Means D1. A payout side storage means (payout side RAM 333) for storing information on the number of game media to be paid out as award payout number information;
The payout drive control means (the payout state CPU 331 payout state setting process) controls the payout means (the payout device 224) to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. Function to execute)
With
The award payout number information is information consisting of a plurality of bits and a combination of data 0 and data 1 set in each bit, and a set pattern of data 1 for each bit within a predetermined number of game media And the number of game media
Further, the correction process is executed at a predetermined timing. In the correction process, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is equal to or less than the correction reference number, each bit is set. If the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information exceeds the correction reference number, the data 1 is set to a bit that is not set when the correction reference number is less than or equal to the correction reference number. An award payout number correcting means for correcting data 1 to data 0 (a function for executing a mask process at the time of addition in the payout side CPU 331 and a function for executing a mask process at the time of payout setting in the payout side CPU 331) is provided. Gaming machine.

  In the gaming machine of the means D1, the payout means is driven and controlled so that the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means is paid out. In this case, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information exceeds the correction reference number at a predetermined timing, the prize payout number information is corrected so as to be equal to or less than the correction reference number. Thereby, even if the award payout number information is rewritten and exceeds the correction reference number due to the influence of noise or the like, the gaming hole will not suffer a disadvantage.

  On the other hand, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is equal to or less than the correction reference number, the data set in each bit in the prize payout number information is maintained. Furthermore, when the correction reference number is exceeded, the award payout number information is not invalidated, and data 1 set to a bit in which data 1 is not set below the correction reference number is corrected to data 0. The That is, even if the correction reference number is exceeded and the predetermined data 1 is corrected to the data 0, the data 1 set to the bit to which the data 1 can be set below the correction reference number is maintained as it is. . Therefore, the influence which a player receives by the said correction can be reduced as much as possible.

  In particular, when the award payout number information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, the bit data that can be set with the data 1 below the correction reference number is not rewritten, and the data 1 is set at the bit where the data 1 is not set below the correction reference number. It can be set. In this case, by executing the correction process as described above, it is possible to return the prize payout number information to the state before being rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like. Therefore, it is convenient for both the game hall side and the player side.

Means D2. In the means D1, correction information in which data 0 or data 1 is set in each bit so as to be information corresponding to the correction reference number consisting of a plurality of bits is stored in advance.
The game machine according to claim 1, wherein the award payout number correcting means executes a calculation of the award payout number information and the correction information as the correction process.

  According to the means D2, the excellent effect of the means D1 can be obtained by a relatively simple process of calculating the prize payout number information and the correction information.

  Means D3. In the means D2, the award-paying number information and the correction information are both information constituted by a unit of bytes that are made up of a plurality of predetermined bits.

  According to the means D3, both the award payout number information and the correction information are configured in units of bytes. Therefore, in the correction process, an operation can be performed in units of bytes. Therefore, it is possible to obtain an excellent effect in the means D1 while reducing the processing load of the correction process as compared with the configuration in which the calculation is performed in bit units.

Means D4. In the means D2 or D3, in the prize payout number information, data 1 is set in each bit in a predetermined order from the lower bit to the upper bit, and data 1 is set in the upper bit. It is information expressed in binary so that the corresponding number of game media becomes a large number,
The correction information is information having the same number of bits as the prize payout number information, and data 1 is set to bits up to a specific order in the predetermined order based on the lower order bits, It is information in which data 0 is set in the other bits,
The game machine according to claim 1, wherein the prize payout number correcting means calculates a logical product of each bit corresponding to the prize payout number information and the correction information.

  According to the means D4, the correction information is information having the same number of bits as the prize payout number information, and data 1 is set to bits up to a specific order with reference to lower bits, and other bits are set as the other bits. Data 0 is set information. In the correction process, the logical product of each bit corresponding to the prize payout number information and the correction information is calculated.

  In this configuration, the data set in the bits up to the specific order on the basis of the lower order bits in the prize payout number information is the logical product of the correction information regardless of whether the data is data 0 or data 1. It is maintained after the operation. Therefore, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is equal to or less than the correction reference number, the data set in each bit in the previous stage of the correction process is maintained.

  Further, when data 1 is set in the higher-order bit than the specific order in the prize payout number information, the data 1 set in the higher-order bit after the logical product with the correction information is calculated. Is corrected to data 0. Therefore, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information exceeds the correction reference number, the correction processing is corrected so that it is equal to or less than the correction reference number.

  Further, even when the correction is made to be equal to or less than the correction reference number as described above, the data set in the bits up to the specific order on the basis of the lower bits are data 0 and data 1 In either case, it is maintained after the logical product with the correction information. Therefore, the influence which a player receives by the said correction can be reduced as much as possible.

  Furthermore, according to this configuration, by using the correction information in the relatively simple information form, and further by a relatively simple calculation process of calculating the logical product of the correction information and the prize payout information, The above excellent effect can be obtained.

Means D5. In the means D4, the payout side storage means is constituted by a unit of bytes that are grouped by a predetermined plurality of bits, and award payout number storage means (award ball number storage area 374) in which the prize payout number information is stored. )
A specific number is determined as the number of game media in the award payout number information that can be stored in the award payout number storage means at the predetermined timing, and the specific number is stored in the award payout number storage means However, the data 1 is not set in all the bits of the prize payout number storage means.
The specific number has a bit in which the data 1 is set in the bit in the specific order, and a bit in which the data 0 is set in the lower side of the bit, and is higher than the bit in the specific order A gaming machine characterized in that the number corresponds to information in which data 0 is set in the bit on the side.

  According to the means D5, the specific number that can be stored in the award payout number storage means at a predetermined timing is set such that data 1 is set to the bit in the specific order, and the data below the bit is data. This is a number corresponding to information in which 0 is set, and further, data 0 is set in bits higher than the bit in the specific order. On the other hand, the correction information is information in which data 1 is set to the bits up to the specific order with the lower bit as a reference, and data 0 is set to the other bits. That is, the correction reference number is a number larger than the specific number and smaller than the maximum number that can be stored in the prize payout number storage means.

  In this configuration, since the most significant bit in which data 1 is set in each of the correction reference number and the specific number is the bit in the same specific order, the award payout number information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like and is specified. Even if the number is exceeded, it is possible to approach the specific number as much as possible by executing the correction process.

  On the other hand, the single information is sufficient for the correction information used in the correction process at a predetermined timing. In other words, compared to a configuration in which a plurality of types of correction information is set for correction processing at a predetermined timing and all the correction information is used in the correction processing, the storage capacity necessary for the correction processing is reduced. The effects described above can be obtained while reducing the size and processing load.

Means D6. In the means D2 or D3, in the prize payout number information, data 1 is set in each bit in a predetermined order from the lower bit to the upper bit, and data 1 is set in the upper bit. It is information expressed in binary so that the corresponding number of game media becomes a large number,
The correction reference number is a bit in which data 1 is set to a bit in a specific order in the predetermined order with the lower bit as a reference, and data 0 is set to a lower side of the bit. And the number corresponding to the information in which data 0 is set in the higher-order bits than the bits in the specific order,
As the correction information,
Main information which is information having the same number of bits as the prize payout number information, and in which data 0 is set in the specific order and higher-order bits, and data 1 is set in the other bits. Correction information and
Award payout information on the number of game media that is the same number of bits as the award payout information and that is larger than the number of game media corresponding to the main correction information and within the correction reference number One or a plurality of sub correction information, which are information set in a one-to-one correspondence,
The award payout number correcting means is:
First computing means for computing the logical product of the mutually corresponding bits of the prize payout number information and the main correction information (function for executing the processing of step S2901 in the payout side CPU 331, step S3001 in the payout side CPU 331) Processing function), and
Second computing means for computing the logical product of the respective bits corresponding to each other between the award payout number information and the sub correction information (a function for executing each processing from step S2902 to step S2903 in the payout side CPU 331, payout side CPU331) In step S3002 to step S3004)
Of the calculation results of the first calculation means and the calculation results of the second calculation means, update means for updating the information corresponding to the maximum number of game media in the payout-side storage means (processing of step S2905 in the payout-side CPU 331) A function of executing step S3006 in the payout-side CPU 331),
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means D6, main correction information and sub correction information are provided as correction information. Of these, the main correction information is information having the same number of bits as the award payout number information, and is the most significant bit in which data 1 is set in the correction reference number and the specific order and more than that. This is information in which data 0 is set in the upper bits and data 1 is set in the other bits. The sub-correction information is information having the same number of bits as the prize payout number information, and is the number of game media that is larger than the number of game media corresponding to the main correction information and within the range of the correction reference number or less. It is one or a plurality of information set in a one-to-one correspondence with the prize payout information. In the correction process, the logical product of each bit corresponding to the prize payout number information and the main correction information is calculated, and each of the prize payout number information and the sub correction information corresponds to each other. The logical product of the bits is calculated, and information corresponding to the maximum number of game media among the operation results of the logical product is updated as new prize payout number information.

  In this configuration, when the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information is equal to or less than the correction reference number, the data set in each bit of the award payout number information is logical with any of the correction information. This information is maintained after the product operation, and the maintained information is information corresponding to the maximum number of game media among the logical product operation results. Therefore, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout information is equal to or less than the correction reference number, the data set in each bit in the correction process is maintained.

  In addition, when the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information exceeds the correction reference number, the data 1 that causes the award payout number information to exceed the correction reference number is logical with any correction information. Even after the product operation, the data is corrected to 0. Therefore, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information exceeds the correction reference number, the correction processing is corrected so that it is equal to or less than the correction reference number.

  Further, even when the correction is made to be equal to or less than the correction reference number as described above, the data set in the bit to which data 1 can be set when the correction reference number or less is set is any correction It is maintained after the logical product calculation with the information for use, and the maintained information is information corresponding to the maximum number of game media among the logical product calculation results. Therefore, the influence which a player receives by the said correction can be reduced as much as possible.

  Furthermore, according to the present configuration, each of the correction information in the relatively simple information form is used, and further, the logical product of the correction information and the prize payout number information and the comparison of the magnitudes of the calculation results are referred to. The above-described excellent effect can be obtained by relatively simple arithmetic processing. Corresponds to information in which data 1 is set to a bit in a specific order in a predetermined order with respect to a lower bit and both data 0 and data 1 are set to a bit lower than the bit. Even if the information form of the correction reference number is complicated, such as the above-mentioned number, the above-described excellent effect can be obtained.

  Incidentally, when this means is applied to a configuration having a correction reference number of 4 or more, the above-described effects can be obtained while reducing the storage capacity and processing load required for the correction process. That is, by having the main correction information, the number of correction information can be made smaller than the correction reference number.

Means D7. In any one of the means D1 to D6, based on the fact that the game content has become the payout game content, the award information storage means for storing information corresponding to the payout game content or information corresponding thereto (prize ball in the main RAM 313) Counter area 361),
Update means for executing update processing so that information specified based on the information stored in the prize information storage means is reflected in the information of the payout side storage means (the process of step S1809 in the payout side CPU 331 is executed) Function)
With
The award payout number correcting means, when the updating process by the updating means is executed, a pre-storage correcting means (mask for addition in the payout side CPU 331) for executing the correcting process at a timing before the updating process. A gaming machine having a function of executing processing).

  In the gaming machine of means D7, since the payout storage means and the prize information storage means are provided separately, information according to the payout game content is not stored in a single storage means, but a plurality of storage means Will be distributed.

  In the configuration, when the update process is executed, the correction process is executed at a timing before the update process. As a result, the number of game media to be corrected can be reduced compared to a configuration in which the correction process is executed at a timing after the update process.

  In addition, when data 1 is set to the bit where data 1 is not set when the number is less than the correction reference number due to the influence of noise or the like in the stage before the update process, the data 1 is directly corrected to data 0. Can do. In other words, when the correction process is executed at a timing after the update process, the correction process is executed after the data structure of each bit of the prize payout information is updated by the update process. The set data 1 cannot be corrected directly. Then, even if the correction process is executed, there is a possibility that the influence of data rewriting as described above cannot be sufficiently reduced. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this means, the data that has been rewritten as described above can be directly corrected, so that the influence of the data being rewritten can be reduced.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine having a pattern display means for executing variable display of a pattern, and a game medium is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game medium. It may be a stop picture. The same applies to the following.

Means D8. In means D7, the game medium is paid out by the payout means, and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout storage means is one or more, and the payout storage means Updating means for specifying that the update reference number is smaller than the maximum number of game media that can be stored (function to execute the process of step S2301 in the payout side CPU 331).
The update means executes the update process after it is specified by the update specifying means that the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information has reached the update reference number,
The correction reference number in the correction processing by the pre-storage correction means is a number greater than or equal to the update reference number, and further data is stored in a bit corresponding to the most significant bit in which data 1 is set in the update reference number. A gaming machine, wherein 1 is set and the number corresponds to information in which data 0 is set in all bits higher than the bit.

  In the gaming machine of means D8, the update processing is executed based on the fact that the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information has reached the update reference number, so that information corresponding to the payout game content is stored in the award information storage means. In the case of being played, it becomes possible to make the payout of game media continuous.

  In this configuration, the correction process is executed at a stage before the update process. In addition, the correction reference number in the correction process is equal to or greater than the update reference number, and data 1 is set in the bit corresponding to the most significant bit in which data 1 is set in the update reference number, and the bit The number corresponds to information in which data 0 is set in all the higher bits. As a result, when data 1 is set to a bit for which data 1 is not set when the number is less than the update reference number due to the influence of noise or the like before the update process, the data 1 is directly corrected to data 0. be able to.

  Further, according to the present configuration, the correction processing is executed at a later stage of the update process, and the number of bits to be corrected is larger than the configuration in which the correction reference number is larger than the configuration in the means, The effect of executing the correction process is enhanced.

  Means D9. In the means D8, the game machine characterized in that the correction reference number in the correction processing by the pre-storage correction means is the update reference number.

  According to the means D9, even if the award payout number information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like in the stage before the update process and the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information exceeds the update reference number, The correction process is executed at this timing, and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is corrected to be equal to or less than the update reference number. Thereby, the payout of game media can be performed satisfactorily.

Means D10. In any one of means D1 to D6, main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content has become payout game content;
The payout-side storage means, the payout drive control means, and the award payout number correction means, further input the payout command information, and information corresponding to the input payout command information as the award payout number information as the payout amount information A payout control means (a payout control means for paying out the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means by being stored in the side storage means and driven by the payout drive control means. Payout control board 322),
With
The main control means includes
A game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content has become a payout game content;
Main side storage means (main side RAM 313) for storing award information corresponding to the specified payout game content when it is specified by the game content specifying means that the game has become the payout game content;
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
When the payout control information is input, the payout control means performs an input update process for updating the information in the payout storage means so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is reflected. Time update means (function to execute the process of step S1809 in the payout side CPU 331),
The award payout number correcting means is a pre-storage correcting means (payout) for executing the correction process at a timing before the input time update process when the input time update process is executed by the input time update means. A game machine having a function of executing a mask process during addition in the side CPU 331).

  The gaming machine of means D10 includes main control means and payout control means, and in a configuration in which the control processing load of the main control means is reduced by the payout control means, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. As a result, the game media can be paid out smoothly.

  In the configuration, when the input update process is executed, the correction process is executed at a timing before the input update process. As a result, the number of game media to be corrected can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the correction process is executed at a timing after the input update process.

  In addition, when data 1 is set to a bit where data 1 is not set when the number is less than the correction reference number due to the influence of noise or the like before the update process at the time of input, the data 1 is directly corrected to data 0 can do. That is, when the correction process is executed at the timing after the input update process, the correction process is executed after the data structure of each bit of the prize payout information is updated by the input update process. The data 1 set by the influence of the above cannot be directly corrected. Then, even if the correction process is executed, there is a possibility that the influence of data rewriting as described above cannot be sufficiently reduced. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this means, the data that has been rewritten as described above can be directly corrected, so that the influence of the data being rewritten can be reduced.

Means D11. The means D10 includes power supply means for power interruption (power supply section for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source,
The main-side storage means is configured to receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state while enabling storage of information while power is supplied to itself.
The payout-side storage means is configured to enable storage of information while power is supplied to itself and not to receive power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state.
The payout control means includes
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the award payout number is reflected in the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. A payout update means for updating information (a function of executing the processing of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
In accordance with the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means, the main control means can identify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output disapproval state. Permission specifying information output means for outputting permission specifying information to the control means (function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331);
With
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. A gaming machine comprising: the output permission state specifying means that can output the payout command information when the output permission state is specified.

  According to the means D11, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. In this case, if the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached and all the unpaid information is erased, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, the award information that the game content has become the payout game content is stored in the main storage means, and the award payout number information that is referred to in actually executing the payout is stored in the payout storage means. Remembered. The payout control means outputs permission specifying information to the main control means, and based on the permission specifying information, the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state. This permission specifying information is output according to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. Then, when the main control means specifies that the payout control means is in the output permission state, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. With this configuration, it is possible to pay out the game medium based on the output of the payout command information, and information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game content, and a part of the unpaid information is stored in the payout side storage means. The rest can be stored in the main storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which the power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power-off state is reached, and all the unpaid information is deleted. Can be prevented.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which the number of game media corresponding to the prize information stored in the main storage means is subtracted every time the game medium is paid out by the payout means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. However, in this configuration, the processing load of the main control means is increased more than necessary, and the effect of reducing the processing load of the main control means disappears by providing the payout control means separately from the main control means. . On the other hand, according to the structure of this means D11, while obtaining the effect of providing the payout control means separately from the main control means, the above-mentioned excellent effects can be obtained in addition thereto.

  From the above, in a gaming machine in which payout of game media is executed by outputting payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, even if the memory control function at power interruption is not provided for the payout control means, The game media can be paid out favorably.

  The “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned on and off, or may be information that is outputted as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

Means D12. In means D11, in the situation where the permission specifying information output means is set to output the permission specifying information so that the main control means can specify that the output is not permitted. When the game medium is paid out by the payout means and updated by the payout time update means and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means reaches the permitted reference number, Output state setting means for setting the output state of the specifying information so that the main control means can identify that it is in the output permission state (function for executing the processing of steps S2306 and S2307 in the payout side CPU 331) With
The correction reference number in the correction process by the pre-storage correction means is a number equal to or greater than the permission reference number, and further data is stored in a bit corresponding to the most significant bit in which data 1 is set in the permission reference number. A gaming machine, wherein 1 is set and the number corresponds to information in which data 0 is set in all bits higher than the bit.

  According to the means D12, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means reaches the permission reference number, the output permission state is established. Thereby, the award payout number information is smoothly replenished to the payout side storage means, and the game medium is smoothly paid out accordingly.

  Further, according to this configuration, in the situation where the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means exceeds the permission reference number, the output is not permitted, and the main control means performs payout control. No payout command information is output to the means. Thereby, it is possible to store a part of the information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game contents and the information on the unpaid out in the payout storage means and the rest in the main storage means.

  In this configuration, the correction process is executed at a stage before the input update process. In addition, the correction reference number in the correction process is equal to or greater than the permission reference number, and the data 1 is set in the bit corresponding to the most significant bit in which the data 1 is set in the permission reference number. Also, the number corresponds to information in which data 0 is set in all the upper bits. As a result, when data 1 is set to a bit in which data 1 is not set when the number is equal to or less than the permitted reference number due to the influence of noise or the like before the update process at the time of input, the data 1 is directly changed to data 0. It can be corrected.

  In addition, according to this configuration, the number of bits to be corrected is larger than the configuration in which the correction processing is executed at a stage after the update process at the input and the correction reference number is larger than the configuration in this means. The effect of executing the correction process is enhanced.

Means D13. In means D11, in the situation where the permission specifying information output means is set to output the permission specifying information so that the main control means can specify that the output is not permitted. When the game medium is paid out by the payout means and updated by the payout time update means and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means reaches the permitted reference number, Output state setting means for setting the output state of the specifying information so that the main control means can identify that it is in the output permission state (function for executing the processing of steps S2306 and S2307 in the payout side CPU 331) With
The gaming machine, wherein the correction reference number in the correction process by the pre-storage correction means is the permission reference number.

  According to the means D13, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means reaches the permission reference number, the output permission state is established. Thereby, the award payout number information is smoothly replenished to the payout side storage means, and the game medium is smoothly paid out accordingly.

  Further, according to this configuration, in the situation where the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means exceeds the permission reference number, the output is not permitted, and the main control means performs payout control. No payout command information is output to the means. Thereby, it is possible to store a part of the information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game contents and the information on the unpaid out in the payout storage means and the rest in the main storage means.

  In this configuration, the correction process is executed at the stage before the input update process, and the correction reference number in the correction process is the permission reference number. As a result, when data 1 is set to a bit in which data 1 is not set when the number is equal to or less than the permitted reference number due to the influence of noise or the like before the update process at the time of input, the data 1 is directly changed to data 0. It can be corrected.

  Further, according to this configuration, the number of bits to be corrected is increased compared to the configuration in which the correction processing is executed at a stage after the update process at the input and the correction reference number is larger than the permitted reference number, The effect of executing the correction process is enhanced.

  Means D14. In means D12 or D13, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout storage means reaches the permission reference number in the situation where the prize information is stored in the main storage means, Before the game medium is paid out and before the award payout number information is updated by the payout time update means, the payout command information output means newly outputs the payout command information and the input time update means. According to the present invention, the award payout number information is updated.

  According to the means D14, when the game content is newly paid out in the situation where the payout means is being paid out, or when the award information is already stored in the main storage means The payout command information is output from the main control means at the timing before the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means with respect to the payout currently being made is exhausted, and the prize in the payout storage means Information on the number of new game media is added to the payout amount information. Therefore, the above-mentioned excellent effect can be obtained while making the payout of game media continuous.

  In particular, before a game medium is paid out and the award payout number information is updated, the payout command information is newly output and the award payout number information is updated so that the award payout information is updated. Information on the number of new game media can be added to the number information at an early stage, and continuous game media can be paid out smoothly.

  In addition, in the case where the configuration of the means D13 is provided and the update process at the time of input is executed, the process for correction is executed at the stage before the update process at the time of input, and the number of correction references in the process for correction is the permission standard It has become a number. Therefore, at the timing of executing the update process at the time of input, the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is equal to or less than the permission reference number, and the award payout number information can be satisfactorily updated.

  The output state change means that “the payout command information is newly output by the payout command information output means and the award payout number information is updated by the input time update means”. Processing time required to change the output state of the specifying information by means, processing time required to output the payout command information by specifying the output permission state by the payout command information output means, And, when the processing time of the processing time required from the output of the payout command information to the update of the prize payout number information by the input update means is combined, one game medium is paid out A configuration may be considered in which the time is set to be shorter than the time required until the prize payout information is updated.

Means D15. In any one of the means D1 to D14, the payout-side storage means is constituted by a unit of bytes that are grouped by a predetermined plurality of bits, and the award payout number storage means for storing the award payout number information ( A prize ball number storage area 374),
Even if an upper limit is defined as the number of game media in the award payout number information that can be stored in the award payout number storage means, and even if the upper limit number is stored in the award payout number storage means, the award payout number memory Data 1 is not set in all bits of the means,
The award payout number correcting means is a payout correction means (payout setting in the payout side CPU 331) for executing the correction processing at the predetermined timing when the payout means is driven and controlled by the drive control means. Function to perform time mask processing)
The correction reference number in the correction processing by the correction means during payout is a number equal to or greater than the upper limit number, and further, data 1 is in a bit corresponding to the most significant bit in which data 1 is set in the upper limit number. A gaming machine characterized in that it is a number corresponding to information in which data 0 is set in all bits higher than the bit.

  In the gaming machine of the means D15, the prize payout number information is stored in the prize payout number storage means constituted by a unit of bytes that are grouped by a predetermined plurality of bits. As a result, the prize payout number information is handled in units of bytes. In addition, an upper limit is defined as the number of game media in the prize payout number information that can be stored in the prize payout number storage means.

  In this case, in the situation where the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the prize payout number storage means is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information exceeds the upper limit number. It is assumed that On the other hand, when the payout means is driven and controlled, correction processing is executed at a predetermined timing, and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is corrected to be equal to or less than the correction reference number. The Thereby, the payout of game media can be performed satisfactorily.

  Means D16. A gaming machine according to claim D15, wherein the correction reference number in the correction process by the paying-out correction means is the upper limit number.

  According to the means D16, in the situation where the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the prize payout number storage means is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information exceeds the upper limit number. Even if the payout means is driven and controlled, the correction process is executed at a predetermined timing, and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is corrected to be equal to or less than the upper limit number. Thereby, the payout of game media can be performed satisfactorily.

Means D17. In the means D15 or D16, main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content has become payout game content;
The payout-side storage means, the payout drive control means, and the award payout number correction means, further input the payout command information, and information corresponding to the input payout command information as the award payout number information as the payout amount information A payout control means (a payout control means for paying out the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means by being stored in the side storage means and driven by the payout drive control means. Payout control board 322),
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
A plurality of types of the payout command information are set so that the number of corresponding game media is different,
The main control means includes
A game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content has become a payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content is specified, the award information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and further information is provided while power is supplied to itself. Main storage means (main RAM 313) that receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state,
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout-side storage means is configured to enable storage of information while power is supplied to itself and not to receive power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state.
The payout control means includes
When the payout command information is input, an input time update means (payout side) that executes an input time update process for updating the information in the payout storage means so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is reflected. A function of executing the processing of step S1809 in the CPU 331);
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the award payout number is reflected in the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. A payout update means for updating information (a function of executing the processing of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
In accordance with the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means, the main control means can identify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output disapproval state. Permission specifying information output means for outputting permission specifying information to the control means (function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331);
With
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. The output command information can be output when it is specified by the output permission status specifying means that the output permission status is specified,
The permission specifying information output means includes:
In the situation where the output state of the specifying information is set so that the main control means can identify that the output is not permitted, the payout means pays out the game medium and updates at the time of payout When the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information updated by the means and stored in the payout side storage means reaches the permission reference number, the main control means determines that the output is permitted. Output permission state setting means (a function for executing the process of step S2306 in the payout side CPU 331) for setting the output state of the permission specifying information so as to be specified;
The output disapproval based on the input of the payout command information in a situation where the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the main control means can determine that the output is permitted. Output non-permission state setting means (function for executing the process of step S2307 in the payout side CPU 331) for setting the output state of the permission specifying information so that the main control means can identify the state.
With
The gaming machine characterized in that the upper limit number is the sum of the permission reference number and the maximum number of game media among the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information.

  According to the means D17, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. In this case, if the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached and all the unpaid information is erased, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, the award information that the game content has become the payout game content is stored in the main storage means, and the award payout number information that is referred to in actually executing the payout is stored in the payout storage means. Remembered. The payout control means outputs permission specifying information to the main control means, and based on the permission specifying information, the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state. This permission specifying information is output according to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. Then, when the main control means specifies that the payout control means is in the output permission state, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. With this configuration, it is possible to pay out the game medium based on the output of the payout command information, and information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game content, and a part of the unpaid information is stored in the payout side storage means. The rest can be stored in the main storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which the power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power-off state is reached, and all the unpaid information is deleted. Can be prevented.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which the number of game media corresponding to the prize information stored in the main storage means is subtracted every time the game medium is paid out by the payout means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. However, in this configuration, the processing load of the main control means is increased more than necessary, and the effect of reducing the processing load of the main control means disappears by providing the payout control means separately from the main control means. . On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means D17, the above excellent effect can be obtained in addition to the effect of providing the payout control means separately from the main control means.

  When the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means reaches the permission reference number, the output permission state is entered. Thereby, the award payout number information is smoothly replenished to the payout side storage means, and the game medium is smoothly paid out accordingly.

  Further, according to this configuration, in the situation where the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means exceeds the permission reference number, the output is not permitted, and the main control means performs payout control. No payout command information is output to the means. Thereby, it is possible to store a part of the information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game contents and the information on the unpaid out in the payout storage means and the rest in the main storage means.

  From the above, in a gaming machine in which payout of game media is executed by outputting payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, even if the memory control function at power interruption is not provided for the payout control means, The game media can be paid out favorably.

  In the above configuration, the upper limit number corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the prize payout number storage means is the sum of the permission reference number and the maximum number of game media among the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information. Number. In this case, in the situation where the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the prize payout number storage means is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information exceeds the corrected reference number. However, when the payout means is driven and controlled, correction processing is executed at a predetermined timing, and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is corrected to be equal to or less than the correction reference number. Thereby, the payout of game media can be performed satisfactorily.

  The “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned on and off, or may be information that is outputted as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

(90) Means E1. Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content;
A payout control means (payout control board 322) that inputs the payout command information and drives and controls the payout means (payout device 224) so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is paid out;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
A game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content has become a payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content is specified, the award information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and further information is provided while power is supplied to itself. Main storage means (main RAM 313) that receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state,
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Information on the number of payouts corresponding to the payout command information input from the main control means or prize payout number information specifying means for specifying the information corresponding thereto (function for executing the award ball number specifying process in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331); ,
The prize payout number information is stored as information on the number of payouts specified by the prize payout number information specifying means or information corresponding to the information, and the information can be stored and held while power is supplied to itself. A payout-side storage means (payout-side RAM 333) that does not receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout drive control means for driving and controlling the payout means so as to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means (function for executing payout state setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) When,
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the award payout number is reflected in the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. A payout update means for updating information (a function of executing the processing of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
In accordance with the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means, the main control means can identify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output disapproval state. Permission specifying information output means for outputting permission specifying information to the control means (function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331);
With
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. A gaming machine comprising: the output permission state specifying means that can output the payout command information when the output permission state is specified.

  In the gaming machine of means E1, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the game content has become the payout game content. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the input payout command information is paid out. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game content becoming the payout game content.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. In this case, if the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached and all the unpaid information is erased, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, the award information that the game content has become the payout game content is stored in the main storage means, and the award payout number information that is referred to in actually executing the payout is stored in the payout storage means. Remembered. The payout control means outputs permission specifying information to the main control means, and based on the permission specifying information, the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state. This permission specifying information is output according to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. Then, when the main control means specifies that the payout control means is in the output permission state, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. With this configuration, it is possible to pay out the game medium based on the output of the payout command information, and information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game content, and a part of the unpaid information is stored in the payout side storage means. The rest can be stored in the main storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which the power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power-off state is reached, and all the unpaid information is deleted. Can be prevented.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which the number of game media corresponding to the prize information stored in the main storage means is subtracted every time the game medium is paid out by the payout means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. However, in this configuration, the processing load of the main control means is increased more than necessary, and the effect of reducing the processing load of the main control means disappears by providing the payout control means separately from the main control means. . On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means E1, the above-described excellent effect can be obtained while obtaining the effect of providing the payout control means separately from the main control means.

  From the above, in a gaming machine in which payout of game media is executed by outputting payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, even if the memory control function at power interruption is not provided for the payout control means, The game media can be paid out favorably.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine having a pattern display means for executing variable display of a pattern, and a game medium is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game medium. It may be a stop picture.

  Further, the “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned ON and OFF, or may be information that is output as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

  Further, the “payout side storage means” may be all or a part of the information storage function of the payout control means, and in such a case, the payout side storage means has a function of storing only the award payout number information. There may be. In this case, the payout control means may have a function of storing information relating to security, and power may be supplied to the means having the function when power is interrupted. The same applies to the following.

  Means E2. In the means E1, the permission specifying information output means is configured such that the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the main control means can specify that the output is not permitted. When the game medium is paid out by the payout means and updated by the payout time update means and the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means reaches the permitted reference number, Output state setting means for setting the output state of the permission specifying information so that the main control means can specify that it is in the output permission state (function for executing the processing of steps S2306 and S2307 in the payout side CPU 331) ).

  According to the means E2, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means reaches the permission reference number, the output permission state is established. Thereby, the award payout number information is smoothly replenished to the payout side storage means, and the game medium is smoothly paid out accordingly.

  Further, according to this configuration, in the situation where the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means exceeds the permission reference number, the output is not permitted, and the main control means performs payout control. No payout command information is output to the means. Thereby, it is possible to store a part of the information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game contents and the information on the unpaid out in the payout storage means and the rest in the main storage means.

  Means E3. In the means E2, the gaming machine characterized in that the permission reference number is one or more game media numbers.

  According to the means E3, the permission reference number is set as one or more game media numbers, so that the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means is completely lost. The output can be permitted. Thereby, for example, in the situation where the payout means is being paid out by the payout means, when the game content newly becomes the payout game content, the payout side storage means stores the payout currently made. It is possible to output payout command information from the main control means at a timing before the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information is exhausted, and to add information on the number of new game media to the award payout number information in the payout storage means. It becomes possible. Therefore, the above-mentioned excellent effect can be obtained while making the payout of game media continuous.

  Means E4. In the means E3, the permission reference number is equal to or less than the number of game media to be paid out for one payout game content.

  According to the means E4, it is possible to reduce the number of game media stored as prize payout number information in the payout storage means as much as possible in the configuration in which the effect described in the means E3 can be obtained. Become. Therefore, the number of game media to be paid out that are erased when the power of the gaming machine is cut off can be reduced as much as possible.

Means E5. In any one of means E2 to E4, when the payout control means inputs the payout command information, the payout storage means reflects the information in the payout side storage means so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is reflected. Updating means for updating (function to execute the process of step S1809 in the payout side CPU 331);
When the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout side storage means reaches the permission reference number in the situation where the prize information is stored in the main side storage means, the number of game media of the permission reference number The payout command information is newly output by the payout command information output means before the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information is exhausted and the award payout number by the input time update means. A gaming machine characterized in that information is updated.

  According to the means E5, in the situation where the payout means is being paid out by the payout means, when the game content newly becomes the payout game content, or when the prize information is already stored in the main storage means The payout command information is output from the main control means at the timing before the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means with respect to the payout currently being made is exhausted, and the prize in the payout storage means Information on the number of new game media is reflected in the payout amount information. Therefore, the above-mentioned excellent effect can be obtained while making the payout of game media continuous.

  Note that “the configuration is such that the payout command information is newly output by the payout command information output means and the award payout number information is updated by the input time update means”. Processing time required for setting the output state of the permission specifying information by means, and processing time required for specifying the output permission state by the payout command information output means and outputting the payout command information , And the amount of processing time required for the processing time required for the award payout number information to be updated by the input-time update means after the payout command information is output, A configuration may be considered in which the time is set to be shorter than the time required for all the game media corresponding to the prize payout information to be exhausted.

Means E6. In any one of means E2 to E4, when the payout control means inputs the payout command information, the payout storage means reflects the information in the payout side storage means so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is reflected. Updating means for updating (function to execute the process of step S1809 in the payout side CPU 331);
In a situation where the prize information is stored in the main storage means, if the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout storage means reaches the permitted reference number, one game medium is paid out. Before the award payout number information is updated by the payout time update means, the payout command information output means newly outputs the payout command information, and the input time update means updates the award payout number information. A gaming machine configured to be updated.

  According to the means E6, when the game content is newly paid out in the situation where the payout means is paid out, or when the award information is already stored in the main storage means The payout command information is output from the main control means at the timing before the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means with respect to the payout currently being made is exhausted, and the prize in the payout storage means Information on the number of new game media is reflected in the payout amount information. Therefore, the above-mentioned excellent effect can be obtained while making the payout of game media continuous.

  In particular, before a game medium is paid out and the award payout number information is updated, the payout command information is newly output and the award payout number information is updated so that the award payout information is updated. Reflecting the information on the number of new game media in the number information can be performed at an early stage, and continuous game media can be paid out smoothly.

  Note that “the configuration is such that the payout command information is newly output by the payout command information output means and the award payout number information is updated by the input time update means”. Processing time required for setting the output state of the permission specifying information by means, and processing time required for specifying the output permission state by the payout command information output means and outputting the payout command information , And a time when the processing time of the processing time required from when the payout command information is output until the prize payout number information is updated by the input update means is paid out. Thus, a configuration may be considered in which the time is set to be shorter than the time required for updating the prize payout information.

Means E7. In means E5 or E6, the payout drive control means comprises:
Drive control start means for starting drive control of the payout means when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information of the payout side storage means becomes one or more (function to execute the process of step S2205 in the payout side CPU 331) )When,
Drive control stop means (a function for executing the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) to stop the drive control of the payout means when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout side storage means is exhausted; ,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  In the gaming machine of means E7, the drive control of the payout means is stopped when the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information in the payout side storage means is exhausted, so that energy saving is achieved. In this case, a larger driving force is required at the start of the drive control of the payout means than when the drive state of the payout means is maintained. Therefore, if the start and stop of the drive control of the payout means are repeatedly performed, a large driving force is required, which is not preferable. On the other hand, by providing the configuration of the above means E5 or E6, it becomes possible to make the payout of the game medium continuous, and the start and stop of the drive control of the payout means may be repeated. Is reduced.

Means E8. In any one of the means E2 to E7, the payout drive control means includes:
Drive control start means for starting drive control of the payout means when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout side storage means is one (the process of step S2205 in the payout side CPU 331 is executed) Function)
Drive control stop means for stopping the drive control of the payout means when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout side storage means is exhausted (function to execute the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) When,
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means and updated by the payout time update means and the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information in the payout side storage means reaches the switching reference number, the payout means Speed change means (function to execute the process of step S2204 in the payout side CPU 331) for changing the payout speed of the game medium to a speed slower than the previous speed;
The gaming machine characterized in that the permission reference number is set to be larger than the switching reference number.

  In the gaming machine of means E8, the drive control of the payout means is stopped when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information of the payout side storage means is exhausted, so that energy saving is achieved.

  Further, when the game medium is paid out and the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout storage means reaches the switching reference number, the payout speed of the game medium in the payout means is slower than the speed until then. Changed to speed. As described above, in the configuration in which the drive control of the payout means is stopped when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout side storage means is exhausted, the occurrence of the payout game content occurs at a predetermined interval. If it repeatedly occurs once, it becomes necessary to repeatedly start and stop the drive control of the payout means. When starting the drive control of the payout means, a larger driving force is required than when the drive state of the payout means is maintained. Therefore, it is not preferable to start and stop the drive control of the payout means repeatedly as described above. On the other hand, when the game medium is paid out and the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information in the payout storage means reaches the switching reference number, the game medium payout speed in the payout means is the speed up to that time. By changing to a slower speed, the next payout game can be performed while paying out the game medium at a slow payout speed even if the occurrence of the payout game content occurs repeatedly at a predetermined interval. The possibility that the contents are generated is increased, and the possibility that the start and stop of the driving control of the dispensing means is repeatedly performed is reduced.

  Further, the permission reference number that triggers the setting change from the output non-permission state to the output permission state of the payout command information is set to be larger than the switching reference number that triggers the switching to the speed at which the payout means has a slow payout speed. . As a result, when the game medium is paid out based on the award payout number information in the payout-side storage means, the output is permitted at the timing before the payout speed of the payout means is switched to a slower speed than before. At the same time, the payout command information can be output from the main control means to the payout control means. Therefore, in a situation where prize information is stored in the main storage means, the payout speed of the payout means is switched to a slow speed until all the output of the payout command information corresponding to the prize information is executed. Can be prevented, and game media can be paid out smoothly.

Means E9. In means E8, when the payout control means inputs the payout command information, the game medium number corresponding to the payout command information corresponds to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. An input time update means (a function of executing the process of step S1809 in the payout side CPU 331) for updating the award payout number information so as to be added to the number of media,
When the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout side storage means reaches the permission reference number in the situation where the prize information is stored in the main storage means, the permission reference number and the switching reference The payout command information is newly output by the payout command information output means before the award payout number information is updated by the payout time update means after the number of game media of the difference from the number is paid out. In addition, the award-paying number information is updated by the input-time updating means.

  According to the means E9, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout storage means reaches the permitted reference number in the situation where the prize information is stored in the main storage means, the payout means pays out It is possible to output the payout command information at a timing before the speed is switched to a slower speed than before, so that the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout storage means does not reach the switching reference number. . Therefore, in a situation where prize information is stored in the main storage means, the payout speed of the payout means is switched to a slow speed until all the output of the payout command information corresponding to the prize information is executed. Can be prevented, and game media can be paid out smoothly.

Means E10. In means E8, when the payout control means inputs the payout command information, the game medium number corresponding to the payout command information corresponds to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. An input time update means (a function of executing the process of step S1809 in the payout side CPU 331) for updating the award payout number information so as to be added to the number of media,
Furthermore, the permission reference number is set to a number larger than the switching reference number,
In a situation where the prize information is stored in the main storage means, if the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout storage means reaches the permitted reference number, one game medium is paid out. Before the award payout number information is updated by the payout time update means, the payout command information output means newly outputs the payout command information, and the input time update means updates the award payout number information. A gaming machine configured to be updated.

  According to the means E10, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout storage means reaches the permitted reference number in the situation where the prize information is stored in the main storage means, the payout means pays out It is possible to output the payout command information at a timing before the speed is switched to a slower speed than before, so that the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information in the payout storage means does not reach the switching reference number. . Therefore, in a situation where prize information is stored in the main storage means, the payout speed of the payout means is switched to a slow speed until all the output of the payout command information corresponding to the prize information is executed. Can be prevented, and game media can be paid out smoothly.

  In particular, the permission reference number is set to a number larger than the switching reference number and the game medium is smoothly paid out as described above, so that the permission reference number is two or more larger than the switching reference number. The number of game media to be paid out stored in the payout-side storage means can be reduced compared to the configuration set to the number. Then, by reducing the number of payout target game media stored in the payout side storage means, it is possible to reduce the number of payout target game media that are erased when the power of the gaming machine is cut off as much as possible.

  Means E11. In any one of means E1 to E10, the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the permission specifying information output means can specify the output permission state by the main control means. Output state setting means for setting the output state of the permission specifying information so that the main control means can specify that the output is not permitted based on the input of the payout command information A gaming machine comprising a (function of executing the processing of step S2306 and step S2307 in the payout side CPU 331).

  According to the means E11, even if the prize information is stored in the main storage means, the new payout command information is output based on the output of the payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means. Output is temporarily disabled. As a result, it is possible to store part of the information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game contents and not paid out in the payout storage means and the rest in the main storage means.

  Means E12. In the means E11, the output state setting means is one payout in a situation where the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the main control means can specify that the output is permitted. A gaming machine characterized in that the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the main control means can specify that the output is not permitted based on the input of command information. .

  According to the means E12, a new payout command is generated based on the fact that one payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means even in a situation where prize information is stored in the main storage means. Output of information is temporarily disabled. Thereby, for example, in a situation where a large number of payout game contents are continuously generated, it becomes possible to reduce unpaid information stored in the payout-side storage means as much as possible. Therefore, the number of game media to be paid out that are erased when the power of the gaming machine is cut off can be reduced as much as possible.

Means E13. In means E11 or E12, when the payout control means inputs the payout command information, the payout number corresponding to the payout command information corresponds to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. An input-time update means (a function for executing the processing of step S1809 in the payout side CPU 331) for updating the award payout number information so as to be added to the number of game media,
In the situation where the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the main control unit can specify the output permission state, the output state setting unit is configured to output the payout command from the main control unit. When the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information reaches the non-permitted reference number as a result of the information being output and the prize payout number information being updated by the input update means, the output is not allowed. The gaming machine is characterized in that the output state of the permission specifying information is set so that the main control means can specify this.

  According to the means E13, even when the prize information is stored in the main storage means, the payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means, and the prize payout stored in the payout storage means is stored. Based on the fact that the number of game media corresponding to the number information has reached the non-permitted reference number, it is temporarily impossible to output new payout command information. Thereby, for example, in a situation where a large number of payout game contents are continuously generated, it becomes possible to reduce unpaid information stored in the payout-side storage means as much as possible. Therefore, the number of game media to be paid out that are erased when the power of the gaming machine is cut off can be reduced as much as possible.

Means E14. In any one of means E2 to E13, the payout drive control means includes:
An inhibition status specifying means (a function for executing the processing of step S2201 in the payout side CPU 331) for specifying that the status is an inhibition status that inhibits the payout of game media by the payout means;
A drive control limiting means (a function for executing the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for limiting the drive control of the payout means when the inhibition status is specified by the inhibition status specifying means;
With
The output state setting means sets the output state of the permission specifying information so that the main control means can specify the output non-permission state in the inhibition state. A featured gaming machine.

  According to the means E14, the payout of game media by the payout means may be restricted according to the obstruction status that inhibits the payout of game media. In this case, in the obstruction state, the output instruction permission state is set so that the payout command information is not output from the main control means to the payout control means. Thereby, it is possible to prevent new payout command information from being output in an obstructed situation. When the payout command information is output in the obstruction status, if the obstruction status is not resolved and the game machine power supply is cut off while the payout means is restricted, the newly output payout The award payout number information corresponding to the command information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  In the configuration including the means E7 or E8, the “drive control limiting means” and the “drive control stop means” may be the same. In this case, the driving control of the payout unit is stopped when the inhibition state is specified by the inhibition state specifying unit.

  In addition, as the “inhibition status”, in the configuration further including the outer storage portion that stores the game medium to be paid out from the payout means, the inhibition status may be that the outer storage portion becomes full. In addition, in the configuration further comprising an inner storage portion that stores game media inside the gaming machine, and the payout means pays out the game media stored in the inner storage portion, the game stored in the inner storage portion It is good also as an obstruction situation that a medium runs out.

Means E15. In any one of means E1 to E14, a gaming machine main body (main body frame 13 and back pack unit 15) in which the payout means is installed;
The game machine main body is provided so as to be openable and closable in front of the gaming machine, and stores the display medium (window part 21) that allows the gaming contents to be visually recognized from the gaming machine front and gaming media paid out from the payout means. A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) in which an outer storage section (lower plate 34) is integrated;
Further comprising
The payout drive control means includes drive control restricting means (function to execute the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for restricting drive control of the payout means when the gaming machine front body is opened. ,
The main control means includes
Provided with an open state specifying means (a function of executing a front door frame open signal monitoring process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the gaming machine front body is in an open state;
The payout command information output means is specified to be in the open state by the open state specifying means even when the output permission state specifying means specifies the output permission state. In this case, the game machine is characterized in that it does not output the payout command information.

  In the gaming machine of means E15, the display unit and the outer storage unit are integrated with respect to the gaming machine front body. As a result, a boundary leading to the gaming machine main body side does not occur between the display unit and the outer storage unit on the front surface of the gaming machine, and it is possible to prevent an illegal act using the boundary. Further, when the game machine front body is opened, even if a game medium is paid out from the payout means, it cannot be received by the outer storage part, so that the payout of the game medium by the payout means is restricted. .

  In this case, when the front body of the gaming machine is opened, the payout command information is not output even if the payout control means sets the output permission state of the payout command information. This can prevent new payout command information from being output when the gaming machine front body is opened. When payout command information is output when the gaming machine front body is opened, the gaming machine front body is not closed and the gaming machine power supply is cut off while the dispensing of gaming media by the payout means is restricted. The award payout number information corresponding to the newly output payout command information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  In the configuration including the means E7 or E8, the “drive control limiting means” and the “drive control stop means” may be the same. In this case, when the open state specifying means specifies the open state, the drive control of the payout means is stopped.

  Means E16. In any one of the means E1 to E15, when the permission state specifying means is an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is the output permission state, the input duration period is set in advance. A gaming machine, characterized in that the output permission state is identified based on reaching a predetermined output permission reference period.

  According to the means E16, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means becomes an input state indicating that it is an output permission state, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permission state. The payout command information is output based on the fact that the input state indicating that it has reached the output permission reference period. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  In addition, “to specify that the output permission state is based on the fact that the input continuation period has reached a predetermined output permission reference period” is not limited to the configuration in which the input continuation period is measured using a real timer. The following configuration is also included. In the configuration in which the output permission state specifying means includes permission specifying information confirmation means for periodically checking the input state of the permission specifying information, the permission specifying information confirmation means is in the output permission state. It is good also as a structure which specifies that it is the said output permission state based on having confirmed the output permission reference | standard number of times that it is an input state which shows that.

  Means E17. In any one of the means E1 to E15, the output permission state specifying means is a permission specifying information confirmation means for confirming an input state of the permission specifying information (function for executing a prize ball permission signal monitoring process in the main CPU 311). And when the output permission reference number of times set as a plurality of times is confirmed by the permission specifying information confirmation means to indicate that the output is permitted, the output permission state is identified. A gaming machine that is characterized by

  According to the means E17, even if the input state of the permission specifying information in the main control means becomes an input state indicating that it is an output permission state, the payout command information is not output immediately, but in the output permission state. The payout command information is output when the output permission reference number of times when the input state indicating that there is a certain number of times is confirmed. As a result, when the payout control means is in an input state indicating that the input state of the permission specifying information is an output permission state due to noise or the like even though the payout control means is actually in an output non-permission state, On the other hand, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output.

  Means E18. In any one of the means E1 to E17, the payout command information output means outputs one of the payout command information when the main storage means stores award information corresponding to a plurality of payout game contents. A game machine characterized by outputting information on the number of game media corresponding to the payout game content of a part.

  According to the means E18, it is possible to store part of the information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game contents and not paid out in the payout-side storage means and the rest in the main-side storage means. Become. Therefore, the number of game media to be paid out that are erased when the power of the gaming machine is cut off can be reduced as much as possible.

  Means E19. In any one of means E1 to E18, the payout command information output means outputs information on the number of game media corresponding to one payout game content in one payout command information. Gaming machine.

  According to the means E19, it is possible to store part of the information on the number of payouts with respect to the payout game contents and not paid out in the payout storage means and the rest in the main storage means. Become. Therefore, the number of game media to be paid out that are erased when the power of the gaming machine is cut off can be reduced as much as possible.

Means E20. A game board (game board 81) in which a game area where game balls flow down is formed;
A pitching portion (general winning port 82, variable winning device 83, upper operating port 84a, lower operating port 84b) provided on the game board and into which the flowing game ball can enter;
Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information corresponding to the result of the entrance based on the game ball entering the entrance part;
A payout control unit (payout control board 322) that inputs the payout command information and drives and controls the payout means (payout device 224) so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is paid out;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
A ball entry specifying means (function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that a game ball has entered the ball entry section;
When it is specified by the entry specifying means that a game ball has entered the entry part, prize information corresponding to the specified entry result is stored, and power is supplied to itself. Main storage means (main RAM 313) that enables storing and storing information while receiving power in the power interruption state,
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Information on the number of payouts corresponding to the payout command information input from the main control means or prize payout number information specifying means for specifying the information corresponding thereto (function for executing the award ball number specifying process in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331); ,
The prize payout number information is stored as information on the number of payouts specified by the prize payout number information specifying means or information corresponding to the information, and the information can be stored and held while power is supplied to itself. A payout-side storage means (payout-side RAM 333) that does not receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout drive control means (a function for executing a payout state setting process in the payout side CPU 331) for driving and controlling the payout means to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the information stored in the payout side storage means;
When the game medium is paid out by the payout means, the award payout number is reflected in the award payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means. A payout update means for updating information (a function of executing the processing of step S2104 in the payout side CPU 331);
In accordance with the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means, the main control means can identify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output disapproval state. Permission specifying information output means for outputting permission specifying information to the control means (function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331);
With
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. A gaming machine comprising: the output permission state specifying means that can output the payout command information when the output permission state is specified.

  In the gaming machine of means E20, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the game ball entering the ball entry portion. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the input payout command information is paid out. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game ball having entered the ball-entry unit.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. In this case, if the information on the number of payouts for the payout game contents until the power interruption state is reached and all the unpaid information is erased, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player.

  On the other hand, the award information for the game ball having entered the entrance part is stored in the main storage means, and the award payout number information referred to in actually executing the payout is the payout storage means. Is remembered. The payout control means outputs permission specifying information to the main control means, and based on the permission specifying information, the main control means specifies whether or not the payout control means is in an output permission state. This permission specifying information is output according to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means. Then, when the main control means specifies that the payout control means is in the output permission state, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means. With this configuration, it is possible to pay out game media based on the output of the payout command information, and information on the number of payouts with respect to the ball that has entered the ball-throwing part and a part of the information on unpaid-out information is stored on the paying side. It is possible to store the remaining information in the main storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information on the number of payouts to the ball entering the ball until the power-off state occurs and information on unpaid Can be prevented from being completely erased.

  Incidentally, a configuration is also conceivable in which the number of game media corresponding to the prize information stored in the main storage means is subtracted every time the game medium is paid out by the payout means without storing the prize payout number information in the payout storage means. However, in this configuration, the processing load of the main control means is increased more than necessary, and the effect of reducing the processing load of the main control means disappears by providing the payout control means separately from the main control means. . On the other hand, according to the configuration of the means E20, the above-described excellent effect can be obtained in addition to the effect of providing the payout control means separately from the main control means.

  As described above, in a gaming machine that includes a main control means and a payout control means, and that outputs payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, the payout control means is disconnected in a game machine that pays out game media for winning. Even if the time memory holding function is not provided, the game medium can be paid out in favor of winning.

  The “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned on and off, or may be information that is outputted as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

  Further, the configuration limited in any one of the means E2 to E19 may be applied to the means E20.

(91) Means F1. Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content;
The payout command information is input from the main control means, and the payout command information (ball rental request signal) output from the lending means (ball lending device Y) inside or outside the gaming machine is input. Or a payout control means (payout control board 322) for driving and controlling the payout means (payout device 224) so that the number of game media corresponding to the lending command information is paid out;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
A game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content has become a payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content has been specified, the award information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and while the power is supplied to itself, Main-side storage means (main-side RAM 313) that enables memory retention and receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Information on the number of payouts corresponding to the payout command information or prize payout number information specifying means for specifying the information corresponding thereto (function for executing the prize number specifying process in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331);
Lending number information corresponding to the lending instruction information or lending number information specifying means for specifying information corresponding to the lending command information (function to input a lending request signal in step S1907 in the payout side CPU 331);
As information on the number of payouts specified by the award payout number information specifying means or information corresponding thereto, information on the number of payouts is stored, and information on the number of loans specified by the lending number information specifying means or information corresponding thereto The lending number information is stored, and further, while the power is supplied to itself, the information can be stored and retained, and in the power-off state, the pay-out side storage means (in the pay-out side RAM 333 does not receive the power at the time of power interruption) Prize ball storage area 374),
The payout means is driven and controlled to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout storage means, and the loan number information stored in the payout storage means is A payout drive control means (a function for executing payout information setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) for driving and controlling the payout means to pay out the corresponding number of game media;
When the payout of the game medium started based on the fact that the prize payout number information is stored in the payout storage means is continued, the prize information is stored in the main storage means If the number of game media to be paid out and the number of game media to be paid out is equal to or greater than a predetermined number, the lending restriction means for restricting the lending command information from being input (steps S1904 and S1905 of the lending setting process in the payout side CPU 331) Function to execute processing)
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means F1, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the game content has become the payout game content. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the input payout command information is paid out. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game content becoming the payout game content. Also, lending command information is output from the lending means. Based on the input of the lending command information, the payout control means drives and controls the paying means so that the number of game media corresponding to the lending command information is paid out.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. For this reason, when the gaming machine is in a power-off state, all unpaid information in the payout-side storage means is erased. If a large amount of unpaid information is stored in the payout-side storage means when the power is cut off, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player. On the other hand, in this means, when the payout of the game medium started based on the storage of the prize payout number information is continued, and when the game information to be paid out is stored When the number of media is equal to or greater than a predetermined number, the lending command information is not input. As a result, the number of loans when the game medium is paid out based on the award payout number information, when the award information is stored and when the award payout number information more than the prescribed number is stored Information can be prevented from being stored in the payout-side storage means, and unpaid information can be prevented from being excessively stored in the payout-side storage means. Therefore, it is possible to minimize unpaid information that is erased even if the power is cut off.

  As described above, in the gaming machine in which payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means or game medium payout is executed by outputting the lending command information, the storage control of the payout control means is retained during power interruption. Even if the function is not provided, the game medium can be paid out satisfactorily.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine having a pattern display means for executing variable display of a pattern, and a game medium is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game medium. It may be a stop picture.

  Further, the “payout side storage means” may be all or a part of the information storage function of the payout control means, and in such a case, the payout side storage means has a function of storing the award payout number information. May be. In this case, the payout control means may have a function of storing information relating to security, and power may be supplied to the means having the function when power is interrupted. The same applies to the following.

Means F2. In means F1, the lending means outputs lending confirmation information (a lending state signal) before outputting the lending command information.
The lending restriction means determines whether or not a game medium corresponding to the award payout number information has been paid based on the input of the lending confirmation information (lending in the payout CPU 331) A function of executing the processing of step S1902 and step S1904 of the setting process),
A gaming machine that restricts not to input the lending instruction information when it is determined by the payout determining means that a game medium corresponding to the prize payout number information has been paid out.

  According to the means F2, when the lending confirmation information is output, it is determined whether or not the game medium corresponding to the prize payout number information has been paid out.

  In general, game balls are paid out based on lending instruction information when the player tries to make a game ball at an arbitrary timing, and the player loses or almost loses his / her game media. It is conceivable to attempt to pay out game media based on the rental instruction information. On the other hand, the payout of the game medium corresponding to the award payout number information is performed when the payout game content is reached. Once a game medium is paid out based on the lending command information, it is considered that a plurality of payout game contents are generated before the game medium is used. As a result, it is conceivable that the frequency of occurrence of payout game content is higher than the frequency of occurrence of payout game content and the frequency of game media payout based on the lending command information. According to this means, in order to determine whether or not the game medium corresponding to the award payout number information has been paid out when the loan confirmation information output before the loan command information is output is input, Compared to the configuration in which it is determined whether or not the payout corresponding to the award payout number information has been performed and whether or not the loan confirmation information is input when it is determined that the payout has not been performed. The processing load on the machine can be reduced.

Means F3. In the means F1 or F2, the payout control means informs the main control means of permission specifying information so that the main control means can specify whether the payout command information is in an output permission state or an output non-permission state. And a permission specifying information output means (a function for executing a prize ball permission signal setting process in the payout side CPU 331),
The payout command information output means includes an output permission state specifying means (a function for executing the process of step S1105 in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the payout command information is in an output permission state based on the permission specifying information. And a game machine that outputs the payout command information when it is specified by the output permission state specifying means that the output permission state is specified.

  According to the means F3, the payout control means outputs the permission specifying information to the main control means, and the main control means outputs the payout command information in either the output permission state or the output non-permission state based on the permission specifying information. Whether or not there is specified and the payout command information is output when the output is permitted. As a result, since no new payout command information is output unless the output is permitted, the payout of the game content based on the output of the payout command information is enabled, and the payout game content that has not been paid out is A part can be stored in the payout-side storage means, and the remaining can be stored in the main-side storage means. Therefore, in the configuration in which the power is not supplied to the payout-side storage means, it is further prevented that the payout game contents are paid out until the power interruption state and all unpaid information is erased. It becomes possible.

  The “permission specifying information” may be information that is turned on and off, or may be information that is outputted as a HI level signal and a LOW level signal. In the former case, it may be ON in the output permission state and OFF in the output non-permission state. Conversely, it may be OFF in the output permission state and ON in the output non-permission state. In the latter case, the HI level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the LOW level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. Conversely, the LOW level signal may be used when the output is permitted, and the HI level signal may be used when the output is not permitted. In other words, if the main control means can specify whether the payout control means is in the output permission state or the output non-permission state by the permission specifying information, the specific configuration of the permission specifying information is as follows. Is optional.

  Means F4. In means F3, when the lending number information is stored in the payout side storage means to pay out the game media, the permission specifying information output means displays the output state of the permission specifying information as the payout command information. The gaming machine is characterized in that the output state is set to an output state that can be specified by the main control means.

  According to the means F4, when the number-of-lending information for storing the game medium is stored in the payout-side storage means, the main control means specifies that the payout command information output is not permitted. As a result, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output and the prize payout number information from being stored in the payout-side storage means when paying out the game medium based on the loan number information. It becomes.

  In the case of a gaming machine in which payout command information is output and the award payout number information is stored in the payout-side storage means even when game media is paid out based on the loaned-number information, the payout-side storage means Both the prize payout number information and the loan number information are stored. In this case, there is a risk that both the lending number information and the award payout number information will be deleted when the power is cut off. According to this means, when the game medium corresponding to the loan number information has been paid out, the payout command information is not output, so the prize payout number information is not stored in the payout side storage means.

  Means F5. In means F3 or F4, the permission specifying information output means, when inputting the lending command information, indicates that the output state of the permission specifying information is an output non-permission state of the payout command information. A gaming machine characterized in that it is set to an output state that can be specified by a main control means.

  According to the means F5, when the lending command information is input, it is specified by the main control means that the output of the payout command information is not permitted. As a result, when the lending command information is input, the payout command information is output, and the lending number information based on the lending command information and the award payout number information based on the payout command information are output to the payout storage means. It is possible to suppress both of these being stored. Therefore, even if the power interruption state occurs, it is possible to prevent both the prize payout number information and the loan number information from being erased.

  Moreover, according to this means, it can suppress that payout command information is output at the timing which has input lending command information. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the payout command information from being output after the loan command information is output until the loan number information is stored in the payout-side storage unit based on the loan command information. Therefore, as compared with the configuration for determining whether or not the output of the payout command information is not permitted depending on whether or not the unpaid loan number information is stored in the payout-side storage unit, the unpaid loan number information and It can be further suppressed that both the prize payout information are stored in the payout-side storage means.

  Means F6. In any one of means F3 to F5, the permission specifying information output means changes the output state of the specifying information so that the main control means can specify that the output is permitted. Yes, when the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information stored in the payout side storage means is larger than the permission reference number, the main control means is in an output non-permission state of the payout command information. The game machine is characterized in that the output state of the specifying information is changed so that it can be specified.

  According to the means F6, in the situation where the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means exceeds the permitted reference number, the output is not permitted, and the main control means sends the payout control means. Dispensing command information is not output. As a result, it is possible to store a part of the payout game content that has been paid out and not paid out in the payout storage means and store the rest in the main storage means. Further, when the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout-side storage means is equal to or less than the permission reference number, the output permission state is set. Thereby, the award payout number information is smoothly replenished to the payout side storage means, and the game medium is smoothly paid out accordingly.

Means F7. In means F6, when the payout control information is input, the payout control means updates the information in the payout storage means so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is reflected. (The function of executing the process of step S1809 in the payout side CPU 331)
When the number of game media corresponding to the award payout number information in the payout side storage means is less than or equal to the permitted reference number in the situation where the prize information is stored in the main side storage means, the number of gaming media of the permitted reference number The payout command information is newly output by the payout command information output means and the award payout is performed by the input update means before all the game media corresponding to the prize payout number information are exhausted. A gaming machine configured to update number information.

  According to the means F7, when the game content is newly paid out in the situation where the payout means is being paid out, or when the award information is already stored in the main storage means The payout command information is output from the main control means at the timing before the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout side storage means with respect to the payout currently being made is exhausted, and the prize in the payout storage means Information on the number of new game media is added to the payout amount information. Therefore, the above-mentioned excellent effect can be obtained while making the payout of game media continuous.

  In this case, when the game medium payout based on the prize payout number information is started, it corresponds to the prize information stored in the main storage means and the prize payout number information stored in the payout storage means. All payout of game media will be performed. That is, when the payout of the game medium is started based on the prize payout number information and the prize information is stored in the main storage means, the payout based on the prize information stored in the main storage means The lending command information is not input until all the command information is output. If the payout command information and the loan command information are input at the same time, both the award payout number information and the loan number information are stored in the payout-side storage means so as to pay out the game medium, resulting in a power interruption state. Both the prize payout number information and the loan number information will be deleted. According to this means, when the payout of the game medium based on the prize payout number information is started, the prize information stored in the main storage means and the prize payout information stored in the payout storage means Since all the game media corresponding to the above are paid out, the rental command information is input after the game media are all paid out. Thus, since the lending command information is input after the payout command information is not output, it is possible to suppress the simultaneous input of the payout command information and the lending command information.

  Also, the payout command information becomes the payout game content and is output when the award information is stored. On the other hand, the lending command information is output from the lending means. In general, a player can pay out game media based on the lending command information at any time, and the player can use the lending command information when there is no or almost no game media possessed. If the game medium is paid out based on the rental command information, the game medium may be paid out again based on the rental command information. It is conceivable that a plurality of payout game contents occur. Thereby, it is conceivable that the frequency of paying out the game medium corresponding to the award payout number information is higher than the frequency of inputting the lending command information and paying out the game media corresponding to the loaned number information. According to this means, when the game medium payout based on the award payout number information is started, the game medium payout based on the award payout number information is performed until all the unpaid award information disappears. It becomes possible to prevent the prize information stored in the main storage means from becoming enormous.

  Note that “the payout command information is newly output by the payout command information output means and the award payout number information is updated by the input update means” is described as “the payout command information” A processing time required for specifying the output permission state by the output means and outputting the payout command information, and the prize payout number information in the input update means after the payout command information is output. The sum of the processing times required for the renewal is shorter than the time required until the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout information is exhausted after the permitted reference number of game media are paid out. A configuration that is set to be considered is conceivable.

Means F8. In any one of means F3 to F7, the payout drive control means comprises:
An inhibition status specifying means (a function for executing the processing of step S2201 in the payout side CPU 331) for specifying that the status is an inhibition status that inhibits the payout of game media by the payout means;
A drive control limiting means (a function for executing the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for limiting the drive control of the payout means when the inhibition status is specified by the inhibition status specifying means;
With
The permission specifying information output means sets the output state of the permission specifying information so that the main control means can specify the output non-permission state in the inhibition state. A featured gaming machine.

  According to the means F8, the payout of game media by the payout means may be restricted according to the obstruction status that inhibits the payout of game media. In this case, in the obstruction state, the output instruction permission state is set so that the payout command information is not output from the main control means to the payout control means. Thereby, it is possible to prevent new payout command information from being output in an obstructed situation. When the payout command information is output in the obstruction status, if the obstruction status is not resolved and the game machine power supply is cut off while the payout means is restricted, the newly output payout The award payout number information corresponding to the command information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  In addition, as the “inhibition status”, in the configuration further including the outer storage portion that stores the game medium to be paid out from the payout means, the inhibition status may be that the outer storage portion becomes full. In addition, in the configuration further comprising an inner storage portion that stores game media inside the gaming machine, and the payout means pays out the game media stored in the inner storage portion, the game stored in the inner storage portion It is good also as an obstruction situation that a medium runs out.

Means F9. In any one of the means F1 to F8, the payout drive control means includes:
An inhibition status specifying means (function for executing the processing of step S1903 in the payout side CPU 331) for specifying that the status is an inhibition status that inhibits the payout of game media by the payout means;
A drive control limiting means (a function for executing the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for limiting the drive control of the payout means when the inhibition status is specified by the inhibition status specifying means;
With
The lending restriction means restricts the lending instruction information so as not to be input when the hindrance is present.

  According to the means F9, the payout of game media by the payout means may be restricted according to the obstruction status that inhibits the payout of game media. In this means, the lending command information is not input in the obstructed situation. If lending command information is entered in the obstruction status, if the obstruction status is not resolved and the game machine power is cut off while the payout means is restricted, the lending instruction information is supported. The lent number information is deleted without paying out the game media based on the lent number information. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  When applied to the means F8, the “inhibition status specifying means” and “drive control limiting means” in the means F8 and the “inhibition status specifying means” and “drive control limiting means” in this means are the same. It may be used.

Means F10. In any one of the means F1 to F9, the gaming machine main body (the main body frame 13 and the back pack unit 15) in which the payout means is installed;
The game machine main body is provided so as to be openable and closable in front of the gaming machine, and stores the display medium (window part 21) that allows the gaming contents to be visually recognized from the gaming machine front and gaming media paid out from the payout means. A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) in which an outer storage section (lower plate 34) is integrated;
Further comprising
The payout drive control means includes drive control restricting means (function to execute the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for restricting drive control of the payout means when the gaming machine front body is opened. ,
The main control means includes
Provided with an open state specifying means (a function of executing a front door frame open signal monitoring process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the gaming machine front body is in an open state;
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the payout command information output means does not output the payout command information when the open state specifying means specifies the open state.

  In the gaming machine of means F10, the display unit and the outer storage unit are integrated with the gaming machine front body. As a result, a boundary leading to the gaming machine main body side does not occur between the display unit and the outer storage unit on the front surface of the gaming machine, and it is possible to prevent an illegal act using the boundary. Further, when the game machine front body is opened, even if a game medium is paid out from the payout means, it cannot be received by the outer storage part, so that the payout of the game medium by the payout means is restricted. .

  In this case, if the gaming machine front body is opened, the payout command information is not output. This can prevent new payout command information from being output when the gaming machine front body is opened. When payout command information is output when the gaming machine front body is opened, the gaming machine front body is not closed and the gaming machine power supply is cut off while the dispensing of gaming media by the payout means is restricted. The award payout number information corresponding to the newly output payout command information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  In the configuration provided with the means F8 or F9, the “drive control limiting means” and the “drive control stop means” may be the same. In this case, when the open state specifying means specifies the open state, the drive control of the payout means is stopped.

Means F11. In any one of the means F1 to F10, the gaming machine main body (the body frame 13 and the back pack unit 15) in which the payout means is installed;
A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) that is provided so as to be openable and closable in front of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine main body and has an outer storage section (lower tray 34) that stores gaming media paid out from the payout means. )When,
With
The payout drive control means includes drive control restricting means (function to execute the process of step S2206 in the payout side CPU 331) for restricting drive control of the payout means when the gaming machine front body is opened. ,
The payout control means includes
Provided with a payout side open state specifying means for specifying that the front body of the gaming machine is in an open state (function of executing step S1903 in the lending setting process by the payout side CPU 331);
The lending restriction means restricts not to input the lending command information when the open state specifying means specifies the open state.

  In the gaming machine of means F11, when the gaming machine front body is open, even if the gaming medium is paid out from the paying-out means, it cannot be received by the outer storage part. Payment is restricted.

  In this case, when the gaming machine front body is opened, the rental command information is not input. When the rental command information is input when the gaming machine front body is open, the gaming machine front body is not closed, and the gaming machine power supply is cut off with the payout means being restricted. The game medium corresponding to the loan number information corresponding to the input loan command information is erased without being paid out. On the other hand, according to the present configuration, such inconvenience can be prevented.

  In the configuration provided with the means F8 or F9, the “drive control limiting means” and the “drive control stop means” may be the same. In this case, when the open state specifying means specifies the open state, the drive control of the payout means is stopped. Further, when applied to the means F10, the “drive control limiting means”, the “gaming machine main body”, the “outside reservoir” and the “game machine front body” in the means F10, the “drive control limiting means”, The same “game machine main body”, “outer storage part”, and “game machine front body” may be used.

Means F12. In any one of the means F1 to F11, the information on the number of loans held in the lending means is held even if the gaming machine is in a power interruption state,
The lending restriction means stops the output of the lending command information when a game medium corresponding to the award payout number information has been paid out.

  According to the means F12, when the game medium corresponding to the prize payout number information has been paid out, the output of the lending command information is stopped. Thereby, when the game medium corresponding to the award payout number information is paid out, the lending command information is not input. Therefore, when the game medium corresponding to the award payout number information has been paid out, the lending instruction information is input, and the lending number information and the award payout number information are to be paid out to the payout storage means. It becomes possible to suppress both being memorize | stored.

  In addition, since the lending means can store and retain information even if the gaming machine is in a power-off state, the output of the lending command information is stopped when the game medium corresponding to the award payout number information is being paid out. Even so, the lending means can store and hold the information. In this case, even if the power is cut off, the information is not erased. Therefore, even if the power is cut off, damage to the player can be reduced.

Means F13. Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content;
The payout command information is input from the main control means, and the payout command information (ball rental request signal) output from the lending means (ball lending device Y) inside or outside the gaming machine is input. Or a payout control means (payout control board 322) for driving and controlling the payout means (payout device 224) so that the number of game media corresponding to the lending command information is paid out;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
A game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content has become a payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content has been specified, the award information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and while the power is supplied to itself, Main-side storage means (main-side RAM 313) that enables memory retention and receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Information on the number of payouts corresponding to the payout command information or prize payout number information specifying means for specifying information corresponding to the information (function for executing the award ball number specifying process in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331);
Lending number information corresponding to the lending instruction information or lending number information specifying means for specifying information corresponding to the lending command information (function to input a lending request signal in step S1907 in the payout side CPU 331);
As the information on the number of payouts specified by the prize payout number information specifying means or information corresponding thereto, the information on the number of payouts is stored, and the information on the number of loans specified by the loan number information specifying means or the information corresponding thereto The lending number information is stored, and further, while the power is supplied to itself, the information can be stored and retained, and in the power-off state, the pay-out side storage means (in the pay-out side RAM 333 does not receive the power at the time of power interruption) Prize ball storage area 374),
The payout means is driven and controlled to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize payout number information stored in the payout storage means, and the loan number information stored in the payout storage means is A payout drive control means (a function for executing payout information setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) for driving and controlling the payout means to pay out the corresponding number of game media;
When game media corresponding to the award payout number information has been paid out, the lending restriction means for restricting not to input the lending command information (in steps S1904 and S1905 of the lending setting process in the payout side CPU 331) Processing function), and
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means F13, the payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the input payout command information is paid out. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game content becoming the payout game content. Also, lending command information is output from the lending means. Based on the input of the lending command information, the payout control means drives and controls the paying means so that the number of game media corresponding to the lending command information is paid out.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. For this reason, when the gaming machine is in a power-off state, all unpaid information in the payout-side storage means is erased. If a large amount of unpaid information is stored in the payout-side storage means when the power is cut off, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player. On the other hand, in this means, when the game medium is paid out based on the prize payout number information, the rental instruction information is not input. As a result, when the game medium corresponding to the award payout number information has been paid out, it is possible to prevent the lending number information from being stored in the payout side storage means, and unpaid information is excessively stored in the payout side storage means. It can be suppressed from being memorized. Therefore, it is possible to minimize unpaid information that is erased even if the power is cut off.

  In the case of a gaming machine that inputs lending command information when a game medium corresponding to the award payout number information has been paid, the game medium corresponding to the award payout number information is being paid out. Therefore, the loan number information is stored. The payout command information is output based on the game content, whereas the loan command information is output from the lending means. Since the output timings of the payout command information and the loan command information are independent of each other, when the game medium is paid out based on the payout command information, the loan command information is input and the loan number information is stored. obtain. In this case, when the power is cut off, not only the unpaid prize payout number information but also all the unpaid loan number information will be deleted. In addition, when the game media corresponding to the award payout number information has been paid out and the lending number information is stored, even if the game media corresponding to the lending number information is preferentially paid out, All of the lending number information and the award payout number information will be deleted.

  On the other hand, according to this means, when the payout corresponding to the award payout number information is performed, the loan number information is not stored because the loan instruction information is not input. Thereby, even if it becomes a power interruption state when the payout corresponding to the prize payout number information is performed, it is possible to suppress the deletion of the unpaid loan number information.

  As described above, in the gaming machine in which payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means or game medium payout is executed by outputting the lending command information, the storage control of the payout control means is retained during power interruption. Even if the function is not provided, the game medium can be paid out satisfactorily.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine having a pattern display means for executing variable display of a pattern, and a game medium is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game medium. It may be a stop picture.

  Note that any of the above-described means F2 to F12 may be applied to the means F13.

Means F14. Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content;
Lending operation means (ball lending button 37) operated to lend gaming media;
The payout command information is input from the main control means, and the loan command information output from the loan means inside or outside the gaming machine based on the operation of the lending operation means, and the payout command information Or a payout control means (payout control board 322) for driving and controlling the payout means (payout device 224) so that the number of game media corresponding to the lending command information is paid out;
A power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source;
With
The main control means includes
A game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content has become a payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content has been specified, prize ball information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and information is provided while power is supplied to itself. Main storage means (main RAM 313) that receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state,
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on the prize ball information stored in the main storage means (a function for executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes
Information on the number of prize balls corresponding to the payout command information or prize ball number information specifying means for specifying information corresponding to the information (function for executing the prize ball number specifying process in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331);
Lending number information corresponding to the lending instruction information or lending number information specifying means for specifying information corresponding to the lending command information (function to input a lending request signal in step S1907 in the payout side CPU 331);
The award ball number information specified by the award ball number information specifying unit or the information corresponding to the award ball number information is stored, and the lending number information specified by the lending number information specifying unit or the information corresponding thereto As a payout-side storage means (payout-side RAM 333 that does not receive the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state. Prize ball number storage area 374),
The payout means is driven and controlled to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the prize ball number information stored in the payout side storage means, and the lending number information stored in the payout side storage means A payout drive control means (a function for executing payout information setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) for driving and controlling the payout means to pay out the corresponding number of game media;
When a game medium corresponding to the prize ball number information has been paid out, the lending restriction means for restricting not to input the lending command information (in steps S1904 and S1905 of lending setting processing in the payout side CPU 331) Processing function), and
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means F14, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the game content has become the payout game content. The payout control means drives and controls the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the input payout command information is paid out. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game content becoming the payout game content. Further, when the lending operation means is operated, lending command information is output. Based on the input of the lending command information, the payout control means drives and controls the paying means so that the number of game media corresponding to the lending command information is paid out.

  In this configuration, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  However, in the configuration in which power is not supplied to the payout-side storage unit as described above, information cannot be stored in the payout-side storage unit when the gaming machine is in a power-off state. For this reason, when the gaming machine is in a power-off state, all unpaid information in the payout-side storage means is erased. If a large amount of unpaid information is stored in the payout-side storage means when the power is cut off, it may cause a great disadvantage to the player. On the other hand, this means does not input the rental instruction information when the game medium is paid out based on the winning ball number information. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lending number information from being stored in the payout-side storage means when the game media corresponding to the prize ball number information is being paid out, and unpaid information is excessively stored in the payout-side storage means. It can be suppressed from being memorized. Therefore, it is possible to minimize unpaid information that is erased even if the power is cut off.

  In the case of a gaming machine that inputs lending command information when a game medium corresponding to prize ball number information is paid out, the game medium corresponding to prize ball number information is paid out. Therefore, the loan number information is stored. The payout command information is output based on the game content, whereas the loan command information is output based on the operation of the payout operation means. Since the output timings of the payout command information and the loan command information are independent of each other, when the game medium is paid out based on the payout command information, the loan command information is input and the loan number information is stored. obtain. In this case, when the power is cut off, not only the unpaid prize ball number information but all the unpaid lending number information is deleted. In addition, when the game media corresponding to the prize ball number information has been paid out and the loan number information is stored, even if the game media corresponding to the loan number information is preferentially paid out, All of the lending number information and prize ball number information will be deleted.

  On the other hand, according to this means, when the payout corresponding to the winning ball number information is performed, the lending number information is not stored because the lending command information is not input. Thereby, even if it becomes a power interruption state when the payout corresponding to the number of winning balls is performed, it is possible to suppress the deletion of the unpaid loan number information.

  As described above, in the gaming machine in which payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means or game medium payout is executed by outputting the lending command information, the storage control of the payout control means is retained during power interruption. Even if the function is not provided, the game medium can be paid out satisfactorily.

  Note that any of the above-described means F2 to F13 may be applied to the means F14.

(92) Means G1. Main control means (main control board 301) for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content becomes the payout game content;
Payout control means (payout control board 322) for controlling payout means (payout device 224) so that game media is paid out based on the input of the payout command information;
In a gaming machine equipped with
The payout control means includes
Information determination means for determining whether or not the input payout command information is normal (a function for executing the processing of steps S1804 and S1808 in the prize ball setting processing of the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322);
When the information determination means determines that the input payout command information is normal, information on the number of payouts of game media corresponding to the payout command information or information corresponding thereto is stored as payout number information. Payout number storage means (payout side RAM 333);
A payout drive control means (a function for executing a payout information setting process in the CPU 331) for driving and controlling the payout means to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the payout number information stored in the payout number storage means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the means G1, payout command information is output from the main control means to the payout control means based on the fact that the game content has become the payout game content. The payout control means controls the payout means so that the game medium is paid out based on the input of the payout command information. As a result, the game medium is paid out in response to the game content becoming the payout game content.

  Further, noise may be generated in the gaming machine, and the payout command information may be rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like. In this case, the payout command information is rewritten, so that a large amount of game media is paid out to the player, and there is a risk that a great disadvantage will occur in the game hall in which the gaming machine is installed. On the other hand, according to this means, when the payout command information is normal, the payout number information corresponding to the payout command information is stored. Then, the number of game media corresponding to the payout number information is paid out. By adopting such a configuration, it becomes possible to deal with the payout command information that has been rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a great disadvantage in the game hall. Therefore, the game medium can be paid out favorably.

  In addition, in the game machine having a game area in which a game ball flows down and a game ball where a game ball can be inserted is installed, the “payout game content” It is good also as entering a ball. Further, in a gaming machine having a pattern display means for executing variable display of a pattern, and a game medium is paid out according to the stop picture of the pattern display means, the stop picture of the pattern display means corresponds to the payout of the game medium. It may be a stop picture.

Means G2. In the means G1, a plurality of types of payout command information in which the corresponding payout numbers of game media are different are set.
Each payout command information is composed of a plurality of predetermined bits,
The information determination means includes
Computation means (a function for executing the process of step S1802 of the prize ball setting process by the CPU 331 of the payout control board 322) using a plurality of bits of information included in one payout command information.
Furthermore, when the calculation result by the calculation means is a predetermined specific result, it is determined that the input payout command information is normal,
The calculation means performs the calculation processing for any payout command information among a plurality of types of payout command information,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein when the input payout command information is normal, the calculation result by the calculating means is the same for any payout command information.

  According to the means G2, calculation is performed by the calculation means using information of a plurality of bits, and when the calculation result becomes the specified result, the payout command information is specified as normal. In addition, calculation processing is performed for any payout command information among a plurality of payout game contents, and in the case of normal payout command information, the calculation result is the same for any payout command information It becomes. If there are different specific results determined to be normal among the plurality of set payout command information, which payout command information is input in order to determine whether the calculation result is normal. It may be necessary to determine whether or not the processing load on the information determination means increases. On the other hand, according to this means, any payout command information can be specified as normal if the calculation result is a specified result when the calculation process is performed. Therefore, it is possible to specify whether or not the payout command information is normal only by determining whether or not the calculation result is the same result, and further, the specified result corresponding to each payout command information. Need not be memorized.

Means G3. In the means G2, each of the payout command information is
Configured with a predetermined number of bits, the first specific information common to all the payout command information,
Configured with a predetermined number of bits, second specifying information corresponding to the number-of-payout information,
Third identification information for configuring the calculation result to be the same when the calculation means is configured to perform the calculation by the predetermined number of bits.
Have
The payout control means specifies the payout command information by referring to the first specifying information, and further specifies the payout number information by referring to the second specifying information. Yes,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the computing means performs the computing process using the first specific information, the second specific information, and the third specific information.

  According to the means G3, each payout command information includes first specific information common to all payout command information and second specific information corresponding to the payout number information. Thus, only the first specific information needs to be referred to in order to specify whether or not the information is the payout command information, and all the specific information is referred to in order to specify that the information is the payout command information. There is no need to do it. Further, only the second specific information needs to be referred to specify the payout number information, and it is not necessary to refer to all the specific information in order to specify the payout number information.

  In addition, when the calculation by the calculation means is performed, the calculation result has third specifying information for making the calculation result the same result, and the first specifying information, the second specifying information, and the third specifying information are used. Thus, it is possible to specify whether or not the payout command information is normal. Thus, it is determined whether or not the payout command information is normal using information for specifying the payout command information and information for specifying the number of payouts of the game medium. This makes it possible to obtain the above-mentioned excellent effects.

Means G4. In any one of the means G1 to G3, the payout command information includes a plurality of specific information (upper information, lower information) configured by a predetermined number of bits,
The information determination means performs a predetermined calculation process among the four arithmetic operations using the plurality of specific information, and when the calculation result is a predetermined specific result, the input payout command information is A gaming machine characterized by being determined to be normal.

  According to the means G4, when a predetermined calculation process among the four arithmetic operations is performed using a plurality of specific information, and the result of the calculation process becomes a predetermined specific result, the official payout command information is used. It is determined that there is.

  In this way, it is determined whether or not the payout command information is normal by performing the calculation process. If it is specified whether or not the payout command information is normal by a logical operation, the result of the logical operation becomes the specified result even if one information is rewritten due to the occurrence of noise, It is conceivable that the payout command information is determined to be normal.

  For example, there may be a gaming machine in which “1” and “0” are set as a plurality of specific information, and when the logical sum is “1”, it is determined as normal payout command information. In this case, even if the “0” portion is rewritten to “1” due to the influence of noise or the like, the result of the logical sum is “1”, and the payout command information has been rewritten. Nevertheless, the payout command information is determined to be normal.

  On the other hand, according to the present means, it is determined whether or not the payout command information is normal based on the result of the arithmetic processing. When any bit is rewritten due to the influence of noise, the result of the arithmetic processing is different. In this way, because it is determined whether or not the payout command information is normal using the arithmetic processing, it is compared with a gaming machine that determines whether or not the payout command information is normal using a logical operation. Thus, it becomes easy to find out that the payout command information has been rewritten.

  In addition, the number of bits of each specific information may be the same, and may differ with each specific information.

Means G5. In any one of the means G1 to G4, the payout command information includes a plurality of specific information (upper information, lower information) configured by a predetermined number of bits,
The information determination means performs a predetermined addition process using the plurality of specific information, and when the result of the addition process is a predetermined specific result, the input payout command information is normal A gaming machine characterized by being determined to be.

  According to the means G5, addition processing is performed using a plurality of pieces of specific information, and when the result of the addition processing is a predetermined specific result, it is determined that the payout command information is official.

  In this way, it is determined whether or not the payout command information is normal by performing the addition process. If it is specified whether or not the payout command information is normal by a logical operation, the result of the logical operation becomes the specified result even if one information is rewritten due to the occurrence of noise, It is conceivable that the payout command information is determined to be normal.

  For example, there may be a gaming machine in which “1” and “0” are set as a plurality of specific information, and when the logical sum is “1”, it is determined as normal payout command information. In this case, even if the “0” portion is rewritten to “1” due to the influence of noise or the like, the result of the logical sum is “1”, and the payout command information has been rewritten. Nevertheless, the payout command information is determined to be normal.

  On the other hand, according to this means, it is determined whether or not the payout command information is normal based on the result of the addition process. When any bit is rewritten due to the influence of noise, the result of the addition process is different. In this way, since it is determined whether or not the payout command information is normal using the addition process, it is compared with a gaming machine that determines whether or not the payout command information is normal using a logical operation. Thus, it becomes easy to find out that the payout command information has been rewritten.

Means G6. In any one of the means G1 to G5, the payout command information includes a plurality of specific information (upper information, lower information) constituted by a predetermined number of bits,
The information determining means performs a predetermined logical operation using the plurality of specific information, and when the result of the logical operation is a predetermined specific result, the input payout command information is normal A gaming machine characterized by being determined to be.

  According to the means G6, when the result of the logical operation is the specific result, it is determined that the input payout command information is normal. According to this means, since the logical operation is used, the arithmetic processing can be performed only by comparing in bit units. Also, compared to a gaming machine that performs predetermined four arithmetic operations and confirms whether the result of the operation is a specific result, in this embodiment, it is necessary to perform a bit shift process because a logical operation is used. Thus, the processing speed for specifying whether or not the payout command information is normal can be improved.

  Means G7. In any one of the means G1 to G6, the information determination means determines that the payout command information is normal when the number of game media payouts corresponding to the input payout command information is equal to or less than a predetermined number. A gaming machine characterized by being determined to be.

  According to the means G7, when the number of game media payouts corresponding to the payout command information is equal to or less than a predetermined number, it is determined that the payout command information is normal. As a result, it is not determined that the payout command information corresponding to the predetermined number or more is normal, and when one payout command information is input, the predetermined number or more of game media It is possible to suppress the payout. Therefore, the payout command information is rewritten due to the influence of noise, etc., and a large amount of game media is paid out by one payout command information, which causes great damage in the game hall where the gaming machine is installed. Can be suppressed.

Means G8. In any one of the means G1 to G7, a plurality of types of payout command information in which the corresponding game media payout numbers are different are set,
The information determination means, when the number of game media payout corresponding to the input payout command information is less than or equal to the maximum number of game media paid out by one payout command information among a plurality of set payout command information, A gaming machine, characterized in that the payout command information is determined to be normal.

  According to the means G8, when a plurality of types of payout command information having different payout numbers of corresponding game media are set and the number is equal to or less than the maximum number of game media to be paid out by one payout command information, It is determined that the payout command information is normal. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress the payout of more game media than the maximum number by inputting one payout command information. Therefore, the payout command information is rewritten due to the influence of noise, etc., and a large amount of game media is paid out by one payout command information, and a great deal of damage occurs in the game hall where the gaming machine is installed. It is possible to suppress this.

Means G9. In any one of the means G1 to G3, a plurality of types of payout command information with different payout numbers of corresponding game media are set,
Each payout command information consists of a plurality of specific information (upper information, lower information) constituted by a predetermined number of bits,
The information determination means performs a predetermined calculation process among the four arithmetic operations using a plurality of specific information, and corresponds to the input payout command information when the calculation result is a predetermined specific result. When the number of paid out game media is equal to or less than the maximum number of game media to be paid out by one payout command information among the set payout command information, the payout command information is specified as normal. A gaming machine characterized by

  According to the means G9, the result of the predetermined arithmetic processing using the four arithmetic operations is the specific result, and the maximum number of game media to be paid out by the payout command information corresponding to the payout command information is one payout command information. When it is below, it is determined as normal payout command information.

  As described above, when the number of game media payouts corresponding to the payout command information is greater than the maximum number of game media payouts corresponding to one payout command information, it is determined that the payout information is not normal. When the payout command information has been rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, a larger amount of game media is paid out than the maximum number of game media payouts corresponding to one payout command information, and a gaming machine is installed. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a great deal of damage in the game hall that is being played. However, in this case, if the payout command information is rewritten within a range equal to or less than the maximum number of game media payouts corresponding to one payout command information, it is determined that the payout command information is normal. Therefore, it is conceivable that the game medium is not paid out normally.

  Further, when the calculation process is executed and the execution result is not predetermined, it is determined that the payout command information is not determined as normal. When any bit is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, the result of the arithmetic processing is different. Accordingly, even if the payout command information is rewritten within the range of the maximum number or less due to the influence of noise or the like, it can be determined that the payout command information has been rewritten. However, if bits in the payout command information are rewritten at multiple locations due to the influence of noise or the like, the result of the arithmetic processing accidentally becomes the specified result even though the payout command information is not normal, and the payout It is conceivable that the command information is determined to be normal.

  On the other hand, in this means, whether or not the payout command information is normal is determined based on the execution of arithmetic processing using four arithmetic operations and the number of game media payouts corresponding to the payout command information. As a result, the payout command information is affected by the influence of noise or the like as compared with a gaming machine that specifies whether or not the payout command information is normal only by either one of arithmetic processing or determination of the number of game media payouts. When it has been rewritten, it can be found well that the payout command information has been rewritten.

  Means G10. In any one of the means G1 to G9, the payout control means stores the payout number information corresponding to the payout command information when the information determination means does not determine normal payout command information. A gaming machine that is not stored in the means.

  According to the means G10, when it is determined that the input payout command information is not normal, the game medium is not paid out based on the payout command information. As a result, even if the payout command information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, and the payout command information corresponding to the large number of payouts is output, a large amount of game media in the game hall or the like where the gaming machine is installed Can be prevented from being paid out and causing damage.

Means G11. In any one of the means G1 to G9, a plurality of types of payout command information in which the payout numbers of the corresponding game media are different are set.
The payout control means stores, in the payout number storage means, a correction payout number predetermined as payout number information corresponding to the payout command information when the information determining means does not determine normal payout command information. A gaming machine characterized by memorization.

  According to the means G11, even if the payout command information is not specified to be normal, a predetermined amount of game media for payout is paid out. Thereby, even if the payout command information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, it is possible to prevent the game medium from being paid out to the player.

  In addition, only one type of “correction payout number” may be determined in one gaming machine, or a plurality of types may be determined.

  Means G12. In means G11, the number of payouts for correction is the same as the number of game media payouts set in the payout command information with the smallest number of game media payouts among a plurality of types of payout command information. Machine.

  According to the means G12, when it is determined that the input payout command information is not normal, the same number of game media as the payout command information with the smallest number of payouts of game media is paid out among the plurality of types of payout command information. . Thereby, when the payout command information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, it is possible to make a minimum compensation to the player.

  Means G13. In the means G11, the number of payouts for correction is the same as the average number of payouts of game media set in a plurality of types of payout command information.

  According to the means G13, when it is determined that the input payout command information is not normal, the same number of game media as the average number of payouts of game media set in the multiple types of payout command information is paid out. . Thereby, when the payout command information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, it is possible to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the average value before being rewritten. Therefore, even if the payout command information has been rewritten, it is possible to prevent the game medium from being paid out to the player at all and causing a disadvantage to the player.

  Means G14. In means G11, the number of payouts for correction is the same as the number of game media payouts set in the payout command information having the largest number of game media payouts among a plurality of types of payout command information. Machine.

  According to the means G14, when it is determined that the input payout command information is not normal, the same number of game media as the payout command information with the largest number of payouts of game media among the multiple types of payout command information is paid out. . Thereby, when the payout command information is rewritten due to the influence of noise or the like, it is possible to make a minimum compensation to the player.

Means G15. In any one of the means G1 to G14, a power supply unit for power interruption (power supply unit for power interruption 321c) for supplying power during power interruption in a power interruption state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine from an external power source,
The main control means includes
A game content specifying means (a function for executing a reading process in the main CPU 311) for specifying that the game content has become a payout game content;
When it is specified by the game content specifying means that the payout game content has been specified, the award information corresponding to the specified payout game content is stored, and while the power is supplied to itself, Main-side storage means (main-side RAM 313) that enables memory retention and receives the power at the time of power interruption in the power-off state;
A payout command information output means for outputting the payout command information to the payout control means based on award information stored in the main storage means (a function of executing a payout output process in the main CPU 311);
With
The payout control means includes the payout number storage means and a payout number information specifying means for specifying payout number information corresponding to the payout command information or information corresponding thereto (award ball in step S1805 in the payout side CPU 331) A function to execute number-specific processing)
The payout number storage means stores the payout number information as information on the payout number specified by the prize payout number information specifying means or information corresponding thereto, and further stores information while power is supplied to itself. A gaming machine characterized in that it can be held and does not receive power at the time of power interruption in the power interruption state.

  According to the means G15, the power interruption power is supplied to the main storage means of the main control means, whereas the power interruption power is not supplied to the payout storage means of the payout control means. Thereby, compared with the structure where electric power at the time of an electric interruption is supplied to both the main side memory | storage means and the payout side memory | storage means, cost reduction is achieved regarding the memory holding function at the time of an electric interruption.

  From the above, in a gaming machine in which payout of game media is executed by outputting payout command information from the main control means to the payout control means, even if the memory control function at power interruption is not provided for the payout control means, The game media can be paid out favorably.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine as a gaming machine, 13 ... Main body frame constituting a gaming machine main body, 14 ... Front door frame as a gaming machine front body, 15 ... Back pack unit constituting a gaming machine main body, 21 ... Window part, 26 ... Speaker unit, 34 ... Lower plate, 81 ... Game board, 82 ... General winning port, 83 ... Variable winning device, 84a ... Upper operating port, 84b ... Lower operating port, 224 ... Dispensing device, 301 ... Main control board, 311 ... Main CPU, 313 ... Main RAM, 321c ... Power supply unit for power interruption, 322 ... Payout control board, 331 ... Payout side CPU, 333 ... Payout side RAM, 374 ... Prize ball number storage area.

Claims (2)

Main control means for outputting payout command information based on the fact that the game content has become payout game content;
Based on the input of the payout command information, payout control means for controlling the payout means so that the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information is paid out;
In a gaming machine equipped with
The withdrawal command information is set corresponding to each of the multiple types of withdrawals.
The payout control means includes
Information determining means for determining whether or not the input payout command information is normal;
A payout drive control means for driving and controlling the payout means to pay out the number of game media corresponding to the payout command information when the information determining means determines that the input payout command information is normal. When,
With
The main control means includes means capable of limiting the output of the payout command information after power is turned on, so that the game content becomes a specific game content regardless of the control status of the payout control means. It is a configuration that can limit the output of the withdrawal command information,
The information determining means determines that the input payout command information is normal when the number of game media payouts corresponding to the input payout command information is equal to or less than a predetermined number. To play.   The gaming machine according to claim 1, further comprising operation means for executing a game.

Images